QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2014

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



FORWARD PHARMA A/S
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)



Denmark   2834   Not Applicable
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

Forward Pharma A/S
Østergade 24A, 1
1100 Copenhagen K, Denmark
+45 33 44 42 42
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)

CT Corp.
111 Eight Avenue, #13
New York, NY 10011
Tel: (212) 894-8940



(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies of all correspondence to:

Kristopher D. Brown
Wayne J. Rapozo
Dechert LLP
1095 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Tel: (212) 698-3500
  David B. Allen
David C. Lee
K&L Gates LLP
1 Park Plaza
Twelfth Floor
Irvine, CA 92614
Tel: (949) 253-0900

          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after effectiveness of this registration statement.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities to be registered
  Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price(1)(2)(3)

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Ordinary shares, par value DKK         per share(4)

  $200,000,000   $25,760

 

(1)
Includes ordinary shares represented by American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, that may be purchased by the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act.
(3)
Includes ordinary shares loaned by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S to the underwriters (the "Borrowed Shares") as part of the initial deposit of ordinary shares into the American Depositary Receipt Program and the issuance of ADSs immediately following the consummation of this offering and sales of the ADSs for purposes of facilitating the orderly closing of this offering. The Company will issue shares in an amount equal to the Borrowed Shares and deposit such shares into the American Depositary Receipt program, following which the Borrowed Shares shall be returned to Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S.
(4)
Each ADS represents one ordinary share. ADSs issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby are being registered pursuant to a separate registration statement on Form F-6.

          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated August 8, 2014

Prospectus

American Depositary Shares

representing                ordinary shares

Forward Pharma A/S

GRAPHIC

        This is an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, representing ordinary shares of Forward Pharma A/S. We are offering                 ADSs. Each ADS will represent one issued ordinary share, nominal value DKK         per share. All proceeds of the offering net of expenses are to be paid to the Company. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $            and $            per ADS. Currently, no public market exists for the ADSs or our ordinary shares.

        We intend to apply to have the ADSs listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "FWP."

        We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 
  Per ADS   Total  

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $     $    

Proceeds to us, before expenses

  $     $    

        We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional                        of the ADSs to cover over-allotments.

        Delivery of the ADSs will be made on or about                        , 2014.

        Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Leerink Partners

   

                        , 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

THE OFFERING

 
10

SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 
13

RISK FACTORS

 
15

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 
52

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

 
53

USE OF PROCEEDS

 
54

DIVIDEND POLICY

 
56

CAPITALIZATION

 
58

DILUTION

 
59

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 
61

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 
63

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
64

BUSINESS

 
82

MANAGEMENT

 
114

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 
124

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 
127

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 
132

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

 
144

SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 
152

TAXATION

 
154

UNDERWRITING

 
162

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

 
168

LEGAL MATTERS

 
169

EXPERTS

 
169

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 
170

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 
171



        Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this Prospectus to "Forward Pharma A/S" refer to Forward Pharma A/S, and all references to "Forward Pharma," the "Company," "we," "our," "ours," "us" or similar terms refer to Forward Pharma A/S or Forward

i


Pharma A/S and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Forward Pharma GmbH and Forward Pharma USA, LLC, as the context may require.



        We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than that contained in this Prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriters (i) have authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information, or (ii) are making an offer to sell the ADSs in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this Prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this Prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this Prospectus or any sale of the ADSs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this Prospectus.

ii




PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you, and we urge you to read this entire Prospectus carefully, including the "Risk Factors," "Business" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included in this Prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

Our company

        Forward Pharma A/S is a Danish biopharmaceutical company preparing to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial using FP187, a proprietary formulation of dimethyl fumarate, or DMF, for the treatment of multiple sclerosis, or MS, patients. Since our founding in 2005, we have worked to advance unique formulations of DMF, an immune modulator, as a therapeutic to improve the health and well-being of patients with immune disorders including MS. FP187, our clinical candidate, is a DMF formulation in a delayed and slow release oral dose, which we plan to advance for the treatment of relapsing remitting MS, or RRMS, and other immune disorders, such as psoriasis.

Our focus on Dimethyl Fumarate, or DMF

        Oral drugs employing DMF as an active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, have been in use for over half a century. Today, DMF is the API found in Tecfidera®, which Biogen Idec Inc., or Biogen, began selling for the treatment of RRMS following approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in March 2013 (and approval by the European Commission, or EC, in February 2014). Tecfidera®, which is an oral dose of 480 mg of DMF daily (240 mg twice daily), generated global sales from launch in April 2013 through June 30, 2014 of $2.08 billion. DMF is also an API found in Fumaderm®, which has been sold for the treatment of psoriasis since 1994.

        In 2004, a private Swedish company Aditech Pharma AB (collectively with its successor-in-interest, a Swiss company Aditech Pharma AG, or Aditech), controlled by Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS (an affiliate of one of our largest shareholders), assessed the potential for DMF to become a significant global product. Aditech specifically focused on the development of an innovative delayed and slow release formulation of DMF, with the goal of limiting side effects typically associated with DMF treatment.

        We were founded in 2005 for the purpose of exploiting a patent family Aditech filed relating to, among other things, its delayed and slow release formulation for DMF, and in 2010 we acquired this patent family from Aditech. Under our agreements with Aditech, we obtained, among other things, Aditech's patents and associated know-how related to DMF formulations. For more, see "Related Party Transactions—Aditech Agreement."

        The patent family that we acquired from Aditech included an international patent application filed on October 7, 2005, disclosing, among other things, formulations of DMF that provide for its slow release in the small intestine, where we believe that DMF has its immunomodulatory impact. This international application became the basis for a family of national patent applications which were subsequently filed relating to DMF. Two European patents, one from the original Aditech patent family and one from a patent family of ours (involving erosion matrix formulations of DMF with a thin enteric coating) have been granted and both are now the subject of opposition proceedings (i.e., special proceedings heard by the European Patent Office, or EPO, where multiple third parties request that the patent be revoked). In the U.S. our Erosion Matrix Patent application has been allowed and we have pending patent applications that we believe will soon be allowed (i.e., will meet the statutory requirements of patentability), one of which claims particular up-titration schedules (e.g., increasing the dose over a specified number of weeks) of using DMF to treat MS, and the other of which claims treating MS using particular compositions containing DMF and that also specifies levels of a DMF

 

1


 

metabolite called mono methyl fumarate, or MMF, in the bloodstream. These claims are substantially the same as the respective claims in two other applications that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, Examiner recently found allowable but which we elected to abandon (i.e., voluntarily requested to be irrevocably removed from the USPTO docket of active patent applications). In another of our patent applications, the USPTO Examiner has found our claims directed to methods of treating MS using a 480 mg dose of DMF to be allowable and has recommended that an interference be declared against Biogen's U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514 and a USPTO official has indicated that we will be designated as the so-called senior party. An interference is an administrative proceeding at the USPTO that is used to determine which party is the first to invent a common invention claimed by the parties. The party with the earliest effective filing date to the common invention is designated "senior party" and is entitled to the presumption that it is the first inventor. Once an interference has been suggested, a supervisory Examiner refers the suggested interference to the Patent Trial and Appeal Board, or PTAB. An administrative patent judge at the PTAB declares the interference and administers the proceeding. During the interference, each party can dispute the patentability of the other parties' claims, challenge the senior party designation and present proof of dates of invention prior to the effective filing date. In an initial motions phase, a three judge panel at the PTAB decides the patentability and senior party issues raised and, if that decision does not resolve the interference, then after priority proofs are submitted in a second priority phase, enters final judgment on priority (i.e., who is first to invent).

        In order to assess FP187's safety profile for human use, we have performed 28 pre-clinical studies on DMF since 2006, gathering data through animal testing (and in certain cases in vitro testing of DMF in cells) on its pharmacological activity, toxicity profile, and on dosing level effects. All pre-clinical studies apply to both MS and psoriasis development. Beginning in 2007, we commenced a set of Phase 1 clinical trials followed by a Phase 2 clinical trial to investigate, among other things, safety and dosing tolerability of FP187. We have successfully completed all of these clinical studies, collectively involving over 300 psoriasis patients and healthy volunteers, and gathering substantial positive safety and dosing data. Importantly, as of the date hereof we have conducted no clinical trials involving patients with MS.

        To advance FP187 for use as a drug to treat RRMS in the U.S., we held a pre-Investigational New Drug, or IND, application meeting with the FDA in August 2013. Prior to this pre-IND meeting, we submitted a briefing book to the FDA, which included our high-level description of a proposed 48-week Phase 3 trial, which we expect will include up to 2,000 RRMS patients. We intend to compare FP187 to an active beta interferon, or IFNb, comparator drug. The primary efficacy endpoint for the proposed Phase 3 trial will be the Annualized Relapse Rate, or ARR. The key secondary efficacy endpoint will be the Sustained Accumulation of Disability, or SAD, based on repeated assessments of the Expanded Disability Status Scale, or EDSS. Further secondary endpoints are based on magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, markers.

        EDSS has been recognized by the EMA as the most widely used and known scale to assess disability in RRMS patients. EDSS scores are measured periodically (generally in intervals of three to six months) based on a standard neurological examination of seven major functional systems and observations concerning gait and use of assistive devices. EDSS is reported using a scale ranging from 0 to 10 in 0.5 unit increments that each represent higher levels of disability. SAD is defined as a specified increase from baseline in EDSS that persists for at least 12 weeks.

        Consistent with our pre-IND meeting and submissions, we filed our IND for RRMS on April 30, 2014 and expect to be able to submit the protocol and draft Statistical Analysis Plan, or SAP, for our Phase 3 study in the third quarter of 2014.

        Following completion of our planned Phase 3 trial, we intend to submit our NDA for FP187 to treat RRMS. Approval by the FDA of a New Drug Application, or NDA, is dependent on a number of

 

2


 

factors. A final decision as to whether the program we shared with the FDA in advance of our pre-IND meeting is sufficient for approval (including the sufficiency of our proposed single Phase 3 trial and whether a favorable effect on SAD or other secondary endpoints will need to be demonstrated by us at the time of our NDA submission) can only be made by the FDA once it has reviewed our full NDA package.

        We expect that patient enrollment for the Phase 3 trial we are contemplating will take at least 18 months, with completion of the final patient's initial 48-week treatment period after a total of 30 months. When the last patient dosed has completed the 48-week treatment period, we expect that we will have a substantial number of patients with two years of data, which we believe will allow us to complete an analysis of the effects of FP187 on SAD which can be provided to the FDA when we submit our NDA. As a result, we believe that any requirement by the FDA for data on EDSS/SAD will not delay a decision on whether to approve FP187 for the treatment of RRMS.

        We intend to submit our NDA for FP187 to treat RRMS under Section 505(b)(1) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDC Act, based on pre-clinical and clinical data we have and will have developed and independently own. Section 505(b)(1) of the FDC Act prescribes how a product may be submitted for approval by the FDA as a new drug based on clinical trial data and other information independently developed and owned by the party making the NDA submission, or obtained from a third-party with a right of reference.

        In Europe, we have held preliminary discussions concerning marketing authorization for FP187 in moderate to severe psoriasis with the Federal Institute for Drugs and Medical Devices (Bundesinstitut für Arzneimittel und Medizinprodukte, or BfArM) in Germany, and more recently in November 2013 held a scientific consultation on FP187 for the treatment of MS with the European Medicines Agency, or EMA. We expect to apply for a European Union, or EU, marketing authorization for FP187 to treat RRMS.

        We also intend to pursue the development of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis, and expect to commence a Phase 3 clinical trial program for psoriasis, including the commencement of dosing of patients by early 2015.

History of DMF

        A German pharmacist discovered in the late 1950s that fumaric acid derivatives were useful for the treatment of psoriasis. Over the following years, various blends of fumaric acid derivatives, including DMF, were tested and used in different doses throughout Germany and, later, in other parts of Europe. Pharmacies in Germany often made their own compounded versions for the treatment of psoriasis.

        In 1994, Fumapharm AG (acquired by Biogen in 2006) received approval in Germany to market Fumaderm®, which contains DMF and three ethyl fumarate salts, for the treatment of psoriasis. DMF is also the API in Biogen's Tecfidera®. Fumaderm® has not been approved outside of Germany, but it is nonetheless available throughout Europe as a prescription drug sourced from German pharmacies. Tecfidera® is sold in both the U.S. and Europe. We estimate that there have been well over 150,000 patient years of exposure to drugs containing DMF.

Our intellectual property

        We divide our intellectual property portfolios primarily into two basic patent families, which we refer to as our "Core Composition Patent" family and our "Erosion Matrix Patent" family. Our Core Composition Patent family, based on international application PCT/DK2005/000648, filed by Aditech in 2005, discloses, among other things, a broad range of controlled release pharmaceutical compositions of DMF as well as the use of a dose of about 480 mg of DMF per day to treat MS. Our Erosion Matrix

 

3


 

Patent family, based on international application PCT/EP2010/050172, filed in 2010, covers our delayed and slow release formulations of DMF in FP187.

Core Composition Patent Family

        In the EU, a patent from our Core Composition Patent family, EP2316430, has been granted. EP2316430 covers DMF formulations with certain in vitro dissolution profiles. In the U.S., we have pending patent applications that we believe will soon be allowed.

        Pending U.S. Application No. 14/213,399 claims the use of delayed release formulations of DMF to treat MS according to an up-titration schedule (e.g., increasing the relevant dose over a specified number of weeks) that reaches a total daily dose of 480 mg. Pending U.S. Application No. 14/212,503 claims a method of treating an MS subject with 480 mg of DMF per day, using delayed release formulations containing from 120 mg to 240 mg of DMF which, following administration, result in certain levels of MMF in the bloodstream. These claims are substantially the same as the respective claims in two other applications that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, Examiner recently found allowable (U.S. Application Nos. 13/957,117 and 13/957,220) but which we elected to abandon (i.e., voluntarily requested to be irrevocably removed from the USPTO docket of active patent applications).

        Two third-party pre-issuance submissions were filed with the USPTO, questioning the patentability of the claims in each of the two U.S. patent applications from our Core Composition Patent family that had been allowed but were subsequently abandoned by us. We believed that these third-party submissions were defective. It is possible that similar third-party pre-issuance submissions may also be filed if our currently pending patent applications (having substantially the same claims as our earlier allowed but now abandoned applications) are allowed.

        We were recently informed by the USPTO Examiner that she believes the claims in another of our patent applications in the Core Composition Patent family, U.S. Application No. 11/576,871, to be allowable and in consultation with her supervisor and a patent interference specialist, has recommended that an interference be declared against Biogen's U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514, whose claims also cover a method of treating MS using about a 480 mg daily dose of DMF, and a USPTO official has indicated that we will be designated as the so-called senior party.

        The USPTO website indicates that the Examiner has prepared a memorandum in support of an interference, which will be reviewed by an administrative patent judge. Such interference, if declared, will give us the opportunity to prove to the USPTO that we were the first to invent the method of treating MS using about a 480 mg daily dose of DMF.

        Multiple third parties, including Biogen, are opposing our patent EP2316430 (covering DMF formulations) before the European Patent Office, or EPO. In view of the publication of WO2006/037342, the international application in the Core Composition Patent Family, on April 13, 2006, prior to Biogen's February 8, 2007 priority date for its EP2137537 B1 patent, we (along with multiple other parties) have filed an opposition against that patent which has claims directed to the use of the 480 mg daily dose of DMF to treat MS.

Erosion Matrix Patent family

        In the EU, a patent from our Erosion Matrix Patent family, EP2379063 (covering matrix formulations with a thin enteric coating), has been granted. Multiple third parties, including Biogen, are opposing this patent before the EPO. The U.S. counterpart, U.S. Application No. 13/143,498, was allowed by the USPTO but withdrawn from allowance to permit the USPTO Examiner to consider the opposition papers in EP2379063. On July 11, 2014, the USPTO has again allowed the application following its review of the European oppositions.

 

4


      


Other patent families

        Beyond our Core Composition Patent and Erosion Matrix Patent families, our other patent families include pending applications in the EU and the U.S., mainly directed to dosing regimens of DMF. We believe that our overall patent portfolio, if matured, should position FP187 competitively in the key markets of the U.S. and the EU.

Our business strategy

        We have focused on DMF's potential as an immune-modulating drug to improve the health and well-being of patients with immune disorders for approximately the past 10 years, during which time we have assembled and continue to develop our intellectual property portfolio and regulatory strategy. We believe our intellectual property portfolio, combined with the clinical data we have and will have independently obtained and the discussions we have had with the FDA, BfArM and EMA, provide us with the opportunity to pursue the development of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS in the U.S. and the EU. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to, among other things, pursue a Phase 3 clinical trial of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS which we believe, if successful, would (in combination with other data on FP187 we have and are obtaining) allow us to submit an NDA in the U.S. and a separate marketing authorization application in the EU for FP187 to treat RRMS. We intend to also pursue the development of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis, including commencing a Phase 3 clinical trial program by early 2015. In addition, we intend to use part of the net proceeds from this offering to commence the remaining studies in our pre-clinical program.

        Components of our business strategy include:

    Successfully develop FP187 for the treatment of Relapsing Remitting Multiple Sclerosis.  We plan to pursue approval from the FDA and the EC of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS. We believe that, if approved, FP187 could become an important therapeutic in the multi-billion dollar MS drug market.

    Successfully develop FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis.  We plan to pursue FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis. We believe that, if approved, FP187 could become a compelling treatment option for patients with psoriasis.

    Exploit and defend our intellectual property rights.  We believe our patents and patent applications related to, among other things, our proprietary formulation technology, combined with our patents and patent applications claiming dosing levels of DMF, are critical assets of our company. We intend to exploit our intellectual property by continuing to pursue our patent applications, and to defend our patent rights as we deem necessary for our business.

    Obtain marketing exclusivity in the U.S. and the EU for FP187.  In addition to patent protection, if and when an NDA is approved, we will be eligible for up to three and one-half years of marketing exclusivity against generic versions of FP187 in the U.S. In the EU, we will be entitled to up to 11 years of exclusivity from the first date of authorization in the EU.

    Potentially partner FP187 with third parties.  We may opportunistically seek commercial partners for FP187 to offset risk and preserve capital, if appropriate, although we intend to retain key development and commercialization rights. We believe retaining this strategic flexibility will help us to maximize shareholder value.

    Continue to explore, and potentially develop, FP187 and other DMF-related formulations for the treatment of other immune disorders.  We intend to continue to explore and potentially develop FP187 and other DMF-related formulations for the treatment of other immune disorder indications, if we determine that such development could be commercially viable.

 

5


 

Mode of Action of DMF and our proprietary formulation

Mode of action

        While the exact mode of action of DMF is not fully understood, we believe that some of its therapeutic effects are mediated via modulation of the immune system. From studying scientific literature on immune cells in vitro and Company-sponsored research, we believe that DMF can rapidly form adducts by combining with the antioxidant molecule glutathione, or GSH, leading to the functional depletion of GSH, followed by the modulation of various cellular pathways. We believe that one important downstream event of intracellular GSH depletion is the increased expression of the anti-inflammatory stress protein HO-1, with subsequent induction of type II dendritic cells leading to a reduction of inflammatory responses. We also believe that the depletion of GSH can induce apoptosis or cell death in different cell types including activated T cells, reducing inflammatory responses. Other pre-clinical data, we believe, have indicated that DMF can also protect cells, including neuronal cells, against oxidative stress.

        In animal models, described in scientific literature and from Company-sponsored research, GSH/DMF adducts have been found in the gastrointestinal, or GI, mucosa and in the portal vein blood, but not in organs like the heart, brain and liver, which suggests to us that the clinical effects of DMF may be mediated at least in part by DMF exerting its action within the tissues in the intestine or pre-systemic circulation. Such a mode of action of DMF is also supported, we believe, by the fact that DMF has not been directly detected in the bloodstream.

        Some proportion of DMF is thought by us to be metabolized by esterases (enzymes ubiquitous in the GI tract) to produce MMF. In contrast to DMF, MMF can be measured in the bloodstream, but the extent to which it may contribute to clinical efficacy is currently unclear to us. However, recent pre-clinical research suggests to us that sudden plasma peaks of MMF may contribute to the side effect of flushing via interaction with nicotinic acid receptors. Flushing is the visible reddening of the skin and is often accompanied by a sensation of heat and prickling or itching of the skin.

Formulation and clinical profile of FP187

        Our proprietary DMF formulation, FP187, employs two strategies which we believe improve the release of DMF by reducing the peaks of MMF in the bloodstream while maintaining overall DMF exposure levels, which, in turn, may control DMF's side effects. FP187 uses an enteric coating material, which forms a polymeric barrier around each DMF-containing core tablet for the purpose of inhibiting the release of DMF in the stomach and allowing for release in the small intestine. Due to the enteric coating, the FP187 tablet remains intact in acid conditions like those found in the stomach but dissolves in a less acidic environment like the one found in the small intestine. The enteric coating employed by FP187 is thinner than the coating used by the other DMF products, which we believe results in the earlier onset of release of DMF in the small intestine. In addition, the DMF in FP187 is embedded in a slow eroding interior structure, which we call our erosion matrix formulation, resulting in what we believe to be a slower release of DMF in the small intestine after the enteric coating has dissolved.

        We believe that all currently available products containing DMF have an enteric coat that controls and inhibits the undesired release of DMF in the stomach and permits the release only in the more neutral environment of the small intestine. Once the enteric coat is dissolved in the small intestine, DMF-containing products such as Tecfidera® or Fumaderm® that are formulated with an immediate release technology and not an erosion matrix formulation or other rate-controlling release formulations may result in DMF being released in a more concentrated and immediate burst. We believe that the slow rate of release of DMF permitted by FP187's erosion matrix formulation greatly reduces, or may even eliminate, the peaks of MMF in the bloodstream observed with formulations in which the DMF is not incorporated into a rate-controlling release formulation, while ensuring that a therapeutically effective dose of DMF is administered, potentially producing fewer and less severe flushing episodes. In

 

6


 

addition, we believe that the rate-controlled release of DMF from the erosion matrix formulation, together with the earlier start of release in the small intestine, may allow absorption of DMF over a larger area of GI mucosa, potentially leading to lower local GI concentrations and therefore, we believe, potentially less severe GI-specific side effects.

        In the clinical trials we performed with FP187, flushing, GI complaints (primarily diarrhea and abdominal pain) and changes in white blood cell counts occurred. All of these side effects resolved or the white blood cell counts returned to their pre-treatment values during the treatment period (without any change in the treatment regime) or during the follow up period or were deemed to not be clinically relevant at the end of the study. Despite the white blood cell count changes, no increase in infections was observed. In our Phase 2 study of FP187, seven Serious Adverse Events, or SAEs, were reported. Five cases were classified by the investigator as being unrelated to the use of FP187, while two cases were judged by the investigator as being possibly related to the use of FP187. One patient was hospitalized with severe GI pain but was discharged the next day, after receiving intravenous fluid overnight, and continued on with the study until its conclusion without further complaints. The second patient had a transient ischemic attack, or TIA. This patient had hypertension prior to participating in the trial and a family history for cardiovascular diseases. Based on our review of the German spontaneous reporting system (a database maintained by BfArM for drug-related Adverse Events, or AEs) and the recent FDA approval of Tecfidera® in the U.S., we do not believe there is any evidence of an increased risk for cardiovascular related AEs in more than what we have estimated to be 150,000 patient years of exposure to drugs containing DMF.

Risks associated with our business

        We are a late clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, and our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks, which are discussed more fully in the "Risk Factors" section of this Prospectus, include:

    We have no products approved for commercial sale, and we have not received regulatory approval for, nor have we generated commercial revenue from, our sole clinical candidate, FP187.

    FP187 is in pre-clinical and clinical development, and clinical trials of FP187 and other studies required for marketing approvals may not be successful. Our planned clinical trials may not be considered sufficient to support marketing authorization appropriately. If we are unable to obtain marketing approvals for, or successfully commercialize, FP187, our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

    The occurrence of SAEs in patients using FP187, either during our clinical program or after regulatory approval, may pose a risk to our ability to obtain regulatory approval or continue to market FP187, if ultimately approved for sale, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. To date, none of the seven SAEs that have occurred in connection with our clinical program have required a change in protocol treatment or monitoring of patients. Five of the SAE cases were classified by the investigator as being unrelated to the use of FP187, and two cases (one involving severe GI pain and one involving a TIA) were judged by the investigator as being possibly related to the use of FP187.

    Completion of required clinical trials may take longer than we anticipate, which could result in increased costs, limit our access to funding and delay or limit our ability to obtain regulatory approval for FP187. FP187 may not receive the regulatory approvals we plan to seek in a timely manner, or at all.

    We may be unable to obtain, maintain, and exploit the protection of our intellectual property assets, which could harm our ability to compete and impair our business.

 

7


 

    We could be involved in costly litigation or other legal proceedings with respect to our intellectual property.

    Ownership of our patents or patent applications may be challenged by third parties.

    Third-party patents, or pending or future patent applications, if issued, including those of Biogen, may have an adverse effect on our business.

    The audit opinion and notes that accompany our consolidated financial statements disclose a "going concern" qualification to our ability to continue in business. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on our ability to raise additional capital to fund the advancement of FP187, and if we are unable to successfully raise sufficient additional capital, through future equity or debt financings or through strategic and collaborative ventures with third parties, we will not have sufficient cash flows and liquidity to fund our planned business operations.

    We will require substantial additional funding beyond the net proceeds from this offering to continue and complete the development and commercialization of FP187 and/or exploit or defend our intellectual property.

    We have a history of operating losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $51.9 million.

    Should we raise additional funds through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, such funding may cause substantial dilution to our shareholders.

    We have not commercialized FP187 and, even if approved, it may not be reimbursed by governmental authorities, health insurers and other third-party payors at acceptable levels.

Implications of being an emerging growth company

        We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

    the ability to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure;

    an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

    the ability to provide less disclosure on compensation than is required otherwise under the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.

        We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our equity securities held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

Corporate information

        We are a Danish public limited liability company. Our principal executive offices are located at Østergade 24A, 1, 1100 Copenhagen K, Denmark. Our telephone number at this address is +45 33 44 42 42.

 

8


 

        Our website address is www.forward-pharma.com. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this Prospectus, and any information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this Prospectus.

        Investors should contact us for any inquiries at the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices.

 

9




THE OFFERING

ADSs offered by us               ADSs, representing            ordinary shares.

Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

            ordinary shares.

Over-allotment option

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional            ADSs from us within 30 days of the date of this Prospectus, to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with the offering.

American Depositary Shares

 

Each ADS will represent one ordinary share, nominal value DKK            per share. You will have the rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and holders and beneficial owners of ADSs from time to time. To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the section in this Prospectus entitled "Description of American Depositary Shares." We also encourage you to read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this Prospectus.

Depositary

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Share Loan

 

To facilitate the orderly closing of this offering of ADSs, the shares underlying the ADSs immediately prior to and concurrent with the consummation of the offering and the time of delivery of the ADSs will be shares (referred to as the Borrowed Shares) loaned by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S to the underwriters under the terms of a Stock Lending Agreement. In connection with the consummation of the offering and at or immediately after the delivery of the ADSs, newly issued shares of the Company will be exchanged for the Borrowed Shares held by the Depositary of the American Depositary Receipt Program and the Borrowed Shares will be returned to Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S. See "Related Party Transactions—Stock Lending Agreement".

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the offering will be approximately $            , or approximately $            million if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently expect that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with a bridge financing providing for the availability to us of €8.4 million we entered into on May 30, 2014 with NB FP Investment II K/S, a bridge financing providing for the availability to us of $10.0 million we entered into on August 6, 2014 with BVF Forward Pharma L.P. (an affiliate of


 

 

 

10


 

    BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders), and our cash and cash equivalents on hand, as follows:

 

approximately $80.0 million for the clinical development of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS;

 

approximately $25.0 million to fund the exploitation and protection of our intellectual property rights (including in connection with oppositions and interference cases);

 

approximately $22.0 million for the clinical development of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis;

 

approximately $12.0 million for execution of our pre-clinical program, for our manufacturing activities, and for related Phase 1 clinical trials; and

 

the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."


Dividend policy

 

We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our shares, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our shares in the foreseeable future.

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" and the other information included in this Prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the ADSs.

Listing

 

We intend to apply to have the ADSs listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol "FWP."

        The number of our ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 1,744,130 of our Class A shares and 56,851 Class B shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014:

    the public offering price in this offering is the mid-point of the price range;

    the automatic conversion of all of our Class A shares and Class B shares into an aggregate of             ordinary shares prior to the consummation of this offering pursuant to our Framework Agreement as described under "Related Party Transactions—Framework Agreement," which we refer to as the Share Conversion (after which we will only have one class of shares, termed ordinary shares);

    the conversion of €8.4 million under our bridge financing dated May 30, 2014, for which we have drawn down €3.5 million and have provided a notice of drawing down the remaining €4.9 million available (representing the entire principal amount available thereunder) into            ordinary shares, at the public offering price less a discount of 15% (but not taking into account accrued interest or the impact of changes in the EUR/DKK exchange rate), which we refer to as the EUR Bridge Conversion;

    the conversion of $10.0 million, for which we have provided a notice of drawdown for the entire amount available, under our bridge financing dated August 6, 2014 (representing the entire principal amount available thereunder) into            ordinary shares, at the public offering price less a 15% discount (but not taking into account accrued interest or the impact of changes in the USD/DKK exchange rate), which we refer to as the USD Bridge Conversion and, together with the EUR Bridge Conversion, we refer to as the Bridge Conversions;

 

11


 

    no exercise of the option granted to the underwriters to subscribe for up to            additional ordinary shares to cover over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering;

    the issuance of            ordinary shares in the form of bonus shares to all existing shareholders, which we refer to as the Bonus Share Issuance; and

    no exercise of warrants held by warrant holders allowing for the subscription for an aggregate of 131,052 Class A shares (and            additional Class A shares issuable in respect of such warrants pursuant to the Share Conversion), which will be converted into warrants to subscribe for an aggregate of            ordinary shares in connection with the Share Conversion.

        As part of this offering, we have received commitments in the form of proxies and undertakings from all of our shareholders to complete the corporate steps required to convert all outstanding Class A and Class B shares into ordinary shares immediately prior to completion of the offering.

 

12




SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The summary statement of profit or loss and statement of financial position for the years ended and as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 of Forward Pharma A/S are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and January 1, 2012 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 included in this Prospectus. The summary unaudited consolidated statement of profit or loss and unaudited consolidated statement of financial position for the three month periods ended and as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 of Forward Pharma A/S are derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 included in this Prospectus. We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the IASB. The historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results expected in future periods.

        This summary financial information should be read in conjunction with "Presentation of Financial and Other Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included in this Prospectus.

Consolidated statement of profit or loss data

 
  Year ended
December 31,
(Audited)
  Three months ended
March 31,
(Unaudited)
 
(USD in thousands, except share and per share data)
  2013   2012   2014   2013  

Research and development costs

    (8,018 )   (4,445 )   (2,345 )   (1,624 )

General and administrative costs

    (1,014 )   (928 )   (1,899 )   (175 )
                   

Operating loss

    (9,032 )   (5,373 )   (4,244 )   (1,799 )
                   

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants

    (6,676 )   (17,071 )   (1,004 )   2,009  

Other finance costs

    (84 )   (35 )   (110 )   (11 )
                   

Net profit or loss before tax

    (15,792 )   (22,479 )   (5,358 )   199  
                   

Income tax

    96     0     29     62  
                   

Net profit or loss for the period

    (15,696 )   (22,479 )   (5,329 )   261  
                   
                   

Net profit or loss per share

                         

Basic

    (9.53 )   (14.25 )   (3.19 )   0.16  

Diluted

    (9.53 )   (14.25 )   (3.19 )   0.14  

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate net loss per share

                         

Basic

    1,598,530     1,577,261     1,621,000     1,599,000  

Diluted

    1,598,530     1,577,261     1,621,000     1,838,000  

 

13


 

Consolidated statement of financial position data

 
  As of
December 31,
(Audited)
  As of
March 31,
(Unaudited)
 
(USD in thousands)
  2013   2012   2014   2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,955     828     2,571     1,618  

Adjusted working capital(1)

    2,317     213     13     1,072  

Total assets

    3,599     970     4,306     1,811  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    2,613     2,100     0     0  

Accumulated (deficit)

    (51,913 )   (36,796 )   (57,057 )   (36,443 )

Total shareholders' equity

    (26,415 )   (20,250 )   17     (14,780 )

(1)
We define adjusted working capital as current assets minus trade and other payables. We use adjusted working capital to, among other things, evaluate our short-term liquidity requirements. We find adjusted working capital a useful metric in evaluating our short-term liquidity requirements because it eliminates the non cash impact of shareholder warrants.


Adjusted working capital is not an IFRS measure, and our definition may vary from that used by others in our industry. Accordingly, our use of adjusted working capital has limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial position as reported under IFRS.

 

14



RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this Prospectus before making an investment in the ADSs. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of these risks occurs, and as a result, the market price of our ordinary shares and the ADSs could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This Prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We are a clinical-stage company with no approved products and no historical product revenues, which makes it difficult to assess our future prospects and financial results.

        We are a biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of uncertainty. Our operations to date have been limited to developing our formulation technology and undertaking pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of our proposed drug candidate FP187. As an early stage company, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biopharmaceutical area. Consequently, the ability to accurately assess our future operating results or business prospects is more limited than if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market. Accordingly, the likelihood of our success must be evaluated in light of many potential challenges and variables associated with an early-stage drug development company, many of which are outside our control, and the occurrence of any setbacks could adversely affect our business and prospects.

We depend entirely on the success of our only clinical candidate, FP187. We cannot give any assurance that this clinical candidate will successfully complete clinical trials or receive regulatory approval, which is necessary before it can be commercialized.

        We have invested almost all of our efforts and financial resources in the development of FP187. As a result, our business and future success is almost entirely dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for, and then successfully commercialize FP187, which has completed Phase 1 testing in healthy volunteers for release characteristics and tolerability, as well as a Phase 2 trial in moderate to severe psoriasis patients, and is being prepared for Phase 3 trials for RRMS and psoriasis. FP187 will require additional pre-clinical and clinical development, management of clinical and manufacturing activities, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions (if regulatory approval can be obtained at all), securing sources of commercial manufacturing supply, building of or partnering with a commercial organization, and substantial investment and significant marketing efforts before any revenues can be generated from product sales. We are not permitted to market or promote FP187 before we receive regulatory approval from the FDA, the EC or other foreign regulatory authorities, and we may never receive such regulatory approval for FP187. We cannot assure you that our clinical trials for FP187 will be completed in a timely manner, or at all, or that we will be able to obtain marketing approvals or labeling from the FDA, the EC or other foreign regulatory authorities necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of FP187. If FP187 or any future product candidate is not approved and commercialized, we will not be able to generate any product revenues, which would materially affect our business, financial condition and result of operations. Moreover, any delay or setback in the development of any product candidate could adversely affect our business and prospects.

15


Our future growth and ability to compete depends on retaining our key personnel and recruiting additional qualified personnel.

        Our success depends upon the continued contributions of our management, scientific and technical personnel, many of whom have substantial experience with or been instrumental for us and our development of FP187. These individuals currently include the members of our board of directors consisting of our Chairman, Florian Schönharting, as well as J. Kevin Buchi and Torsten Goesch, and our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Peder Møller Andersen and our Chief Financial Officer, Joel Sendek. Our senior scientific advisors include Dr. Kristian Reich, Dr. Ulrich Mrowietz, Dr. Fred D. Lublin, Dr. Per Soelberg Sørensen, Dr. Giancarlo Comi and Dr. Jerry S. Wolinsky.

        The loss of managers and senior scientific advisors could materially delay our research and development activities and could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, the competition for qualified personnel in the biopharmaceutical field is intense, and our future success may depend upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly-skilled scientific, technical and managerial employees and consultants. We face competition for personnel from other companies, universities, public and private research institutions and other organizations. If our recruitment and retention efforts are unsuccessful, it may be difficult for us to implement our business strategy, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We expect to expand our drug development, regulatory and business development capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

        We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and consultants and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, regulatory affairs and business development. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations, and have a materially adverse effect on our business.

Our information technology systems could face serious disruptions that could adversely affect our business.

        Our information technology and other internal infrastructure systems, including corporate firewalls, servers, leased lines and connection to the Internet, face the risk of systemic failure that could disrupt our operations. A significant disruption in the availability of our information technology and other internal infrastructure systems could cause interruptions in our collaborations with our partners and delays in our research and development work.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We rely on patents and other intellectual property rights to protect our rights with respect to the development and commercialization of FP187 and other product candidates, the attainment, defense and maintenance of which may be challenging and costly. Failure to obtain, defend or maintain these rights adequately could materially adversely impact our ability to compete and impair our business.

        Our commercial success depends in part on obtaining and maintaining patents and other forms of intellectual property rights for FP187, as well as on the defense and exploitation of such rights. Failure to protect or to obtain, maintain or extend adequate patent and other intellectual property rights could materially adversely impact our competitive advantage and impair our business.

16


        Our patent portfolio consists primarily of two basic patent families, our "Core Composition Patent" family and our "Erosion Matrix Patent" family, along with three other patent families. We do not have any issued patents in the U.S. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. We have two granted patents in Europe: EP2316430, which covers DMF formulations with certain in vitro dissolution profiles, and EP2379063, which covers erosion matrix formulations with a thin enteric coating. Our other patent families include pending applications in Europe and the U.S. and are directed, among other things, to dosing regimens of DMF.

        Both of our European patents have been opposed by third parties before the EPO. Multiple parties, including Biogen, are opposing before the EPO our patents EP2316430 and EP2379063. The EPO may determine that one or more, possibly all, of our claims are invalid and/or may require us to narrow the scope of the claims to avoid a finding of invalidity.

        Moreover, our other pending applications may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and the EPO and/or any patents issuing thereon may become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post grant review, interference proceedings or other patent office proceedings or litigation, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights. Such third-party pre-issuance submissions were filed with the USPTO, questioning each of the two U.S. patent applications from our Core Composition Patent family that had been allowed but have since been abandoned by us. It is possible that similar third party preissuance submissions may also be filed if our currently pending patent applications (having substantially the same claims as our earlier allowed but now abandoned applications) are allowed. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, and allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to exploit our intellectual property or develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

        The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the U.S., the EU and elsewhere. Such challenges may result in loss of ownership or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

        In addition, other companies may attempt to circumvent any regulatory data protection or market exclusivity that we obtain under applicable legislation, which may require us to allocate significant resources to preventing such circumvention. Such developments could enable other companies to circumvent our intellectual property rights and use our clinical trial data to obtain marketing authorizations in the EU and in other jurisdictions. Such developments may also require us to allocate significant resources to prevent other companies from circumventing or violating our intellectual property rights.

        Our attempts to prevent third parties from circumventing our intellectual property and other rights may ultimately be unsuccessful. We may also fail to take the required actions or pay the necessary fees to maintain our patents.

17


Intellectual property rights of third parties could adversely affect our ability to commercialize FP187, such that we could be required to litigate with or obtain licenses from third parties in order to develop or market FP187. Such litigation or licenses could be costly or not available on commercially reasonable terms.

        Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our potential collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell FP187 or other product candidates without infringing valid intellectual property rights of third parties. If a third-party intellectual property right exists that covers the composition of FP187 or the uses and dosages that the regulatory authorities approve for FP187, we may not be in a position to commercialize FP187 unless we successfully pursue litigation or administrative proceedings to nullify or invalidate the third-party intellectual property right concerned, or enter into a license agreement with the intellectual property right holder, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

        It is possible that we are unaware of all patents or applications relevant to the manufacture, use or commercialization of FP187. For example, we have not conducted a recent freedom to operate search in connection with FP187 and its use to treat MS. Any freedom to operate search previously conducted may not have uncovered all relevant patents and patent applications, and there may be pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing FP187. For example, U.S. applications filed before November 29, 2000 and certain U.S. applications filed after that date that will not be filed outside the United States remain confidential until patents issue. Patent applications in the United States (filed November 29, 2000 or later) and elsewhere are published approximately 18 months after the earliest filing for which priority is claimed, with such earliest filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date. Therefore, patent applications covering FP187 or its use to treat MS could have been filed by others without our knowledge. In addition, pending patent applications which have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover FP187 or the use of FP187. As a result, we do not know whether the manufacture, use, or commercialization of FP187 or any of our other product candidates will infringe any third-party patents with valid claims that have been or will in the future be issued.

        Third-party intellectual property right holders, including our competitors, may actively bring infringement claims against us. We may not be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we are unable to successfully settle future claims or otherwise resolve such claims on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to engage in or continue costly, unpredictable and time-consuming litigation and may be prevented from, or experience substantial delays in, marketing our product candidates.

        If we fail to settle or otherwise resolve any such dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, we or our potential collaborators may be prohibited from commercializing FP187 or other product candidates we may develop that are held to be infringing, for the duration of the patent term. We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign our formulations so that we no longer infringe the third-party intellectual property rights. Any of these events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business.

There can be no assurances that an interference proceeding involving Biogen's U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514 will be declared by the USPTO in the near term or at all, and even if declared, there can be no assurance that any interference proceeding will ultimately result in judgment against Biogen and its patent claims cancelled. In addition, there can be no assurance that claims substantially similar to those in our U.S. Application No. 11/576,871 will ever issue in a patent.

        An interference is a proceeding within the USPTO to determine priority of invention of the subject matter of patent claims. The decision to declare an interference is solely within the power of the Patent Trial and Appeal Board, or PTAB, and can be made only after claims in a patent application

18


are deemed allowable by the examiner but for the interfering subject matter (in this case U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514 issued to Biogen) and a determination is made that interfering subject matter exists.

        An interference initial memorandum is prepared by an examiner when the examiner believes that at least one pending claim is allowable but for the interfering subject matter (in this case Biogen's issued patent, referenced above) and an interference is appropriate. The interference initial memorandum is forwarded to the PTAB, to determine whether an interference should be declared. If an interference is declared, the PTAB will issue a declaration of interference within a matter of months or, possibly, years from the date of the initial interference memorandum. The declaration of interference initiates an adversarial proceeding in the USPTO before the PTAB. That proceeding would involve issues including but not limited to, whether an interference proceeding is appropriate, whether the involved claims of the parties are patentable and which party was first to invent any interfering subject matter. Although our USPTO examiner has recommended that an interference proceeding be declared between our U.S. Application No. 11/576,871 and Biogen's U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514, we cannot estimate at this time when or, ultimately if, such interference proceeding will be declared, and even if declared, we cannot know or anticipate whether Biogen might be able to assert valid defenses. Failure to prevail in any such interference could adversely impact our ability to market FP187 for RRMS, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Biogen may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing its intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

        Biogen has several issued patents and is also prosecuting a number of additional patent applications that could adversely impact our commercial efforts if FP187 were ultimately found to infringe any valid claim by Biogen, in particular if Biogen obtains patent term extensions for certain patents in the U.S. and/or Supplemental Protection Certificates (which also extend the effective life of patents for drugs) in the EU.

        We are aware of the seven patents Biogen has listed in the FDA's "Orange Book" (See "Business—Government Regulation—United States—Hatch-Waxman Act and Orange Book Listing.") in connection with Tecfidera®, U.S. Patent Nos. 6,509,376, 7,320,999, 7,619,001, 7,803,840, 8,399,514, 8,524,773 and 8,759,393. Our planned regulatory path does not require that we make patent certifications to the FDA in connection with Biogen's Orange Book-listed patents, and at least two of the Biogen patents will expire before we anticipate receiving marketing approval for FP187. In Germany, and possibly other or all European countries (including member states of the EU and EEA as well as Switzerland), Biogen has filed an application for a Supplementary Protection Certificate, or SPC, using EP1131065B1 (European counterpart to U.S. Patent No. 6,509,376) as the basic patent. The application of the SPC in Germany has the application No. DE122014000068.9. If granted, this SPC may extend the effective monopoly granted by EP1131065B1 by a maximum of five years. The SPC term may be further extended by additional six months in accordance with Art. 36 of Regulation 1901/2006, if the requirements for a pediatric extension are met.

        We are also aware of the European counterpart to U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514, EP2137537 B1. As discussed with respect to our "Core Composition Patent" family, we have opposed EP2137537 B1 and are seeking to provoke an interference between one of our U.S. patent applications and Biogen's U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514.

        In the U.S., Biogen's pending patent applications include U.S. Application no. 13/266,997, U.S. Application no. 14/119,373, U.S. Application no. 14/124,562, U.S. Application no. 13/760,916, and U.S. Application no. 13/827,228. In Europe, Biogen's pending patent applications include EP10770066, EP2713724 and several others. One or more of these applications could adversely impact our commercial efforts if our marketing of FP187 once approved by the FDA for the treatment of RRMS

19


and/or psoriasis was ultimately found to infringe any valid patent claim issuing from any one of these applications.

        Biogen's patents are said to relate to pharmaceutical preparations of DMF and methods for treating immune disorders such as psoriasis and MS using DMF. Some of the patents claim dosing regimens, and include claims directed to a method for treating MS through the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of DMF at about a 480 mg daily dose. If such patents were asserted against us, we would vigorously contest such claims. However, the outcome of such potential proceedings would be unpredictable and if such patents were held to be valid, enforceable and infringed by the commercialization of FP187, we could be prevented from continuing to commercialize our product candidates, unless we obtain a license to such patents, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we market FP187 and are later found to infringe one or more of Biogen's patents, we could also be required to pay substantial damages.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect and defend our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

        Competitors may infringe our patents or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file claims, and any related litigation and/or prosecution of such claims can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid in whole or in part, unenforceable, or construe the patent's claims narrowly allowing the other party to commercialize competing products on the grounds that our patents do not cover such products.

        Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. The effects of patent litigation or other proceedings could therefore have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

We enjoy only limited geographical protection with respect to certain of our patents and may face difficulties in certain jurisdictions, which may diminish the value of our intellectual property rights in those jurisdictions.

        Our two earliest patent filings, PCT/DK2005/000648 and PCT/EP2010/050172, have limited geographic reach beyond the U.S. and Europe. PCT/DK2005/000648 has multiple pending U.S. counterparts, a granted European patent, a pending European patent application, three divisional applications, a German utility model and a pending Japanese counterpart. PCT/EP2010/050172 has a U.S. counterpart pending, a European patent granted, a European application pending, has Japanese, Eurasian, Indian, Chinese, Korean, Russian and Georgian counterparts pending and a granted patent in the Ukraine. We may decide to abandon national and regional patent applications outside Europe and the U.S. before they are granted, if at all. Our later filed patent applications, disclosing dosing regimens for FP187, have not yet been filed outside of the U.S. and the EU. Finally, the grant proceeding of each national/regional patent is an independent proceeding which may lead to situations in which applications might in some jurisdictions be refused by the relevant registration authorities, while granted by others. It is also quite common that depending on the country, the scope of patent protection may vary for the same product. For example, in some jurisdictions, it is not possible to obtain patents on dosing regimens.

20


        The laws of some jurisdictions do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws in the U.S. and the EU, and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in such jurisdictions. If we or our collaboration partners encounter difficulties in protecting, or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting, the intellectual property rights important for our business in such jurisdictions, the value of these rights may be diminished and we may face additional competition from others in those jurisdictions.

        Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Third parties may claim rights including ownership rights in our intellectual property.

        None of the named inventors on our patent and patent applications were our employees at the time of the filing of the Core Composition Patent family, which we acquired from Aditech. Two of the named inventors of the Core Composition Patent family were consultants of Aditech and, while obligated under their consulting agreements to assign their rights in the Core Composition Patent family to Aditech, were employed by other institutions at the time they were named as inventors. While such institutions have not made any claims to ownership, there can be no assurance they will not do so in the future.

        Later-filed patent families were filed by us, but some of the named inventors were acting only in a consultant capacity to us. Some of these consultants, while obligated under their consulting agreements to assign their rights in such patent families to us, were employed by other institutions prior to or at the time they made their inventions. While such institutions have not made any ownership claims to the inventions disclosed in the later-filed patent families, there can be no assurance they will not do so in the future.

        Named inventors on our patent applications, whether filed by us or acquired from Aditech, could also challenge whether their property rights were properly assigned, if at all. Further, other individuals (including persons not known to us or their employers) could make claims or assertions that they are inventors and/or owners of our intellectual property.

        Under mandatory Danish law, an employee having made a patentable invention (and products that may be subject to registration as an industrial designer right) through his service with an employer has the rights to such invention, provided however, that the rights to the patentable invention upon the employer's request shall be transferred to the employer, to the extent not otherwise agreed, provided that the use of such patentable invention falls within the "working area" of the employer or it is a result of a specific assignment given by the employer to the employee. Such a transfer is, however, subject to an obligation on the employer, following which the employer shall pay to the employee a "reasonable compensation." The fee shall be fixed considering the value of the invention and its consequences for the employer, the employee's terms of employment and the impact that the employee's service has had for the invention. In the event that the value of the invention does not exceed what the employee, taking his working conditions as a whole into account, reasonably could be expected to achieve, the employee is not entitled to any fee. The compensation payable by the employer is not subject to any maximum amount and may be paid either as a lump sum or as a continuing royalty payment based on, for example, the number of items produced based on the invention. An employee's claim for compensation may become time-barred or forfeited due to the

21


employee's passive behavior. The general time-barring regulation under Danish law is five years with respect to claims based on employment matters.

        Some of the named inventors on our newer applications (not the Core Composition Patent or Erosion Matrix Patent) are employees of our wholly owned German subsidiary Forward Pharma GmbH and thus are subject to German employment law. German employment law governs the transfer/assignment of any intellectual property rights generated by such employees. In particular, any inventions eligible for patent protection made by such employees are subject to the provisions of the German Act on Employees' Inventions (Gesetz üeber Arbeitnehmererfindungen), which regulates the ownership of, and compensation for, inventions made by employees. The law provides for a formal procedure for the transfer of employee's rights to patentable inventions which result from performance of the tasks the employee is charged with at the Company or which are based to a significant extent on the experiences or works of the Company, upon employer's request within a certain period of time after notification by employee.

        We believe that inventive contributions made by employees of Forward Pharma GmbH were made after the amended version of the German Act on Employees' Inventions came into force on October 1, 2009 and thus the amended version of the law exclusively applies to such inventions. The amendments to the law facilitate the transfer of rights in employees' inventions to the employer by replacing the former opt-in approach by an opt-out approach.

        Following the transfer of rights, an employee is entitled to a claim for "reasonable compensation" to be calculated on an individual basis (e.g., revenue achieved through exploitation of the patent). In addition, the German Act on Employees' Invention provides for certain obligations on the employer including the obligation to apply for patent protection in Germany, the obligation to release the invention for application in those countries where the employer does not want to apply for a patent and the obligation to offer to the employer granted patents or pending patent applications if the employer intends to abandon rights in any country.

        We face the risk that disputes can occur between us and employees or ex-employees of Forward Pharma GmbH pertaining to alleged non-adherence to the provisions of this act. Such disputes may be costly to defend and take up our management's time and efforts whether we prevail or fail in such dispute. If we are required to pay additional compensation or face other disputes under the German Act on Employees' Inventions, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Intellectual property rights do not address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

        The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

22


Changes in patent laws or patent jurisprudence could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products or product candidates.

        As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and exploiting patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity. Therefore, obtaining and exploiting biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Such examples include:

        In addition, the America Invents Act, or AIA, has been recently enacted in the United States, resulting in significant changes to the U.S. patent system. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, the combination of the U.S. Supreme Court decisions and AIA has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. A few highlights of changes to U.S. patent law under the AIA are:

23


        The "first-inventor-to-file" system and the new definitions of prior art apply to U.S. patent applications with claims having an effective filing date on or after March 16, 2013. Until at least 2034, patent practice will involve both pre-AIA and AIA laws.

        Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to exploit our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. Similarly, the complexity and uncertainty of European patent laws has also increased in recent years. In addition, the European patent system is relatively stringent in the type of amendments that are allowed during prosecution. Changes in patent law or patent jurisprudence could limit our ability to obtain new patents in the future that may be important for our business.

Confidentiality agreements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and protect other proprietary information.

        We consider proprietary trade secrets and/or confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets and/or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed by us to be of limited value. However, trade secrets and/or confidential know-how can be difficult to maintain as confidential.

        To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, consultants, contractors and advisors to enter into confidentiality agreements with us. However, current or former employees, consultants, contractors and advisers may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third-party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets and/or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

        Failure to obtain or maintain trade secrets and/or confidential know-how trade protection could adversely affect our competitive position. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and may even apply for patent protection in respect of the same. If successful in obtaining such patent protection, our competitors could limit our use of our trade secrets and/or confidential know-how.

Risks Related to the Development, Pre-clinical Testing, Clinical Testing, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization of FP187.

Pre-clinical and clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain timelines and uncertain outcomes. If pre-clinical or clinical trials of FP187 are prolonged or delayed, we may be unable to obtain required regulatory approvals, and therefore be unable to commercialize FP187 on a timely basis or at all.

        To obtain the requisite regulatory approvals to market and sell FP187, we must demonstrate through extensive pre-clinical and clinical trials that it is safe and effective in humans for its intended

24


use. The process for obtaining governmental approval to market FP187 is rigorous, time-consuming and costly. It is impossible to predict the extent to which this process may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. Due to these and other factors, FP187 or future product candidates could take a significantly longer time to gain regulatory approval than expected or may never gain regulatory approval. This could delay or eliminate any potential product revenue by delaying or terminating the potential commercialization of FP187.

        Pre-clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA, EMA and other applicable regulatory authorities' legal requirements, regulations or guidelines, including good laboratory practice, or GLP, an international standard meant to harmonize the conduct and quality of nonclinical studies and the reporting of findings. Pre-clinical studies including long-term toxicity studies and carcinogenicity studies in experimental animals may result in findings which may require further evaluation, which could affect the risk-benefit evaluation of clinical development, or which may even lead the regulatory agencies to delay, prohibit the initiation of or halt clinical trials or delay or deny marketing authorization applications. Failure to adhere to the applicable GLP standards or misconduct during the course of the study may invalidate the study requiring repeat of the study.

        Clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA, EMA and other applicable regulatory authorities' legal requirements, regulations or guidelines, including good clinical practice, or GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors. Clinical trials are further subject to oversight by these governmental agencies and Institutional Review Boards, or IRBs, at the medical institutions where the clinical trials are conducted. In addition, clinical trials must be conducted with supplies of FP187 produced under current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, and other requirements. Our clinical trials are conducted at multiple sites, including some sites in countries outside the U.S. and the EU, which may subject us to further delays and expenses as a result of increased shipment costs, additional regulatory requirements and the engagement of non-U.S. and non-EU clinical research organizations, as well as expose us to risks associated with clinical investigators who are unknown to the FDA or the European regulatory authorities, and with different standards of diagnosis, screening and medical care.

        To date, we have not completed all clinical trials required for the approval of FP187, which is currently being prepared for Phase 3 testing. The commencement and completion of clinical trials for FP187 may be delayed, suspended or terminated as a result of many factors, including but not limited to:

25


        Positive or timely results from pre-clinical studies and early stage clinical trials do not ensure positive or timely results in late stage clinical trials or product approval by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities.

        Products that show positive pre-clinical or early clinical results may not show sufficient safety or efficacy to obtain regulatory approvals and therefore fail in later stage clinical trials. The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process, and determining when or whether regulatory approval will be obtained for FP187. Even if we believe the data collected from clinical trials of FP187 are promising, such data may not be sufficient to support approval by the FDA, the EMA or any other regulatory authority.

        We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the Data Monitoring Committee, or DMC, for such trial or by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities. We or such authorities may impose a suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA, the EMA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using the drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of FP187, the commercial prospects of FP187 will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenues from this product will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow the FP187 development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues.

        Any of these occurrences could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of FP187. Significant clinical trial delays could also allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do or shorten any periods during which we have the exclusive right to commercialize FP187 and impair our ability to commercialize FP187 and may harm our business and results of operations.

The FDA and/or the EMA/ EC may determine that our proposed single Phase 3 trial for the use of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS, including any EDSS and SAD data generated through the date of our NDA submission, is insufficient for approval of FP187, which would delay or could prevent the approval of FP187 and adversely affect our prospects.

        We filed our IND for FP187 as a drug to treat RRMS in the U.S. on April 30, 2014. On June 10, 2014, the FDA sent us a "may proceed" letter, indicating that the IND is active and that we may conduct studies in humans. In August 2013, we had held a pre-Investigational New Drug, or IND,

26


Application meeting with the FDA, prior to which we submitted a briefing book including a proposal for a large, single Phase 3 trial. Approval by the FDA of a New Drug Application, or NDA, is dependent on a number of factors. A final decision as to whether the program we shared with the FDA at a high level in advance of our pre-IND meeting will be sufficient for approval (including the sufficiency of our proposed single Phase 3 trial and whether a favorable effect on SAD or other secondary endpoints will need to be demonstrated by us at the time of our NDA submission) can only be made by the FDA once it has reviewed our full NDA package.

        In addition, since we intend to rely on a single Phase 3 trial to demonstrate the effectiveness of FP187, the usual demonstration of the statistical significance of the superiority of FP187 to the active comparator drug in the primary efficacy endpoint (p<0.05) is unlikely to be sufficient to obtain approval. We currently expect that we will be required to demonstrate a two sided p<0.01 for our primary efficacy endpoint of ARR and two sided p<0.05 for the key secondary efficacy endpoint of SAD and/or other secondary endpoints (e.g., MRI scans) while retaining the primary efficacy advantage for FP187 through the full two year study. Importantly, during our pre-IND meeting, the FDA explained that although a low p-value may be one of the contributing factors for approval supported by a single study, such low p-value alone is not sufficient for approval, and that a final decision can only be made once the results from the study are reviewed. The FDA commented that consideration of an approval supported by a single study is based on many factors as described in "Guidance for Industry: Providing clinical evidence of effectiveness for human drug and biological products (May, 1998)".

        Overall, there can be no assurances that the FDA will ultimately accept the data from our single Phase 3 trial (including the SAD data we have generated at the time of submission or at a later date) as sufficient for approval when we file our NDA or at all, or that we will be able to timely file such an NDA. Similarly, in the EU, we may experience a delay in submitting our market authorization application to the EMA and can have no assurances that the EC ultimately will approve FP187 as a drug for the treatment of RRMS.

If serious adverse, undesirable or unacceptable side effects are identified during the development or commercialization of FP187, we or our collaboration partners may need to abandon or limit development or commercialization of FP187.

        If FP187 or any other product candidate we develop is associated with serious adverse, undesirable or unacceptable side effects, we may need to abandon such candidate's development or limit development to certain uses or sub-populations in which such side effects are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Many compounds that initially showed promise in early-stage or clinical testing have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of the compound.

        Undesirable side effects caused by FP187 or another product candidate we develop could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA, the EC or other comparable foreign authorities. Results of our trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of these or other side effects. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. To date, seven Serious Adverse Events, or SAEs, have been reported in our clinical trials for FP187, which have included 318 treated subjects. Five cases were classified by the investigator as being unrelated to the use of FP187, while two cases were judged by the investigator as being possibly related to the use of FP187. One patient, who had hypertension and a family history of cardiovascular diseases experienced a transient ischemic attack, or TIA, while a second patient experienced severe abdominal pain over period of approximately 24 hours. The patient experiencing the

27


TIA discontinued the treatment regimen but the patient experiencing abdominal pain continued the treatment regimen after being discharged from the hospital without additional drug-related AEs. These cases have been reported to the FDA and European regulatory authorities but have not resulted in any requests from the authorities. The occurrence of these or other serious adverse, undesirable or unacceptable side effects could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects.

        It is documented in the Tecfidera® labeling and through experience using Fumaderm® that the use of products containing DMF, the sole API in FP187, may cause a decrease in lymphocytes (white blood cells) in humans, thereby possibly increasing the potential for infection. To date, we are not aware of instances in which this side effect has prevented the FDA or the EC from approving RRMS drugs such as Tecfidera®, although it is expected that each of the FDA and the EMA will require us to monitor the incidence of this condition, known as lymphopenia and will evaluate whether FP187 increases the potential for infections during the review of our NDA in the U.S. and market authorization application in the EU.

        If FP187 or another product candidate we develop receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such product, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

        Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of FP187 or any other product candidate, if approved, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and prospects.

Positive results in previous clinical trials of FP187 may not be replicated in future clinical trials of FP187, which could result in development delays or a failure to obtain marketing approval.

        Positive results in previous clinical trials of FP187 may not be predictive of similar results in future clinical trials. In addition, interim results during a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in early-stage development. Accordingly, the results from the completed pre-clinical studies and clinical trials for FP187 may not be predictive of the results we may obtain in later stage trials. Our clinical trials may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials. Moreover, clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in pre-clinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or EMA/EC approval for their products.

We depend on enrollment of patients in our clinical trials for FP187. If we are unable to enroll patients in our clinical trials, our research and development efforts and business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

        Successful and timely completion of clinical trials will require that we enroll a sufficient number of patient candidates. Trials may be subject to delays as a result of patient enrollment taking longer than anticipated or patient withdrawal. Patient enrollment depends on many factors, including the size of the

28


patient population, eligibility criteria for the trial, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the nature of the trial protocol, competing clinical trials and the availability of new drugs approved for the indication the clinical trial is investigating.

        With respect to our clinical development of FP187 in RRMS, our proposed Phase 3 trial is particularly ambitious, requiring the recruitment of up to 2,000 RRMS patients worldwide. We have no experience in managing a clinical trial of this scope, in centers throughout the world, and we will need to significantly increase our clinical development resources in order to successfully manage and oversee this process.

        Enrollment of a sufficient number of patients in the Phase 3 trial for RRMS, the size of which is, to our knowledge, unprecedented for drugs intended for the treatment of RRMS, will depend on our ability to convince physicians and patients at the trial sites of the clinical meaningfulness of our study, and the recent availability of oral therapies such as Gilenya® (fingolimod), Aubagio® (teriflunomide) and Tecfidera® (another DMF formulation) may cause patients to be less willing to participate in our clinical trial for an oral therapy in regions in which one of these alternative oral therapies has been approved. Since RRMS is a competitive market in certain regions, such as the U.S. and the EU, with a number of drug candidates in development, patients may have other choices with respect to potential clinical trial participation and we may have difficulty reaching our enrollment targets.

Instability in Russia and the CIS could adversely affect our planned European Phase 3 clinical trial for FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis.

        We are continuing advanced preparatory work for a placebo-controlled confirmative Phase 3 trial of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis in Europe, as well as an additional placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis in the United States. Our planned Phase 3 trial in Europe would consist of approximately 60 clinical sites, of which 23 are in Russia and the Ukraine. The implementation of sanctions in Russia and/or the Ukraine, or the exacerbation of or continued political instability in the region could adversely impact our ability to perform studies in the region, or could increase the costs to us and our clinical research organizations, or CROs, in performing such studies. As a result, our ability to proceed or continue with sites in these countries could be adversely impacted.

We may become exposed to costly and damaging liability claims, either when testing FP187 or any other product candidates we develop in the clinic or at the commercial stage; and our product liability insurance may not cover all damages from such claims.

        We are exposed to potential product liability and professional indemnity risks that are inherent in the research, development, manufacturing, marketing and use of pharmaceutical products. Currently we have no products that have been approved for commercial sale; however, the current and future use of FP187 or other product candidates by us and our collaboration partners in clinical trials, and the sale of any approved products in the future, may expose us to liability claims. These claims might be made by patients that use the product, healthcare providers, pharmaceutical companies, our collaboration partners or others selling such products. Any claims against us, regardless of their merit, could be difficult and costly to defend and could materially adversely affect the market for FP187 or any prospects for commercialization of FP187.

        Although the clinical trial process is designed to identify and assess potential side effects, it is always possible that a drug, even after regulatory approval, may exhibit unforeseen side effects. If FP187 were to cause adverse side effects during clinical trials or after approval of the product candidate, we may be exposed to substantial liabilities. Physicians and patients may not comply with any warnings that identify known potential adverse effects and patients who should not use FP187.

        Although we maintain limited product liability insurance for FP187 (currently coverage is for $2 million), it is possible that our liabilities could exceed our insurance coverage. We intend to expand

29


our insurance coverage to include the sale of commercial products if we obtain marketing approval for FP187. However, we may be unable to obtain any insurance covering the sale of FP187, once commercialized, or may be unable to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or obtain insurance coverage that will be adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. If a successful product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of insured liabilities, our assets may not be sufficient to cover such claims and our business operations could be impaired.

        Should any of the events described above occur, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our product candidate FP187 is subject to extensive regulation, compliance with which is costly and time consuming, may cause unanticipated delays, or prevent the receipt of the required approvals to commercialize our product candidate.

        We and our collaboration partners are not permitted to market our product candidate FP187 until we receive regulatory approval from regulatory authorities. The process of obtaining regulatory approval is expensive, often takes many years, and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the products involved, as well as the target indications. Approval policies or regulations may change and regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit, or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons. Despite the time and expense invested in clinical development of product candidates, regulatory approval is never guaranteed.

        The FDA, the EMA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities can delay, limit, or deny approval of a product candidate for many reasons, including:

        In addition, competitors could attempt to use the regulatory process to attempt to delay or prevent approval of FP187. For example, a competitor could file a citizen petition with the FDA seeking a ruling from the FDA that the use of a single Phase 3 trial as a basis for approving FP187 is not appropriate. We believe that, if our proposed Phase 3 trial for FP187 is successful and the results meet our expectations, the FDA will have a proper basis for approving our NDA for FP187. However, the filing of a citizen petition could delay any approval of FP187 by the FDA, which would adversely affect our prospects. Should any of the events described above occur, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Even if FP187 obtains regulatory approval, it will be subject to continual regulatory review.

        If marketing authorization is obtained for FP187, it will remain subject to continual review and therefore authorization could be subsequently withdrawn or restricted. We and our collaboration partners will be subject to ongoing obligations and oversight by regulatory authorities, including

30


Adverse Event, or AE, reporting requirements, marketing restrictions and, potentially, other post-marketing obligations, all of which may result in significant expense and limit our ability to commercialize FP187. We and our collaboration partners will also be subject to regulatory requirements covering the manufacturing of FP187, including maintaining compliance with cGMP, and our contract manufacturers will be subject to periodic inspections by regulatory authorities.

        If there are changes in the application of legislation or regulatory policies, or if problems are discovered with a product or our manufacture of a product, or if we or one of our collaboration partners fails to comply with regulatory requirements, the regulators could take various actions. These include issuing warning and/or untitled letters to us, imposing fines on us, imposing restrictions on FP187 or its manufacture, requiring us to recall or remove the product from the market, entering an injunction against us, requiring us to enter into a consent decree, and pursuing criminal prosecution against us. The regulators could also suspend or withdraw our marketing authorizations or require us to conduct additional clinical trials, change our product labeling or submit additional applications for marketing authorization. If any of these events occurs, our ability to sell such product may be impaired, and we may incur substantial additional expense to comply with regulatory requirements, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of uses not consistent with approved product labeling. If we are found to have improperly promoted such uses, we may become subject to significant liability.

        The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as FP187, if approved. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA, the EMA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product's approved labeling. For example, the FDA requires substantial evidence, which generally consists of two adequate and well-controlled head-to-head clinical trials, for a company to make a claim that its product is superior to another product in terms of safety or effectiveness. Unless we perform clinical trials comparing FP187 to Tecfidera®, we will not be able promote FP187 by making comparative claims to Tecfidera®. If we are found to have made such claims we may become subject to significant liability. In the U.S., the federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined several companies from engaging in improper promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed.

Due to our limited resources and access to capital, we must decide to prioritize development of FP187 for certain indications and at certain doses; these decisions may prove to have been wrong and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

        Because we have limited resources and access to capital to fund our operations, we must decide which dosages and indications to pursue for the clinical development of FP187 and the amount of resources to allocate to each. Our decisions concerning the allocation of research, collaboration, management and financial resources toward dosages or therapeutic areas may not lead to the development of viable commercial products and may divert resources away from better opportunities. If we make incorrect determinations regarding the market potential of FP187 or misread trends in the biopharmaceutical industry, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

31


Because we are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we may become exposed to liability and substantial expenses in connection with environmental compliance or remediation activities which may disrupt or delay our production and development efforts and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Our operations, including our research, development, testing and manufacturing activities, are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, the controlled use, handling, release and disposal of, and the maintenance of a registry for, hazardous materials and biological materials, such as chemical solvents, human cells, carcinogenic compounds, mutagenic compounds and compounds that have a toxic effect on reproduction, laboratory procedures and exposure to blood-borne pathogens. If we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be subject to fines or other sanctions.

        As with other companies engaged in activities similar to ours, we face a risk of environmental liability inherent in our current and historical activities, including liability relating to releases of or exposure to hazardous or biological materials. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations are becoming more stringent. We may be required to incur substantial expenses in connection with future environmental compliance or remediation activities, in which case our production and development efforts may be interrupted or delayed and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our research and development activities could be affected or delayed as a result of possible restrictions on animal testing.

        Certain laws and regulations require us to test our product candidates on animals before initiating clinical trials involving humans. Animal testing activities have been the subject of controversy and adverse publicity. Animal rights groups and other organizations and individuals have attempted to stop animal testing activities by pressing for legislation and regulation in these areas and by disrupting these activities through protests and other means. To the extent the activities of these groups are successful, our research and development activities may be interrupted, delayed or become more expensive.

Enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize FP187 and may affect the prices we may set.

        In the U.S., the EU and some other foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system. These changes could prevent or delay marketing approval of FP187, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any products for which we obtain marketing approval.

        In the U.S., the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the Medicare Modernization Act, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sale prices for physician-administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost-reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products. While the Medicare Modernization Act applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

        More recently, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new

32


transparency requirements for health care and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. Effective October 1, 2010, the ACA revised the definition of "average manufacturer price" for reporting purposes, which could increase the amount of Medicaid drug rebates to states. Further, the new law imposed a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. Substantial new provisions affecting compliance have also been enacted, which may affect our business practices with health care practitioners. We will not know the full effects of the ACA until applicable federal and state agencies issue regulations or guidance under the new law. Although it is too early to determine the effect of the ACA, the new law appears likely to continue the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

        Both in the U.S. and in the EU, legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We are not sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of FP187, if any, may be.

Our relationships with customers and payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

        Healthcare providers, physicians and others play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable healthcare laws and regulations include the following:

33


        Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from U.S. government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business with is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

We operate in highly competitive and rapidly changing industries, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing competing products before or more successfully than we do.

        The biopharmaceutical industry is highly competitive and subject to significant and rapid technological change. Our success is highly dependent on our ability to discover, develop and obtain marketing approval for new and innovative products on a cost-effective basis and to market them successfully. In doing so, we face and will continue to face intense competition from a variety of businesses, including large, fully integrated pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions, government agencies and other private and public research institutions in the U.S., the EU and other jurisdictions. These organizations may have significantly greater resources than we do and conduct similar research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and marketing of products that compete with FP187.

        We believe that our key competitor in the commercialization of DMF for RRMS is Biogen, which has developed Tecfidera®, an oral treatment with RRMS. Tecfidera® has been approved in the U.S., Canada, Australia and the EU. The fact that Tecfidera® has been commercialized and is being marketed in the U.S. may render our development and discovery efforts in the area of DMF for the treatment of RRMS uncompetitive. Other companies are also developing alternative therapeutic approaches to the treatment of RRMS. These alternative therapeutic approaches may be used as complementary to the use of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS, but they could also be competitive.

        The highly competitive nature of and rapid technological changes in the pharmaceutical and biotechnological industries could render FP187 or our technology obsolete or non-competitive. Our competitors may, among other things:

34


        Should any of these factors occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

The successful commercialization of FP187 and any other products we develop will depend, in part, on the extent to which governmental authorities, health insurers and other third-party payors establish adequate reimbursement levels and pricing policies.

        The successful commercialization of FP187 and any other products we develop will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party coverage and reimbursement for our product will be available from government and health administration authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors.

        These bodies may deny or revoke the reimbursement status of a given drug product or establish prices for new or existing marketed products at levels that are too low to enable us to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. Obtaining and maintaining reimbursement status is time-consuming and costly. Significant uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved medical products. Furthermore, rules and regulations regarding reimbursement change frequently, in some cases at short notice, and we believe that changes in these rules and regulations are likely. In addition, many governments and health insurers are increasingly attempting to manage healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement of new products. As a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our future products.

        These concerns are particularly present for drugs like FP187 that use an API that is already available in other, approved drugs. Public and private payors may only be willing to provide coverage for FP187 if we can demonstrate a significant clinical advantage, or offer the drug at a price resulting in a treatment cost lower than other available drugs. Public and private payors may not be willing to grant reimbursement prices in line with our expectations if they do not share our views concerning the advantages of our proprietary formulation technology, in particular if they do not give as much weight as we do to, for example, what we expect will be reductions in flushing as a side effect.

        The unavailability or inadequacy of third-party coverage and reimbursement could have a material adverse effect on the market acceptance of FP187 and the future revenues we may expect to receive from it. In addition, we are unable to predict what additional legislation or regulation relating to the healthcare industry or third-party coverage and reimbursement may be enacted in the future, or what effect such legislation or regulation would have on our business.

FP187 and any other products we develop may not gain market acceptance, in which case we may not be able to generate product revenues, which will materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Even if the FDA, the EMA or any other regulatory authority approves the marketing of any products that we develop on our own or with a collaboration partner, physicians, healthcare providers, patients or the medical community may not accept or use them. If these products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues or any profits from operations. The degree of market acceptance of FP187 will depend on a variety of factors, including:

35


        If FP187 or any other product we develop fails to gain market acceptance, this will have a material adverse impact on our ability to generate revenues to provide a satisfactory, or any, return on our investments. Even if some products achieve market acceptance, the market may not prove to be large enough to allow us to generate significant revenues.

We have never commercialized a product candidate, and we currently have no marketing and sales organization. To the extent our product candidate FP187 is approved for marketing, if we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may not be able to effectively market and sell FP187 or generate product revenue.

        We have never commercialized a product candidate, and we currently do not have a marketing or sales organization for the marketing, sales and distribution of FP187 and do not intend to create one. In order to commercialize any of our products that receive marketing approval, we would have to build marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. In the event of successful development of FP187, if we elect to build a targeted specialty sales force, such an effort would be expensive and time consuming. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. With respect to FP187, we may choose to partner with third parties that have their own sales forces and established distribution systems, in lieu of or to augment any sales force and distribution systems we may create. If we are unable to enter into collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of approved products, if any, on acceptable terms or at all, or if any such partner does not devote sufficient resources to the commercialization of our product or otherwise fails in commercialization efforts, we may not be able to successfully commercialize FP187 if it receives regulatory approval. If we are not successful in commercializing FP187, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future revenue will be materially and adversely impacted.

Risks Related to our Financial Position and Capital Needs

We have a history of operating losses, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future. If we fail to obtain additional funding to conduct our planned research and development effort, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercial development efforts.

        We incurred net losses of $15.7 million and $22.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $51.9 million. We incurred net losses of $5.3 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2014 and we had an accumulated deficit of $57.1 million as of March 31, 2014. Our losses have resulted principally from expenses incurred in research and development of FP187, from general and administrative expenses that we have incurred while building our business infrastructure, and from fair value adjustments to net

36


settlement obligations to shareholder warrants. We expect to continue to incur significant operating losses in the future as we continue our research and development efforts and seek to obtain regulatory approval and commercialization of FP187. In our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, we expect to incur up to approximately $26.0 million of costs associated with research and development assuming successful consummation of this offering, subject to timing of our development activities.

        To date, we have financed our operations through private placements of equity securities, grants from governmental bodies, and debt financing arrangements. We have never generated any revenues from product sales. Based on our current plans, we do not expect to generate significant royalty or product revenues unless and until we obtain marketing approval for, and commercialize, FP187. We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with the bridge financings providing for the availability to us of €8.4 million we entered into on May 30, 2014 with NB FP Investment II K/S, or NBFPII, and $10.0 million we entered into on August 6, 2014, with BVF Forward Pharma L.P. (an affiliate of BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders), or BVF Forward, and our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

        We will have to seek additional funding beyond the expected net proceeds from this offering to complete our Phase 3 clinical trials in RRMS and to commercialize any of our product candidates. Additional funds may not be available on a timely basis, on favorable terms, or at all, and such funds, if raised, may not be sufficient to enable us to continue to implement our long-term business strategy. In addition, we may not be able to obtain further funding from governmental bodies.

        Even if we do generate product royalties or product sales, we may never achieve or sustain profitability on a consistent basis or at all. Our failure to sustain profitability could depress the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations. A decline in the market price of our ordinary shares also could cause you to lose all or a part of your investment.

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern in its report on our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus.

        Our audited consolidated financial statements were prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. However, the report of our independent registered public accounting firm included elsewhere in this Prospectus contains an explanatory paragraph on our consolidated financial statements stating there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, meaning that we may not be able to continue in operation for the foreseeable future or be able to realize assets and discharge liabilities in the ordinary course of operations. Such an opinion could materially limit our ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of new debt or equity securities or otherwise. There is no assurance that sufficient financing will be available when needed to allow us to continue as a going concern. The perception that we may not be able to continue as a going concern may also make it more difficult to raise additional funds or operate our business due to concerns about our ability to meet our contractual obligations.

        Based on current operating plans, assuming successful completion of this offering, we believe that we have resources to fund our operations for at least the next twenty-four months, but will require further funds to finance our activities thereafter. In the event this offering is not consummated as expected we will need to consider alternative arrangements and such arrangements could have a potentially significant negative impact on our ability to continue our operations.

37


Raising additional capital may cause dilution to holders of our shares or the ADSs, including purchasers of the ADSs in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or products.

        Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and additional financings, if needed. In respect thereof, we entered into a bridge financing on May 30, 2014 with NBFPII providing for the availability to us of €8.4 million and an additional bridge financing on August 6, 2014 with BVF Forward providing for the availability to us of $10.0 million. In the event we need to seek additional funds, we may raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities. In such an event, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of the ADSs. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of the ADSs to decline. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

        If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or products or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market FP187 or other product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Exchange rate fluctuations or abandonment of the Euro currency may materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        Due to the international scope of our operations, fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the DKK and the U.S. dollar, may adversely affect us. Although we are based in Denmark, we source research and development, manufacturing, consulting and other services from several countries. Further, potential future revenue may be derived from abroad, particularly from the United States. As a result, our business may be affected by fluctuations in foreign exchange rates between the Danish Kroner, the U.S. dollar, British Pounds or other currencies, which may also have a significant impact on our reported results of operations and cash flows from period to period. Currently, we do not have any exchange rate hedging arrangements in place and do not currently have plans to implement any hedging arrangements.

        In addition, the possible abandonment of the Euro by one or more members of the EU could materially affect our business in the future. Despite measures taken by the EU to provide funding to certain EU member states in financial difficulties and by a number of European countries to stabilize their economies and reduce their debt burdens, it is possible that the Euro could be abandoned in the future as a currency by countries that have adopted its use. This could lead to the re-introduction of individual currencies in one or more EU member states, or in more extreme circumstances, the dissolution of the EU. The effects on our business of a potential dissolution of the EU, the exit of one or more EU member states from the EU or the abandonment of the Euro as a currency, are impossible to predict with certainty, and any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

38


Related party transactions may be challenged by tax authorities.

        Many of the jurisdictions in which we conduct or will conduct business, and in particular Denmark and Germany, have detailed transfer pricing rules which require that all transactions with related parties be priced using arm's length pricing principles. Contemporaneous documentation must exist to support this pricing. The taxation authorities in these jurisdictions could challenge our arm's length related party transfer pricing policies. International transfer pricing is an area of taxation that depends heavily on the underlying facts and circumstances and generally involves a significant degree of judgment. Although we believe that our related-party transactions satisfy the substantive requirements of these transfer pricing rules, if any of these taxation authorities are successful in challenging our transfer pricing policies, our income tax expense may be adversely affected and we could also be subjected to interest and penalty charges. Any increase in our income tax expense and related interest and penalties could have a significant impact on our future earnings and future cash flows.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

If we fail to enter into strategic relationships or collaborations our business, financial condition, commercialization prospects and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

        Our product development programs and the potential commercialization of FP187 or any other product candidates we develop will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. Therefore, in addition to financing the developments of FP187 or any other product candidates we develop through additional equity financings or through debt financings, we may decide to enter into collaborations with pharmaceutical or biopharmaceutical companies for the development and potential commercialization of such products or product candidates.

        We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. We may also be restricted under existing and future collaboration agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with other potential collaborators. We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on acceptable terms, or at all. If that were to occur, we may have to curtail the development of a particular product, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of our sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we will not be able to bring FP187 to market and generate product revenue. If we do enter into a new collaboration agreement, we could be subject to the following risks, each of which may materially harm our business, commercialization prospects and financial condition:

39


We currently rely on third-party suppliers and other third parties for production of FP187 and our dependence on these third parties may impair the advancement of our research and development programs and the development of FP187.

        We currently rely on and expect to continue to rely on third parties for the supply of raw materials and manufacture of drug supplies necessary. We have a single relationship with a manufacturer (a so-called contract manufacturing organization, or CMO) to purchase excipients (i.e., inactive substances formulated alongside DMF), and to develop and manufacture our DMF, which we do through periodic work orders instead of a formal contractual relationship. We also have a single relationship with another CMO for the formulation, development, manufacture, analysis, packaging and supply of our DMF tablets, which we also maintain through periodic work orders instead of a formal contractual relationship. We anticipate soon expanding beyond relying on just these two third parties.

        Our current reliance on just one CMO for each of the purchase of excipients, manufacturing of DMF and our delivery formulation may expose us to more risk than if we were to manufacture FP187 or other products ourselves, or if we were now to have relationships with multiple or back-up third parties. Delays in production by either of these third parties could delay our clinical trials or have an adverse impact on any commercial activities. In addition, the fact that we are dependent on these two third parties for the manufacture of DMF and formulation of FP187, respectively, means that we are subject to the risk that the products may have manufacturing defects that we have limited ability to prevent or control. Although we oversee these activities to ensure compliance with our quality standards, budgets and timelines, we have had and will continue to have less control over the manufacturing of DMF than potentially would be the case if we were to manufacture FP187 ourselves, or have alternative CMOs to turn to in instances where batches of our FP187 did not meet required standards. Further, the CMOs we deal with could have staffing difficulties, might undergo changes in priorities or may become financially distressed, which would adversely affect the manufacturing of DMF and the production of our FP187 tablets. In addition, they could be acquired by, or enter into an exclusive arrangement with, one of our competitors, which would adversely affect our ability to access DMF in the form we require.

        We are obliged to work with CMOs and third-party suppliers that comply with EMA, FDA or other regulatory authorities' laws and regulations, including cGMPs, on an ongoing basis. Although we are ultimately responsible for ensuring compliance with these regulatory requirements, we do not have day-to-day control over a CMO or other third-party manufacturer's compliance with these laws, regulations and applicable cGMPs and other laws and regulations, such as those related to environmental health and safety matters. Any failure to achieve and maintain compliance with these laws, regulations and standards could subject us to the risk that we may have to suspend the manufacturing of FP187 or that obtained approvals could be revoked, which would adversely affect our business and reputation. In addition, third-party providers, such as our CMOs, may elect not to continue to work with us due to factors beyond our control. They may also refuse to work with us because of their own financial difficulties, business priorities or other reasons, at a time that is costly or otherwise inconvenient for us. If we were unable to find adequate replacement or another acceptable solution in time, our clinical trials could be delayed or our commercial activities could be harmed.

        The manufacture of DMF requires highly specialized safety procedures and equipment and is therefore carried out by a limited number of CMOs. Our Phase 3 trial for FP187 and commercialization of FP187, when and if initiated, will greatly increase our requirements for DMF. While we are currently searching for (and believe we have identified) alternative and/or supplementary sources of production, there can be no assurance that we will be able to locate such alternatives or that we will be able to agree on the commercial terms of any supply with such CMOs, which could impact negatively on our programs. The inability of our single third-party source of DMF to meet our requirements for DMF would have a material adverse impact on our business and prospects.

40


        Problems with the quality of the work of third parties, such as CMOs, may lead us to seek to terminate our working relationships and use alternative service providers. However, making this change may be costly and may delay the trials. In addition, it may be very challenging, and in some cases impossible, to find replacement service providers that can develop and manufacture the necessary DMF or tablets in an acceptable manner and at an acceptable cost and on a timely basis. The sale of products containing any defects or any delays in the supply of necessary services could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Growth in the costs and expenses of components or raw materials may also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Supply sources could be interrupted from time to time and, if interrupted, supplies may not be resumed (whether in part or in whole) within a reasonable timeframe and at an acceptable cost or at all.

If we fail to retain accounting and financial staff with appropriate experience, our ability to maintain the financial controls required of a public company may adversely affect our business.

        We currently rely on third-party accounting professionals to assist us with our financial accounting and compliance obligations. We are seeking financial professionals with appropriate experience to maintain our financial control and reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to identify and retain such qualified and experienced personnel, our business may be adversely impacted.

Risks Related to the Offering and Our Ordinary Shares and ADSs

You will not be directly holding our ordinary shares.

        As an ADS holder, you will not be treated as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Danish law governs shareholder rights. Our depositary, Bank of New York Mellon, will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. The deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and all other persons directly and indirectly holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary.

The price of the ADSs may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors beyond our control.

        The price of equity securities of publicly traded emerging biopharmaceutical and drug discovery and development companies has been highly volatile and is likely to remain highly volatile in the future. The market price of the ADSs may fluctuate significantly due to a variety of factors, including:

41


        In addition, the stock market in general has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of individual companies. Broad market and industry factors may materially affect the market price of companies' equity securities, including ours, regardless of actual operating performance.

There was no public market for the ADSs prior to this offering, and an active market in the ADSs may not develop in which investors can resell the ADSs.

        Prior to this offering there was no public market for our Class A shares or our Class B shares, each of which will be converted into ordinary shares prior to consummation of this offering. We cannot predict the extent to which an active market for the ADSs will develop or be sustained after this offering, or how the development of such a market might affect the market price for the ADSs. The initial public offering price of the ADSs in this offering was agreed between us and the underwriters based on a number of factors, including market conditions in effect at the time of this offering, which may not be indicative of the price at which the ADSs will trade following completion of this offering. Investors may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the initial public offering price.

Our principal shareholders currently own, in the aggregate, almost all of our outstanding Class A shares and all of our outstanding Class B shares, and will own approximately        % of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering. They will therefore be able to exert significant control over matters submitted to our shareholders for approval.

        After this offering, our shareholders who own more than 5% of our Class A shares and Class B shares before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately        % of our ordinary shares (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option). These shareholders will be able to significantly influence or even unilaterally approve matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors, certain decisions relating to our capital structure, amendments to our Articles of Association, and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. The interests of these shareholders may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other shareholders or holders of the ADSs.

The Stock Lending Arrangements may result in the offering being characterized as a secondary offering.

        To facilitate the orderly closing of the sales of ADSs, the shares underlying the ADSs immediately prior to and concurrent with the consummation of the offering and the time of delivery of the ADSs will be shares (referred to as the Borrowed Shares) loaned by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, or NBOF, to the underwriters under the terms of a Stock Lending Agreement. In connection with the consummation of the offering and at or immediately after the delivery of the ADSs, newly issued shares of the Company will be exchanged for the Borrowed Shares held by the Depositary of the American Depositary Receipt Program and the Borrowed Shares will be returned to NBOF.

        All proceeds of the offering net of expenses are being paid to the Company. No proceeds are for the account of any shareholder. In the event the Company is unable to issue the newly issued shares as contemplated by the Stock Lending Agreement on a timely basis or if the Borrowed Shares are not returned to NBOF on a timely basis, then the offering may constitute a secondary offering.

        In such event, NBOF would have a cause of action against the Company or the underwriters for the return of the Borrowed Shares, the issuance of an equal number of newly issued shares or monetary damages. The Company has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless each of the underwriters and NBOF for any damages in connection with the Stock Lending Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder.

42


Our ordinary shares will be controlled by insiders, who could have significant influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring board and shareholder approval.

        Our Chairman, Florian Schönharting, beneficially owns shares comprising approximately 99% of our voting power, and after the offering, will beneficially own approximately        % of our ordinary shares. With such concentrated control, Mr. Schönharting will have influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring board and shareholder approval, including the election of directors or any other significant corporate transaction. As a result, investors who acquire ADSs in the offering may have no effective voice in the management of our company.

Our principal shareholders will enter into a shareholders' agreement under which they may agree to take certain actions adverse to your interests.

        Our principal shareholders will enter into a new shareholders' agreement in connection with this offering, under which they will agree to take certain actions, including with respect to the ability of certain principal shareholders to appoint directors to the board of directors, the obligation to increase share capital in certain circumstances, and the right of NB FP Investment K/S, or NBFPI, to engage an advisor to examine exit opportunities for the shareholders party to such agreement in the event an exit event, as defined in the shareholders' agreement, has not occurred on or prior to December 31,            . The shareholders party to the shareholders' agreement will continue to control a majority of the beneficial voting power of our ordinary shares after completion of this offering, and the actions taken under or pursuant to the shareholders' agreement may conflict with your interests.

You may not be able to exercise your right to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs.

        Holders of ADSs may exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement and not as a direct shareholder in the company. The deposit agreement provides that, upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of our ordinary shares, the depositary will fix a record date for the determination of ADS holders who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights. Upon timely receipt of notice from us, if we so request, the depositary shall distribute to the holders as of the record date (1) the notice of the meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy sent by us and (2) a statement as to the manner in which instructions may be given by the holders.

        You may instruct the depositary of your ADSs to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. Otherwise, you will not be able to exercise your right to vote, unless you withdraw the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs you hold. However, you may not know about the meeting far enough in advance to withdraw those ordinary shares. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary, upon timely notice from us, will notify you of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot guarantee you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs or to withdraw the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs so that you can vote them yourself. If the depositary does not receive timely voting instructions from you, it may give a proxy to a person designated by us to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise any right to vote, and there may be nothing you can do if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

Your right as a holder of ADSs to participate in any future preferential subscription rights or to elect to receive dividends in shares may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.

        According to Danish Law, if we issue additional securities for cash, current shareholders will have preferential subscription rights for these securities on a pro rata basis unless (i) they waive those rights

43


at an extraordinary meeting of our shareholders (if issued at market value, by at least two-thirds of the share capital represented at such meeting), (ii) such rights are waived individually by each shareholder, or (iii) the additional securities are issued pursuant to an authorization granted to our board of directors. However, our ADS holders in the United States will not be entitled to exercise or sell such rights related to the ordinary shares which they represent unless we register the rights and the securities to which the rights relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. In addition, the deposit agreement provides that the depositary will not make rights available to you unless the distribution to ADS holders of both the rights and any related securities are either registered under the Securities Act or exempted from registration under the Securities Act. Further, if we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, under the deposit agreement the depositary may require satisfactory assurances from us that extending the offer to holders of ADSs does not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act before making the option available to holders of ADSs. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. Moreover, we may not be able to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, ADS holders may be unable to participate in our rights offerings or to elect to receive dividends in shares and may experience dilution in their holdings. In addition, if the depositary is unable to sell rights that are not exercised or not distributed or if the sale is not lawful or reasonably practicable, it will allow the rights to lapse, in which case you will receive no value for these rights.

You may be subject to limitations on the transfer of your ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares.

        Your ADSs, which may be evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of your ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason subject to your right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. Temporary delays in the cancellation of your ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders' meeting or we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares. In addition, you may not be able to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares when you owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. See the section of this Prospectus titled "Description of American Depositary Shares—Your Right to Receive the Ordinary Shares Underlying Your ADSs."

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of a substantial number of our ordinary shares or ADSs could adversely affect the price of the ADSs, and actual sales of our equity will dilute shareholders and ADS holders.

        Future sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares or ADSs, or the perception that such sales will occur, could cause a decline in the market price of the ADSs. Following the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, we will have                                    ordinary shares outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option) based on                                    ordinary shares being issued as part of the offering of ADSs and                        ordinary shares which will be outstanding upon the conversion of our Class A shares and Class B shares into ordinary shares. This includes the shares underlying the

44


ADSs offered in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. Approximately                                    of the shares outstanding immediately after this offering are expected to be held by existing shareholders. Assuming the purchase in this offering of                                    of the ADSs by certain of our existing shareholders or their affiliates, the number of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by our existing shareholders will, in the aggregate, increase to                                    of our ordinary shares. A significant portion of these shares will be subject to the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this Prospectus. If, after the end of such lock-up agreements, these shareholders sell substantial amounts of shares or ADSs in the public market, or the market perceives that such sales may occur, the market price of the ADSs and our ability to raise capital through an issue of equity securities in the future could be adversely affected. We also intend to enter into a registration rights agreement upon consummation of this offering pursuant to which we will agree under certain circumstances to file a registration statement to register the resale of the shares held by certain of our existing shareholders, as well as to cooperate in certain public offerings of such shares. In addition, we intend to register all ordinary shares that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these ordinary shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this Prospectus.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

        The initial public offering price of the ADSs is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A share and Class B share. Therefore, if you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay a price per ADS that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. To the extent outstanding warrants are exercised, you will incur further dilution. Assuming a public offering price of the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus of $            per ADS, you will experience immediate dilution, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of ADSs in this offering will have contributed approximately $            of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers or subscribers of our ordinary shares but will own only ADSs representing approximately        % of our ordinary shares outstanding after this offering. See "Dilution."

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that ultimately do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our ordinary shares. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of the ADSs to decline and delay the development of FP187. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

        We have not paid any dividends since our incorporation. Even if future operations lead to significant levels of distributable profits, we currently intend that any earnings will be reinvested in our business and that dividends will not be paid until we have an established revenue stream to support continuing dividends. Payment of future dividends will effectively be at the discretion of our board of directors, after taking into account various factors including our business prospects, cash requirements, financial performance and new product development. In addition, payment of future dividends may be made only if our shareholders' equity exceeds the sum of our paid-in and called-up share capital plus

45


the reserves required to be maintained by Danish law or by our Articles of Association. Accordingly, investors cannot rely on dividend income and any returns on an investment in the ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future appreciation in the price of the ADSs.

We are an "emerging growth company," and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to "emerging growth companies" will make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an "emerging growth company," we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies," including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an "emerging growth company" we are required to report only two years of financial results and selected financial data compared to three and five years, respectively, for comparable data reported by other public companies. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an "emerging growth company." We could be an "emerging growth company" for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our equity securities held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 date (the end of our second fiscal quarter) before that time, in which case we would no longer be an "emerging growth company" as of the following December 31 (our fiscal year end). We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and the price of the ADSs may be more volatile.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer's most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Accordingly, we will next make a determination with respect to our foreign private issuer status on June 30, 2015. There is a risk that we will lose our foreign private issuer status in the future.

        We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States and we continue to fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. As of June 30, 2014, an immaterial amount of our assets were located in the United States, although this may change if we expand our operations in the United States. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly greater than the costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications would involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers, which could also increase our costs.

46


If we fail to establish and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of the ADSs.

        Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

        We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control over financial reporting and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management will be required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an "emerging growth company" for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting could detect problems that our management's assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

If we are unable to successfully remediate material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to inadequate financial statement preparation and review procedures, the accuracy and timing of our financial statements may be adversely affected. Further, these material weaknesses could impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements within the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the IASB.

        In connection with the audits of our financial statements, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness related to our financial statement closing process, primarily related to the lack of sufficient skilled personnel with IFRS and SEC reporting knowledge for the purposes of timely and reliable financial reporting. Specifically, our independent registered public accounting firm determined that we lacked sufficient accounting and finance resources to and did not design and operate procedures and controls over the preparation of our financial statements, including insufficient financial statement close process and procedures including account reconciliations, the resolution of complex accounting issues involving significant judgment and estimates and overall review of the financial statements.

        Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, a material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

        We concurred with the findings of our independent registered public accounting firm. We are working to remediate the material weakness and are taking numerous steps and plan to take additional steps to remediate the underlying causes of the material weakness. We recently engaged a full-time Chief Financial Officer, and plan to further develop and implement formal policies, processes and documentation procedures relating to the financial reporting of the company. The actions that we are taking are subject to ongoing executive management review, and will also be subject to audit committee

47


oversight. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take, and our initiatives may not prove to be successful in remediating the material weakness. If we are unable to successfully remediate the material weakness, and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, the price of the ADSs may be adversely affected and we may be unable to comply with applicable stock exchange listing requirements.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research, about our business, the price of the ADSs and our trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for the ADSs will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no or too few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our ordinary shares would likely be negatively affected. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for the ADSs could decrease, which might cause the price of our ordinary shares and trading volume to decline.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or a PFIC, in 2014 or any future year. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year, this could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders.

        Under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Code, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after the application of certain "look-through" rules with respect to subsidiaries, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of "passive income," or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consist of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, "passive income." Passive income generally includes interest, dividends, rents, certain non-active royalties and capital gains. Whether we will be a PFIC in any year depends on the composition of our income and assets, and the relative fair market value of our assets from time to time, which we expect may vary substantially over time. Because (i) we currently own, and will own after the completion of this offering, a substantial amount of passive assets, including cash, and (ii) the values of our assets, including our intangible assets, that generate non-passive income for PFIC purposes, is uncertain and may vary substantially over time, it is uncertain whether we will be or will not be a PFIC in 2014 or any future year.

        If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below) holds ADSs, a U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences, including (i) if a mark-to-market election or a qualified electing fund, or QEF, election has not been made with respect to its ADSs, a U.S. Holder may incur significant additional U.S. federal income taxes on income resulting from distributions on, or any gain from the disposition of, such ADSs, as such income generally would be allocated over the U.S. Holder's holding period for its ADSs and would be subject to tax at the highest rates of U.S. federal income taxation in effect for such years, with an interest charge then imposed on the resulting taxes in respect of such income, and (ii) dividends paid by us would not be eligible for preferential individual rates of U.S. federal income tax. In addition, U.S. Holders that own an interest in a PFIC are required to comply with certain reporting requirements.

        A U.S. Holder may in certain circumstances mitigate adverse tax consequences of the PFIC rules by filing an election to treat the PFIC as QEF, or, if shares of the PFIC are "marketable stock" for purposes of the PFIC rules, by making a mark-to-market election with respect to the shares of the PFIC. However, in the event that we are or become a PFIC, we do not intend to comply with the reporting requirements necessary to permit U.S. Holders to elect to treat us as a QEF. Furthermore, if

48


a U.S. Holder were to make a mark-to-market election with respect to its ADSs, the U.S. Holder would be required to include annually in its U.S. federal taxable income an amount reflecting any year end increase in the value of its ADSs. For further discussion of the adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences of our classification as a PFIC, see "Taxation—U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders."

Risks Related to Danish Law and Our Operations in Denmark

Preemptive rights may not be available to non-Danish shareholders, and any inability of non-Danish shareholders to exercise preemptive rights in respect of shares issued in any offering by us will cause their proportionate interests to be diluted.

        Under Danish law, existing shareholders will have preemptive rights to participate on the basis of their existing share ownership in the issuance of any new shares for cash consideration, unless those rights are waived by a resolution of the shareholders or the shares are issued pursuant to an authorization granted to the board of directors including a waiver of preemptive rights. The preemptive rights of the shareholders may be waived by a majority comprising at least two-thirds of the votes cast and of the share capital represented at the general meeting provided the capital increase is made at market price. Certain non-Danish shareholders may not be able to exercise preemptive rights for their shares due to restrictions included in securities laws of certain countries, including those applicable in the United States. To the extent that shareholders are not able to exercise their preemptive rights in respect of the shares in any offering by us, such shareholders' proportional interests will be diluted.

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will be a Danish company with limited liability. The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

        We are, and will upon the consummation of this offering be, a Danish company with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our Articles of Association and by the laws governing companies incorporated in Denmark. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights and obligations of shareholders and boards of directors in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of its duties, our board is required by Danish law to consider the interests of our company, its shareholders, its employees and other stakeholders, in all cases with due observation of the principles of reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of our shareholders. See "Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association—Corporate Governance."

We are, as a foreign private issuer, not obligated to and do not comply with the all the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. This may affect the rights of our shareholders.

        We will be a foreign private issuer for purposes of U.S. federal securities laws. As a result, in accordance with the listing requirements of NASDAQ, we will rely on home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than relying on the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ. In accordance with Danish law and generally accepted business practices, our Articles of Association do not provide quorum requirements generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. To this extent, our practice varies from the requirement of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5620(c), which requires an issuer to provide in its bylaws for a generally applicable quorum, and that such quorum may not be less than one-third of the outstanding voting shares. Although we must provide shareholders with an agenda and other relevant documents in advance of a general meeting of shareholders, Danish law does not have an applicable regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies, thus our practice will vary from the requirement of NASDAQ Listing Rule 5620(b). For an overview of our corporate governance principles, see "Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association—

49


Corporate Governance." Accordingly, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these NASDAQ requirements.

        As a Danish company we must comply with the Danish Companies Act, or DCA. The DCA contains binding provisions for the board of directors, shareholders and general meetings of shareholders; and financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. Certain provisions apply to our board of directors (e.g., in relation to role, composition, conflicts of interest and independency requirements and remuneration), shareholders and the general meeting of shareholders (e.g., regarding our obligations to provide information to our shareholders). Further, certain sections of the DCA only apply to Danish companies listed on a regulated market with the EEA, and accordingly would not apply to us. See "Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association—Danish Corporate Governance." This may affect the rights of our shareholders.

We have historically filed our Danish tax returns on a standalone basis; however, due to certain changes to the ownership structure of the company made at the start of 2013, as of January 2013, we must file our Danish tax returns as part of a Danish tax group controlled by Tech Growth Invest ApS, a Danish corporation ("Tech Growth").

        As of January 19, 2013, we became part of the tax group of Tech Growth for purposes of Danish law as a result of certain acquisitions made (see the table set forth in the section entitled "Principal Shareholders"). Danish law provides for joint income taxation for all Danish entities in the same tax group, with the result that losses by one entity would be offset by gains by another. However, Danish law requires entities in the same tax group to pay each other for the use of each other's tax losses. Therefore, any use of Forward Pharma's losses by other members of the Tech Growth tax group will result in compensation to Forward Pharma.

        All members of a Danish tax group are jointly and severally liable for the group's Danish tax liabilities. However, Danish law requires taxing authorities to look primarily to Tech Growth and its wholly owned entities to satisfy Danish tax liabilities and to look to partially owned entities (such as Forward Pharma) only on a secondary basis. While we do not believe Tech Growth to have any material Danish tax liabilities, there can be no assurance that they do not have any such material liabilities, that they will not incur such material liabilities in the future, or that they will fulfill any such obligations. If Tech Growth has material Danish tax liabilities that are not satisfied by Tech Growth and its wholly owned subsidiaries or if Tech Growth incurs any such liabilities in the future, we may be responsible for the payment of such taxes, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

U.S. federal and/or state income tax may apply to us in the future.

        We are not currently subject to U.S. federal or state income tax. Our new Chief Financial Officer, Joel Sendek, has been employed by both Forward Pharma A/S and our wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, Forward Pharma USA, LLC. Pursuant to the U.S. tax laws and the income tax treaty between Denmark and the United States, we will not be subject to U.S. tax in connection with our Chief Financial Officer's activities unless there is a U.S. trade or business being conducted in connection with a permanent establishment. While we believe that the functions Mr. Sendek will fulfill will not give rise to U.S. tax liability for us, there can be no assurances that the U.S. tax authorities will agree with such position. In addition, if Mr. Sendek's functions are expanded in the future, and/or we engage additional officers located in the United States whose functions are sufficiently broad, we may become subject to U.S. federal and/or state income tax, which might have a material adverse effect on us and our results of operations.

50


Claims of U.S. civil liabilities may not be enforceable against us.

        Forward Pharma A/S is incorporated under the laws of Denmark, and one of its wholly owned subsidiaries Forward Pharma GmbH, is incorporated under the laws of Germany. Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. On a combined basis, the majority of our directors and officers immediately following consummation of the offering reside outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them or us in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

        The United States does not have a treaty with Denmark or Germany providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Accordingly, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by a United States court based on civil liability will not be directly enforceable in Denmark or Germany. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new lawsuit in a competent court in Denmark, that party may submit to the Danish court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States. A judgment by a federal or state court in the United States will neither be recognized nor enforced by a Danish court but such judgment may serve as evidence in a similar action in such court. In addition, the final judgment of a United States court may be recognized and enforced in Germany in compliance with certain requirements including petitioning a German court to enforce such judgment.

We will be a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we will not be subject to U.S. proxy rules and will be subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a U.S. domestic public company.

        Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act and although we intend to furnish quarterly financial information to the SEC, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

51



CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Prospectus contains statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Many of the forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus can be identified by the use of forward-looking words such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "expect," "may," "should," "plan," "intend," "estimate," "will," "would," and "potential," among others.

        Forward-looking statements appear in a number of places in this Prospectus and include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations. Forward-looking statements are based on our management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements due to various factors, including, but not limited to, those identified under the section entitled "Risk Factors" in this Prospectus. These risks and uncertainties include factors relating to:

        Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update them in light of new information or future developments or to release publicly any revisions to these statements in order to reflect later events or circumstances or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

52



PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

        We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. None of the financial statements included in this Prospectus were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

        The audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and January 1, 2012 and for each of the two years in the period then ended are the audited consolidated financial statements for Forward Pharma A/S. The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the three month periods then ended are the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements for Forward Pharma A/S.

        The terms "$" and "USD" refer to U.S. dollars, the terms "DKK" and "Danish Kroner" refer to the legal currency of Denmark and the terms "€", "EUR" and "Euro" refer to the legal currency of the euro area.

53



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We expect to receive total estimated net proceeds of approximately $             million, based on the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses of this offering that are payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses of this offering that are payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per ADS would increase (decrease) our net proceeds, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses of this offering that are payable by us, by $            , assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this Prospectus, remains the same.

        As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.6 million. We currently expect that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds of a bridge financing we entered into on May 30, 2014 with NBFPII, providing for the availability to us of €8.4 million, and an additional bridge financing we entered into on August 6, 2014 with BVF Forward (an affiliate of BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders), providing for the availability to us of $10.0 million. As of the date of this Prospectus, we have drawn down €3.5 million under the bridge financing with NBFPII, and a notice of drawdown for €4.9 million (i.e., the remaining amount available thereunder) has been made. Under the terms of the bridge financing, NBFPII will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. A notice of drawdown for $10.0 million under the bridge financing with BVF Forward (i.e., the entire amount available thereunder) has been made, and under the terms of the bridge financing, BVF Forward will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. We anticipate using the net proceeds from this offering and both bridge financings, and cash and cash equivalents on hand, as follows:

        Our expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this Prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual use of net proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, including our ability to obtain additional financing, the relative success and cost of our research, pre-clinical and clinical development programs, and whether we enter into collaborations with third parties in the future. As a result, management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, we might decide to postpone or not pursue other clinical trials or pre-clinical activities if the net proceeds from this offering and our other sources of cash are less than expected.

        At present, we believe that the expected net proceeds of this offering, the bridge financings we entered into on May 30, 2014 and August 6, 2014, and our current cash and cash equivalents, will allow us to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial program for FP187 in RRMS, including the opening of approximately 200 investigational sites and the enrolment of approximately 700 subjects. We further

54


anticipate that the net proceeds would also enable us to complete the initial Phase 3 trial in psoriasis. However, we anticipate that we will require substantial additional capital to complete our development activities in RRMS and psoriasis. We also anticipate that the net proceeds would be insufficient to allow for the market authorization and commercialization of FP187. We further note that it is difficult to predict our future liquidity requirements given the uncertainty around the requirements associated with the development and commercialization of new drugs, and we could exhaust our capital resources earlier than we currently expect. For more information regarding these risks, see "Risk Factors".

        Pending their use, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations and certificates of deposit.

55



DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our Class A shares or Class B shares, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Class A shares or Class B shares or, following the Share Conversion, our ordinary shares or ADSs, in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

Legal and Regulatory Requirements

        In accordance with the Danish Companies Act, or DCA, dividends, if any, are declared with respect to a financial year at the annual general meeting of shareholders in the following year, where the statutory annual report (which includes the audited financial statements) for that financial year is approved. Further, our shareholders may resolve at a general meeting to distribute interim dividends and our board of directors may, pursuant to an authorization that will be granted to it by our shareholders prior to completion of this offering, resolve to distribute interim dividends. Any resolution to distribute interim dividends within six months after the date of the statement of financial position as set out in our latest adopted annual report must be accompanied by the statement of financial position from our latest annual report or an interim statement of financial position which must be reviewed by our auditor. If the decision to distribute interim dividends is passed more than six months after the date of the statement of financial position as set out in our latest adopted annual report, an interim statement of financial position must be prepared and reviewed by our auditor. The statement of financial position or the interim statement of financial position, as applicable, must show that sufficient funds are available for distribution. Dividends may not exceed the amount recommended by the board of directors for approval by the general meeting of shareholders. Moreover, dividends and interim dividends may only be made out of distributable reserves and may not exceed what is considered sound and adequate with regard to our financial condition or be to the detriment of our creditors and such other factors as the board of directors may deem relevant.

        In accordance with the DCA, share buybacks, if any, may only be carried out by the board of directors using funds that could have been distributed as dividends at the latest annual general meeting of shareholders. Any share buyback must be conducted in accordance with an authorization obtained at a general meeting of shareholders. The authorization must be granted for a defined period of time not exceeding five years. In addition, the authorization must specify the maximum permitted value of treasury shares as well as the minimum and maximum amount that we may pay as consideration for such shares. A decision by our board of directors to engage in share buybacks, if any, will be made in accordance with the factors applicable to dividend payments set forth above.

        Prior to our board of directors' approval of the offer price and the allocation of ADSs being offered by this Prospectus, it is expected that our board of directors will be authorized to purchase some of our treasury shares to the extent that our holding of treasury shares at no time exceeds a fixed percentage of our share capital. The purchase price will not be permitted to deviate by more than a fixed percentage from the ADSs' quoted price on NASDAQ at the time of the purchase. The authorization will be valid for a limited time period. The authorization can be utilized to (i) acquire our own shares directly, and/or (ii) acquire ADSs which can then be surrendered to the Bank of New York Mellon, enabling us to take delivery of the underlying shares represented by such ADSs and subsequently cancel the shares.

        In connection with the offering, certain of our shareholders intend to enter into a shareholders' agreement which will provide that dividends are not intended to be paid prior to the occurrence of

56


certain events constituting exit events, as further provided for in the shareholders' agreement. For more information regarding the shareholders' agreement, see "Related Party Transactions—New shareholders' agreement". See "Taxation" for a description of Danish withholding taxes and certain other Danish and U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to the purchase or holding of shares and ADSs.

57



CAPITALIZATION

        The table below sets forth our capitalization (defined as total debt and shareholders' equity) as of March 31, 2014 derived from our condensed consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus:

        The pro forma as adjusted column below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

        Investors should read this table in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus as well as "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Financial Information" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  March 31, 2014  
(USD in thousands)
  Actual
(unaudited)
  Pro Forma
(as adjusted)(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,571        

Short-term convertible debt

    0        

Long-term convertible debt, excluding current portion

    0        

Total debt

    0        

Share capital

    314        

Share premium

    58,079        

Foreign currency translation reserve

    (1,319 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (57,057 )      
           

Total shareholders' equity

    17        
           

Total capitalization(2)

    17        

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the offering price of the ADSs would increase (decrease) our cash and cash equivalents, total shareholders' equity and total capitalization by $            .

(2)
Total capitalization consists of total debt plus total shareholders' equity.

58



DILUTION

        If you invest in our ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and the net tangible book value per ADS after this offering.

        At June 30, 2014, we had a net tangible book value of $            , corresponding to a net tangible book value of $            per ADS, after giving pro forma effect to the Share Conversion, the Bridge Conversions and the Bonus Share Issuance. Net tangible book value per ADS represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by                , the total number of ADSs that would have been outstanding as of March 31, 2014 had each of the Share Conversion, the Bridge Conversions and the Bonus Share Issuance been effected on such date.

        After giving effect to the sale by us of the                ADSs offered by us in this offering, and given an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value estimated at June 30, 2014 would have been approximately $            , representing $            per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per ADS to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $            per share to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. Dilution for this purpose represents the difference between the price per ADS paid by these purchasers and net tangible book value per ADS immediately after the completion of this offering.

        The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering.

 
  USD  

Net tangible book value per ADS at June 30, 2014, pro forma for the Share Conversion, the Bridge Conversions, the issuance of 7,590 Class A shares pursuant to an exercise of warrants, and the Bonus Share Issuance

       

Increase in net tangible book value per ADS attributable to new investors

       

Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after the offering

       

Dilution per ADS to new investors

       

Percentage of dilution in net tangible book value per ADS for new investors

      %

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the offering price per ADS would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value after this offering by $            per ADS and the dilution to investors in the offering by $            per ADS.

        The following table sets forth, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2014, after giving effect to this offering and the Share Conversion, the Bridge Conversions, and the Bonus Share Issuance, (A) the total number of (i) existing shares owned by existing shareholders and (ii) new shares to be issued in connection with this offering and represented by the ADSs and (B) (i) the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders for existing shares and (ii) the total consideration to be paid by investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS (which is the midpoint of the price

59


range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus), before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares/ADSs
subscribed/purchased
   
   
   
 
 
  Total consideration    
 
 
  Average price
per share/ADS
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing shareholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

            % $         % $    

Total

          100 %                  

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the offering price per ADS, respectively, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase (decrease) the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately        %, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, remains the same.

        The table above does not include:

60



SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The summary statement of profit or loss and statement of financial position for the years ended and as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 of Forward Pharma A/S are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included in this Prospectus. The summary statement of profit or loss and statement of financial position for the three month periods ended and as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 of Forward Pharma A/S are derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included in this Prospectus. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

        This financial information should be read in conjunction with "Presentation of Financial and Other Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, included in this Prospectus.

Consolidated statement of profit or loss data

 
  Year ended
December 31,
(Audited)
  Three months ended
March 31,
(Unaudited)
 
(USD in thousands, except share and per share data)
  2013   2012   2014   2013  

Research and development costs

    (8,018 )   (4,445 )   (2,345 )   (1,624 )

General and administrative costs

    (1,014 )   (928 )   (1,899 )   (175 )
                   

Operating loss

    (9,032 )   (5,373 )   (4,244 )   (1,799 )
                   

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants

    (6,676 )   (17,071 )   (1,004 )   2,009  

Other finance costs

    (84 )   (35 )   (110 )   (11 )
                   

Net profit or loss before tax

    (15,792 )   (22,479 )   (5,358 )   199  
                   

Income tax

    96     0     29     62  
                   

Net profit or loss for the period

    (15,696 )   (22,479 )   (5,329 )   261  
                   

Net profit or loss per share

                         

Basic

    (9.53 )   (14.25 )   (3.19 )   0.16  

Diluted

    (9.53 )   (14.25 )   (3.19 )   0.14  

Weighted-average shares outstanding used to calculate net loss per share

                         

Basic

    1,598,530     1,577,261     1,621,000     1,599,000  

Diluted

    1,598,530     1,577,261     1,621,000     1,838,000  

61


Consolidated statement of financial position data

 
  As of December 31,
(Audited)
  As of March 31,
(Unaudited)
 
(USD in thousands)
  2013   2012   2014   2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,955     828     2,571     1,618  

Adjusted working capital(1)

    2,317     213     13     1,072  

Total assets

    3,599     970     4,306     1,811  

Long-term debt, including current portion

    2,613     2,100     0     0  

Accumulated deficit

    (51,913 )   (36,796 )   (57,057 )   (36,443 )

Total shareholders' equity

    (26,415 )   (20,250 )   17     (14,780 )

(1)
We define adjusted working capital as current assets minus trade and other payables. We use adjusted working capital to, among other things, evaluate our short-term liquidity requirements. We find adjusted working capital a useful metric in evaluating our short-term liquidity requirements because it eliminates the impact of shareholder warrants.

        Adjusted working capital is not an IFRS measure, and our definition may vary from that used by others in our industry. Accordingly, our use of adjusted working capital has limitations as an analytical tool and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our financial position as reported under IFRS.

62



EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

        Our business is primarily conducted in Denmark and Germany. The functional currency of Forward Pharma A/S is the Danish Kroner, the functional currency of Forward Pharma GmbH is the Euro and the functional currency of Forward Pharma USA, LLC is the U.S. dollar. Forward Pharma A/S reports its consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars. Certain information in this Prospectus is presented in Danish Kroner. On July 31, 2014, the period-end exchange rate was DKK 5.572 to $1.00.

        The following table presents information on the exchange rates between the Danish Kroner and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated, as published by the Danish Central Bank.

 
  Period-end   Average
for Period
  Low   High  
 
  (DKK per USD)
 

Year Ended December 31:

                         

2009

    5.186     5.355     4.931     5.946  

2010

    5.555     5.625     5.115     6.234  

2011

    5.725     5.357     5.008     5.760  

2012

    5.659     5.794     5.523     6.156  

2013

    5.414     5.618     5.400     5.833  

Month Ended:

                         

March 2014

    5.417     5.398     5.359     5.434  

April 2014

    5.383     5.406     5.376     5.452  

May 2014

    5.469     5.435     5.357     5.489  

June 2014

    5.445     5.486     5.445     5.513  

July 2014

    5.572     5.509     5.451     5.574  

        The following table presents information on the exchange rates between the Euro and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated, as published by WM/Reuters.

 
  Period-end   Average
for Period
  Low   High  
 
  (EUR per USD)
 

Year Ended December 31:

                         

2009

    0.697     0.719     0.663     0.798  

2010

    0.745     0.755     0.687     0.838  

2011

    0.770     0.719     0.672     0.774  

2012

    0.758     0.778     0.743     0.827  

2013

    0.726     0.753     0.724     0.782  

Month Ended:

                         

March 2014

    0.726     0.723     0.718     0.728  

April 2014

    0.721     0.724     0.720     0.730  

May 2014

    0.733     0.728     0.718     0.735  

June 2014

    0.730     0.736     0.730     0.739  

July 2014

    0.747     0.739     0.731     0.747  

63



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the information under "Selected Financial Information" and our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements, including the notes thereto, included in this Prospectus. The following discussion is based on our consolidated financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which might differ in material respects from generally accepted accounting principles in other jurisdictions. The following discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those described under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Overview

        Forward Pharma is a Danish biopharmaceutical company preparing to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial using FP187, a proprietary formulation of dimethyl fumarate, or DMF, for the treatment of multiple sclerosis, or MS, patients. Since our founding in 2005, we have worked to advance unique formulations of DMF, an immune modulator, as a therapeutic to improve the health and well-being of patients with immune disorders including MS. FP187, our clinical candidate, is a DMF formulation in a delayed and slow release oral dose, which we plan to advance for the treatment of relapsing remitting MS, or RRMS, and other immune disorders, such as psoriasis.

        We are a company with a limited number of employees and outsource the majority of our activities to external consultants and suppliers. We are comprised of a Danish incorporated parent company, Forward Pharma A/S, and a wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Germany, Forward Pharma GmbH, and a wholly owned subsidiary formed in the state of Delaware, Forward Pharma USA, LLC.

        We do not currently have any commercialized products on the market. Accordingly, any trends within the markets in which we operate are expected to have more direct impact on our business in the event that we are successful in commercializing our clinical candidate FP187.

        Over the past few years, there has been increasing pressure to reduce drug prices in the developed markets as a consequence of political initiatives and regulations aiming to curb continuous increases in healthcare spending. Any revenue we earn in the future may be negatively affected by such political initiatives and regulations. The recent financial crisis and the increased burden of healthcare costs have led to an increased focus on reducing costs and, therefore, have further increased the pressure to lower drug prices. We expect this trend to continue in the years ahead. However, we believe spending in the healthcare industry, as compared to many other industries, is less linked to economic trends. Furthermore, while falling drug prices in the mature drug markets such as the U.S. and the EU are having a negative impact on general sales growth levels for the biopharmaceutical industry as a whole in those markets, we expect such sales growth to continue at higher levels in emerging markets. We also expect that demographic developments, increased treatment penetration, especially in newly established drug markets, and better diagnostic tools to enable the tailoring of drugs to specific needs, will result in continuing growth in overall global drug sales.

        There are unmet medical needs both in the RRMS and psoriasis areas. In particular, products with positive long-term safety profiles are needed. Controlling side effects associated with many such drugs is also important. Improvements have been seen in biological treatments for both RRMS and psoriasis, but there remains a need for safe oral treatments for both indications for long-term chronic administration. We believe that DMF has the potential to fulfill such unmet needs.

64


Financial Operations Overview

        To date, we have not generated any operating revenue as we do not have any commercialized products and we have not out-licensed our clinical candidate FP187 to any third-party.

        Historical research and development costs relate primarily to development of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis and only to a very limited extent to MS development, and they consist primarily of:

        All of our operational activities are initiated, conducted and overseen by staff at our German subsidiary in Leipzig and, as a result, the majority of our development costs are incurred by our German subsidiary.

        We expect that our total research and development costs in 2014 will be approximately $26.0 million, assuming successful consummation of this offering, subject to timing of our development activities. The estimated 2014 costs will be allocated to funding the development of our MS and psoriasis programs. Our research and development costs are expected to increase significantly and relate primarily to the following key programs:

65


        In 2013 and 2012, we spent an aggregate of approximately $8.0 million and $4.4 million, respectively, on research and development. There was a very limited amount of cost associated directly with development for the treatment of MS such as approximately $35,000 related to agency meetings and consultations, $28,000 for the IND submission, and $68,000 related to the initial testing of new MS tablets and dose strengths; all other costs were related to development for the treatment of psoriasis. Our research and development costs may vary substantially from period to period based on the timing of our research and development activities, including timing of regulatory approvals and enrollment of patients in clinical trials, and the preparation and submission of new patent claims in the U.S. or Europe. Assuming successful completion of this offering, research and development costs are expected to increase as we advance the clinical development of FP187 into Phase 3 for RRMS and psoriasis. The successful development of FP187 is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of, or the period, if any, in which we may begin to recognize revenues from FP187. This is due to numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing drugs, including the uncertainty of the scope, rate of progress and expense of:

        A change in the outcome of any of these factors with respect to the development of FP187 or any other product that we may develop could result in a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of FP187 or such other products.

        Similarly, the preparation of the Phase 3 trial of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS is a major effort and will require substantial internal resources and cooperation with a global CRO. We are in the early stages of such planning and further development depends on the positive outcome of this offering.

66


        If litigation with respect to our intellectual property rights were to commence, or if we were to become subject to other types of litigation, the magnitude and timing of our estimated costs could materially change.

        Our general and administrative costs consist primarily of:

        We expect that our general and administrative costs will increase in the future as our business expands and we incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. This will include costs related to retaining personnel to establish a finance department and upgrading our financial and financial reporting processes in Germany, the U.S. and Denmark, as well as engaging investor relations firms for both the U.S. and the EU. The impact of us becoming a public company will also include increased costs related to new personnel we will need to retain in connection with both administrative and operational activities, legal compliance fees, accounting and audit fees, board of directors and board of managers' liability insurance premiums, and costs related to general investor relations. In addition, we may incur costs associated with granting share-based compensation awards to key management personnel and other employees after this offering.

        Components of our finance cost (net) during 2013 and 2012 consisted primarily of:

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

 
  Three month period ended
March 31,
(Unaudited)
 
 
  2014   2013   Change
%
 
 
  (USD in thousands)
 

Total revenue

    0     0     0  

Research and development costs

    (2,345 )   (1,624 )   44.4  

General and administrative costs

    (1,899 )   (175 )   985.1  

Operating loss

    (4,244 )   (1,799 )   135.9  

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants

    (1,004 )   2,009     (150.0 )

Other finance costs

    (110 )   (11 )   900.0  

Finance cost (net)

    (1,114 )   1,998     (155.8 )

Net profit or loss before tax

    (5,358 )   199     (2,792.5 )

67


        The research and development related costs for the three month period ended March 31 were $2.3 million and $1.6 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. This change resulted primarily from an increase in intellectual property related costs from $110,000 in 2013 to $550,000 in 2014 relating to preparation for the interference case with the USPTO against Biogen and related to new patent applications submitted to the USPTO, potential new patents submitted to the EPO and opposition proceedings in Europe. The costs of pharmaceutical development and production were slightly higher in 2014 due to the production of new DMF, production of FP187 and development of tablets for the RRMS indication.

        The general and administrative costs for the three month period ended March 31 increased substantially from $0.2 million in 2013 to $1.9 million in 2014 primarily because of the services related to the offering process initiated in the first quarter of 2014. During the period, we incurred costs related to the preparation of this offering in the amount of $1.3 million.

        Finance costs related to the fair value adjustment to net settlement obligations of our shareholder warrants were $1.0 million for the first quarter of 2014 up until the settlement date, March 17, 2014, compared to a gain of $2.0 million for the same period in 2013. This increase was primarily due to the fact that the underlying share price increased from December 31, 2013 to March 17, 2014 while it did not change during the first quarter of 2013. Although the share price did not change during the first quarter of 2013, the expected term of the shareholder warrants was reduced resulting in a gain during this period. Finance costs associated with the shareholder warrants are calculated by using an OPM, described in the section below "Valuation of net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants".

        Other finance costs consisted of interest on convertible debt (which has now converted to equity) and other financial expenses, and amounted to $110,000 in the first quarter of 2014 and $11,000 in the first quarter of 2013. The increased cost is primarily caused by the convertible debt being outstanding for a longer period in the first quarter of 2014 than in the first quarter of 2013. In 2013, the conversion took place on January 19, while in 2014, the conversion took place on March 17.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 
  Year ended December 31,
(Audited)
 
 
  2013   2012   Change
%
 
 
  (USD in thousands)
 

Total revenue

    0     0     0  

Research and development costs

    (8,018 )   (4,445 )   80.4  

General and administrative costs

    (1,014 )   (928 )   9.3  

Operating loss

    (9,032 )   (5,373 )   68.1  

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants

    (6,676 )   (17,071 )   (60.9 )

Other finance costs

    (84 )   (35 )   140.0  

Finance cost (net)

    (6,760 )   (17,106 )   (60.5 )

Net loss before tax

    (15,792 )   (22,479 )   (29.7 )

68


        Research and development costs increased 80.4% to approximately $8.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 from approximately $4.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. Our research and development costs are highly dependent on the development phases of our projects and therefore fluctuate significantly from year to year.

        The increase in research and development costs from 2012 to 2013 related to the re-initiation in 2013 of a number of activities within both pharmaceutical and clinical development. The direct costs related to pharmaceutical development and production activities in 2013 and 2012, respectively, were $1.9 million and $1.7 million. The direct costs related to clinical development in 2013 and 2012, respectively, were $4.3 million and $1.7 million. Included in these figures were, among others, costs for production of new batches of DMF and validation of the production, development activities related to the production of FP187 tablets, placebo tablet production for the Phase 3 clinical program in psoriasis, the closure of the Phase 2 trial program and the submission of clinical trial documents to governmental agencies and ethical committees or Institutional Review Boards, or IRBs, in connection with, and preparation for, our planned Phase 3 psoriasis clinical trial program. We expect that our total research and development costs in 2014 will be approximately $26.0 million, assuming successful consummation of this offering. The increase in such costs is expected to be primarily the result of pursuing the Phase 3 trial for FP187 for the treatment of RRMS, but also includes significant costs related to the Phase 3 trial program for FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis.

        General and administrative costs increased to $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 from $928,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012, due to business development initiatives and costs related to managing and maintaining our intellectual property, as well as increased travel by our employees. We anticipate that our general and administrative costs will increase in the future as we continue to pursue our clinical development program and we incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including the addition of an expanded finance team. We also anticipate our administrative costs will increase due to significant upgrades in our IT systems and IT security associated with our becoming a public company.

        Finance costs related to the fair value adjustment to net settlement obligations of our shareholder warrants decreased to $6.7 million in 2013, from $17.1 million in 2012. This decrease was due primarily to the fact that the underlying share price increased substantially more in 2012 than it did in 2013. Finance costs associated with the shareholder warrants are calculated by us using an Option Pricing Model, or OPM, described in the section below entitled "Valuation of net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants".

        Other finance costs consisted of interest on convertible debt (which has now converted to equity) and other financial expenses, and amounted to $84,000 in 2013 and $35,000 in 2012.

69


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash flows

Comparison of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013

        Our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2014 were $2.6 million. The table below summarizes our consolidated statement of cash flows for each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
  Three month
period ended
March 31,
(Unaudited)
 
 
  2014   2013  
 
  (USD in thousands)
 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

    (2,306 )   (1,691 )

Net cash flows from financing activities

    1,910     2,535  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (396 )   844  

Net foreign exchange differences

    12     (54 )

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31

    2,571     1,618  

        Net cash flows used in operating activities increased to $2.3 million in the three month period ended March 31, 2014, from $1.7 million in the three month period ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in research and development costs as described in the section above entitled "Research and development costs for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013".

        Net cash flows from financing activities decreased to $1.9 million in the three month period ended March 31, 2014 from $2.5 million in the three month period ended March 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to lower proceeds on issuance of shares.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

        Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 were $3.0 million. The table below summarizes our consolidated statement of cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
(Audited)
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  (USD in thousands)
 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

    (8,373 )   (3,494 )

Net cash flows used in investing activities

    0     (5 )

Net cash flows from financing activities

    10,397     3,885  

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    2,024     386  

Net foreign exchange differences

    103     15  

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

    2,955     828  

        Net cash flows used in operating activities increased to $8.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, from $3.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in research and development costs as described in the section above entitled "Research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012."

        The net cash flows used in investing activities decreased to zero in the year ended December 31, 2013, from $5,000 in the year ended December 31, 2012.

70


        Net cash flows from financing activities increased by 167.6% to $10.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, from $3.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was due primarily to our issuance of 37,874 Class B shares in 2013 for net proceeds of $8.0 million in cash.

Cash and funding sources

        The table below summarizes our sources of financing and related cash proceeds for the three month period ended March 31, 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 
  Three month
period ended
March 31,
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014   2013   2012  
 
  (USD in thousands)
 

Equity capital

    1,916     7,951     1,864  

Shareholder loans

    0     2,456     2,030  

        Cash proceeds are also received by us at the time our shareholder warrants are settled by the holders of such shareholder warrants, at which times their fair values as of such date are reclassified from liabilities to share premium. As of March 31, 2014, the net settlement obligations to our shareholder warrants was zero. As of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the net settlement obligations to our shareholders warrants were $26.1 million and $18.4 million.

        In 2013, we issued a convertible loan to one of our shareholders with a principal value of $2.5 million, which was converted into shares in March 2014. In 2012, we also issued a convertible loan to one of our shareholders, which was converted into share capital in January 2013.

        In the first quarter of 2014, we issued to one of our shareholders 8,841 Class B shares for $1.9 million in cash. In 2013, we issued to one of our existing shareholders 37,874 Class B shares for $8.0 million in cash. In 2012, we issued to one of our shareholders 71,618 Class A shares for $1.9 million in cash.

        The shareholder warrants were exercised on March 17, 2014 resulting in a transfer from liabilities to share premium in the amount of $27.0 million.

        We entered into a bridge financing on May 30, 2014 with NBFPII providing for the availability to us of €8.4 million and we anticipate drawing down all funds available thereunder prior to completion of this offering. As of the date of this Prospectus, we have drawn down €3.5 million under the bridge financing. A notice of drawdown has been made for the remaining €4.9 million available, and under the terms of the bridge financing, NBFPII will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. The loan bears interest at a rate of 10% per annum and becomes due on December 31, 2018. Interest accrues until maturity. The principal together with accrued interest is mandatorily convertible into ordinary shares in connection with an initial public offering on or before December 31, 2014, at the public offering price less a 15% discount. If an initial public offering has not been completed by the end of 2014, NBFPII has the right to convert the principal together with accrued interest into a share class with the same distribution preference as the current Class B shares at a fixed price of DKK 1,177.35 per share.

        We entered into an additional bridge financing on August 6, 2014 with BVF Forward (an affiliate of BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders) providing for the availability to us of USD 10.0 million and a notice of drawdown has been made for the entire amount available thereunder. Under the terms of the bridge financing, BVF Forward will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. The loan bears interest at a rate of 10% per annum and becomes due December 31, 2018. Interest accrues until maturity. The principal together with accrued interest is mandatorily convertible into ordinary shares in connection with an initial public offering on

71


or before December 31, 2014, at the public offering price less a 15% discount. If an initial public offering has not been completed by the end of December 31, 2014, BVF Forward has the right to convert the principal together with accrued interest into a share class with the same distribution preference as the current Class B shares at a fixed price of DKK 1,177.35 per share.

        Please refer to the sections below on "Funding requirements" and "Borrowings" for a discussion of the significant assumptions underlying our going concern assumption.

Funding requirements

        We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our recent bridge financing and our existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We have no ongoing material financial commitments, such as lines of credit or guarantees, which are expected to affect our liquidity over the next five years, other than office rental leases, which we consider immaterial.

        Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, among other things:

        Our ability to operate is dependent upon raising additional funds to finance our ongoing activities. According to our estimates of the operational activities planned, if we are unsuccessful in obtaining additional capital resources to maintain our operational activities, there is substantial doubt that we will be able to continue our ongoing activities until December 31, 2014.

        In the event we are unable to consummate this offering on the terms we currently anticipate or at all, we will have to limit our research and development activities until we are able to obtain alternative funding sources.

Capital Expenditures

        Our capital expenditures were zero for the year ended December 31, 2013, and $5,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

        We had no capital expenditures for each of the three month periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2014.

        We do not have any significant capital expenditures planned for 2014.

72


Contractual obligations and commitments

        The table below sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2013.

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Less than
1 year
  Between 1
and 2 years
  Between 2
and 5 years
  More than
5 years
  Total  
 
  (USD in thousands)
 

Debt obligations(1)

  $ 2,613   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 2,613  

Operating lease obligations(2)

  $ 21   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 21  

Total

  $ 2,634   $ 0   $ 0   $ 0   $ 2,634  

(1)
Debt obligations as of December 31, 2013 consisted of a convertible loan note dated October 1, 2013, by and between Forward Pharma, as debtor, and NBOF, as creditor, for a principal amount of $2.5 million, which was cancelled in March 2014 (in connection with which the principal amount was used to offset the exercise price of warrants to subscribe for an aggregate of 137,750 Class A shares at an exercise price of DKK        per share). The loan was to mature on October 31, 2018 and had an annual interest rate of 20% as of December 31, 2013.

(2)
Operating lease obligations consist of a rental property agreement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        In 2004, a private Swedish company Aditech Pharma AB (collectively with its successor-in-interest, a Swiss company Aditech Pharma AG, or Aditech), controlled by Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS (an affiliate of one of our largest shareholders), began developing and filing patents for, among other things, an innovative delayed and slow release formulation for DMF. In 2005 we entered into a patent license agreement with Aditech to license this patent family from Aditech, and in 2010 we acquired this patent family from Aditech pursuant to a patent transfer agreement. Under our agreements with Aditech, we obtained, among other things, Aditech's patents and associated know-how related to DMF formulations and delivery systems, subject to both diligence and minimum annual expenditure (€1.0 million per year) obligations on our part (with an option for Aditech to receive back, for no consideration, all of our DMF related assets should we fail to satisfy these obligations), as well as a payment by us to Aditech of up to 2% of net sales generated from our DMF products and processes. Further, our agreement with Aditech gives Aditech a 90-day right of first offer to acquire non-DMF related intellectual property assets we might choose to sell.

        As noted above, the agreement with Aditech is technically a patent transfer agreement, not a license agreement. This means that we have acquired exclusive and perpetual ownership to Aditech's patents and related rights. Aditech can terminate the agreement (in which event Aditech has an option to receive back, for no consideration, all of our DMF related assets) due to any of the following reasons:

73


        While we have exclusive ownership of the patents, the duration of our obligation to make payments to Aditech lasts until (on a country by country basis) the latest to occur of the expiration of the registered patent rights or applicable data exclusivity.

        A German government grant of approximately $5.2 million received by Forward Pharma GmbH as compensation for development costs it incurred must be repaid should SAB determine that the grant was not, or not entirely, used for the specific purpose of the project for which it was given. In June 2012, SAB concluded the proceedings of proof of correct use, retaining, however, a right to initiate further proceedings. Further, if a production site has not been established by Forward Pharma GmbH in Saxony by May 31, 2017, this grant shall be repaid with a share in the income generated by Forward Pharma GmbH from the exploitation of the results, pro rata, up to a maximum of the grant amount, plus interest, if applicable. Should Forward Pharma GmbH not comply with this obligation, it will be required to grant SAB rights of use regarding the results of the funded research. As of March 31, 2014, we had not decided whether to establish production facilities in Saxony. Further, we believe that as of March 31, 2014, there is uncertainty in respect of both future revenue from the development project and the possible proceeds from a sale of all or certain of our intellectual property rights if we were to cease development. On this basis, we have determined that it is currently appropriate not to recognize as a contingent liability the repayment of this German government grant.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We are exposed to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

Market risk

        We are exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the U.S. dollar, or USD, British pound sterling, or GBP, and the Euro.

        Forward Pharma A/S' functional currency is the Danish Kroner, or DKK, our wholly owned subsidiary Forward Pharma GmbH's functional currency is the Euro, and our wholly owned subsidiary Forward Pharma USA, LLC's (which was formed on July 25, 2014) functional currency is the U.S. dollar. We anticipate that a substantial portion of any revenue earned as sales of goods or royalty payments following the commercialization of FP187 will be denominated in either USD or Euro. Our expenses to date have been largely been denominated in GBP, USD, DKK, and in Euro.

        In accordance with IFRS, at period end all of Forward Pharma A/S', Forward Pharma GmbH's, and Forward Pharma USA, LLC's assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in the financial statements in DKK, Euro and U.S. dollar respectively, using exchange rates in effect at the applicable balance sheet date. During the year, transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in DKK and Euro respectively at the applicable exchange rates on the date of the relevant transactions.

        We do not believe there is currently a need to enter into specific contracts to reduce the exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, such as by entering into options or forward contracts. We may in the future consider using options or forward contracts to manage currency transaction exposures. To date, we have had no material financial impact as a result of foreign currency changes.

74


        Up until May 30, 2014, our borrowings were denominated in DKK. Because our borrowings were at fixed interest rates and we maintain only limited cash balances, a change in interest rates would not have had a material effect on our results of operations. On May 30, 2014, we obtained a bridge loan financing denominated in EUR, and we obtained an additional bridge loan financing denominated in USD on August 6, 2014. These two loans also bear a fixed interest rate and, as a result, our exposure to interest rate risk is not affected.

Credit Risk

        We manage credit risk on a group basis.

        Our cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in saving and deposit accounts with original maturities of three months or less. Saving and deposit accounts generate a small amount of interest income. We only engage in such transactions with banks and financial institutions that have an independent credit agency rating of "A" or greater.

Liquidity Risk

        We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with net proceeds from our bridge financing and our cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twenty-four months. See "Use of Proceeds".

Government, Economic, Fiscal, Monetary or Political Initiatives That May Materially Affect Our Operations

        We have not identified any current government, economic, fiscal, monetary or political initiatives that would be expected to materially affect our operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid you in understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Research and development costs

        Research expenses are recognized when expenses are incurred. Costs incurred on development projects will be recognized as intangible assets as of the date that it can be established that it is probable that we will recognize future economic benefits attributable to the relevant project, considering factors including the technological and commercial feasibility of the project. Specifically, intangible assets arising from our development projects will be recognized on our balance sheet if all of the following criteria are met:

75


        Development costs incurred are capitalized as of the date when these criteria are met. In other words, until such criteria are met, development costs incurred are recognized as an expense.

        A development project involves a single product candidate undergoing a high number of tests to illustrate its safety profile and the effect on humans prior to obtaining the necessary final approval of the product from the appropriate authorities. The future economic benefits associated with our individual development projects are dependent on obtaining such approval. Considering the significant risk and duration of the development period related to the development of biological products, management has concluded that the future economic benefits associated with FP187 in late-stage clinical development in RRMS and psoriasis individual projects cannot be estimated with sufficient certainty until the projects have been finalized and the necessary regulatory final approvals have been obtained. Accordingly, given the current stage of the development of FP187, no development expenditures have yet been capitalized.

        Intellectual property-related costs for patents are included in expenses for our research and development projects. Therefore, associated registration costs for patents are expensed when incurred as long as the research and development project concerned does not meet the criteria for capitalization.

Share-based compensation

        The fair value of warrants (the share-based compensation arrangement we have historically used) issued to our employees and consultants in connection with their services provided to us is recognized by us as compensation expenses over the applicable warrant vesting periods.

        Determination of the initial fair value and subsequent compensation expenses for our warrants are subject to significant estimation uncertainty. For publicly traded entities, such fair value determinations are often calculated using an OPM, which relies on the publicly traded price of such public entity's shares and its expected volatility based in part on historical share price volatility. As a private company, this is not a valuation model that is easy for us to employ. Historically, we have been governed by a shareholders' agreement, which provided different liquidation preferences rights among our share classes and restricted the trading of our shares, resulting in no observable share volatility.

        To enable us to use the OPM to determine fair value, for warrants granted through December 30, 2012 we established our share price at the date of each grant by assuming that we might be sold at a specified price per share, which was equivalent to the price per share paid in a financing round prior to the warrant grant date. Beginning on December 31, 2012, as a short time after that date we issued Class B shares with preferential rights, it was no longer possible to establish a price at which the Class A shares underlying our employee and consultant warrants would have been issued had we granted them on the same or near the same date as the Class B shares. Accordingly, starting on December 31, 2012, we determined our price per share using an estimation methodology. See "Valuation of shares" below.

        Volatility of share price for a non-public company, like ours, was difficult to estimate. As a result, we opted to employ a Black-Scholes formula model, in which we assessed the volatility of the share prices of what we identified as a peer group of currently public biopharmaceutical companies.

76


Valuation of net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants

        In 2011 we granted one of our shareholders warrants to acquire our Class A shares in connection with a capital increase made by such shareholder. This warrant provides that the holder can elect to exercise the warrant by net share settlement (also commonly referred to as a "cashless" exercise method) in which certain of the underlying Class A shares are used, based on their fair value, to pay the exercise price. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, this warrant was classified by us as a derivative financial instrument due to the fact that the holder had the option to elect to employ the net share settlement means to pay the exercise price and, as a result, was recorded by us within our current liabilities on our statement of financial position. The shareholder warrants were exercised on March 17, 2014 resulting in a transfer from liabilities to share premium in the amount of $27.0 million.

        Determination of fair value of our net settlement obligations to shareholder warrants is subject to significant estimation uncertainty. As discussed earlier, for publicly listed companies, fair value is generally calculated using an OPM based on the trading price of the shares and expected volatility based in part on historical volatility of share prices. Because our shares are not traded in an active market, there is no observable market data to support our valuation. We applied the valuation approach described under "Share-based compensation" above. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, the exercise price of our shareholder warrants was significantly lower than the underlying share price as of each such date and, consequently, fair value of the warrants is most sensitive to changes in the underlying share price. It should be noted that once the ADSs begin trading publicly, there will no longer be a requirement for these types of estimations of fair value.

Valuation of shares

        As of December 31, 2012, we have calculated our valuation based on an internal model we developed that considered each of what we believe to be our key value drivers, including intellectual property advancement, development stage of FP187 both in terms of manufacturing and regulatory advances, and commercialization prospects for FP187. Such estimates are inherently complex and highly subjective. Specifically, we considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine our best estimate of the fair value of our shares as of each grant date, including the following:

        Our fair value as of December 31, 2012 has been determined by us through employing a discounted cash flow, or DCF, model. DCF is an estimate of the present value of the future monetary benefits expected to flow to the owners of a business. It requires a projection of the cash flow that the business is expected to generate. This cash flow is converted to present value by means of discounting, using a rate of return that accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks

77


inherent in the business. The discount rate in the DCF analysis is based upon a weighted average cost of capital, or WACC, calculated at each valuation date. The WACC is a method that market participants commonly use to price securities and is derived by using the Capital Asset Pricing Model and inputs such as the risk-free rate, beta coefficient, equity risk premiums and the size of the company. For our valuation as of December 31, 2013, a discount rate (WACC) of 12% has been applied, and for the valuation as of December 31, 2012, a rate of 10.9% has been applied.

        Through December 30, 2012, we had only issued Class A shares, and the value of one share was determined with reference to the above described fair value of the Company divided by the number of outstanding shares, taking into account the dilutive effect of outstanding warrants, resulting in a price per share amount of $150.

        On January 19, 2013, we issued shares with liquidation preference. Our fair value calculated as of this point in time was allocated to the preferred shares and ordinary shares using the current value method, or CVM, and taking into account the dilutive effect of outstanding warrants. The CVM assumes an immediate exit of the company and allocates value to our preferred shares based on the liquidation preferences and the residual value to the remaining shares. Due to a limited absolute liquidation preference compared to the total value of the Company as of the respective valuation dates subsequent to issuance of preference shares, we did not apply an OPM. The OPM treats ordinary shares and preferred shares as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company's securities changes.

        Equity was allocated using the CVM, resulting in a value per share of $137 as of January 19, 2013, and $208 as of December 31, 2013. We determined that there had been no events intervening between the respective valuation dates and therefore the analysis and inputs remained the same.

Additional Debt and Equity Issuances

        Subsequent to December 31, 2013, the following equity issuances have been made:

        On May 30, 2014, NBFPII entered into a bridge financing with us for an aggregate availability of €8.4 million which together with accrued interest, is convertible into our ordinary shares at the public offering price, less a discount of 15%.

        On August 6, 2014, BVF Forward (an affiliate of BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders) entered into a bridge financing with us for an aggregate availability of $10.0 million which together with accrued interest, is convertible into our ordinary shares at the public offering price, less a discount of 15%.

78


Offering price versus last valuation

        On                        , we and our underwriters determined the estimated price range for this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. The midpoint of the price range is $            per ADS, representing                  underlying ordinary shares. In comparison, our estimate of the fair value of our ordinary shares was $215 per share as of March 31, 2014. We note that, as is typical in initial public offerings, the estimated price range for this offering was not derived using a formal determination of fair value, but was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors that were considered in setting this range were our prospects and the history of and prospects for our industry, the general condition of the securities markets and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies. Specifically, we believe that the difference between the fair value of our ordinary shares as of March 31, 2014 and the midpoint of the estimated price range for this offering is primarily due to advances we have made in connection with our intellectual property, manufacturing and regulatory development, and commercialization prospects.

Income taxes

        We are subject to income taxes in Denmark, Germany and the U.S. Significant judgment is required in determining the use of net operating loss carry forwards and, were it to be applicable in our case, taxation of upfront and milestone payments (related to possible out-licensing transactions we might consider) for income tax purposes. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which such determination is made.

        We recognize deferred tax assets, including the tax base of tax loss carry forwards, if our management assesses that these taxes can be offset against positive taxable income within a foreseeable future. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. Such a judgment will be made on an ongoing basis and is based on budgets and business plans for the coming years, including planned commercial initiatives.

        The creation and development of therapeutic products, such as our product candidate FP187, is subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. Since our inception, we have reported significant losses and as a consequence, we have unused tax losses.

        Our management has concluded that deferred tax assets should not be recognized as of March 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012 in accordance with IAS 12, "Income Taxes." Our tax assets are currently not deemed to meet the criteria for recognition as our management is not able to provide any convincing positive evidence that deferred tax assets should be recognized.

        We had unused tax loss carry forwards of $10.5 million in Denmark and $17.8 million in Germany as of December 31, 2013. The tax losses can be carried forward indefinitely in time. We note that only the first DKK 7.5 million of taxable income on a Danish consolidated level may be fully offset by tax loss carry forwards whereas income exceeding DKK 7.5 million may only be reduced by 60% by tax loss carry forwards.

        Forward Pharma A/S is currently subject to group taxation in Denmark. For more, see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Danish Law and Our Operations in Denmark". Forward Pharma A/S has historically filed Danish tax returns on a standalone basis; however, due to certain acquisitions made at the start of 2013, as of January 2013, Forward Pharma A/S must file its Danish tax returns as part of a Danish tax group controlled by Tech Growth Invest ApS, a Danish private limited liability company ("Tech Growth").

79


Borrowings

        As of December 31, 2013, our borrowings consisted of a convertible shareholder loan with a principal value of DKK 13.8 million ($2.5 million), which was scheduled to mature on October 31, 2018. The loan was cancelled in March 2014 in connection with a transaction in which the principal amount outstanding was used to offset the exercise price of warrants to subscribe for an aggregate of 137,750 Class A shares at an exercise price of DKK 100 per share. As of March 31, 2014, we had no borrowings.

        On May 30, 2014, we entered into a bridge financing with NBFPII providing for the availability to us of €8.4 million, in respect of which we intend to draw down all amounts available thereunder prior to completion of this offering and have drawn €3.5 million as of the date of this Prospectus. A drawdown notice has been made for the remaining €4.9 million available, and under the terms of the bridge financing, NBFPII will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. On August 6, 2014, we entered into an additional bridge financing with BVF Forward (an affiliate of BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders) providing for the availability to us of $10 million, and a drawdown notice has been made for the entire amount available thereunder. Under the terms of the bridge financing, BVF Forward will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. Both agreements provide that amounts drawn under the financing, together with accrued unpaid interest, will be converted into ordinary shares at the public offering price, less a discount of 15%, contingent on completion of this offering on or before December 31, 2014. Together with the assumptions disclosed in the section above entitled "Funding requirements", the bridge financings form a part of the basis for the going concern assumption reflected in this Prospectus.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        There are no IFRS standards as issued by the IASB or interpretations issued by the IFRS interpretations committee that are effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2014 that would be expected to have a material impact on our financial position.

Internal control over financial reporting

        In connection with the audits of our 2013 and 2012 financial statements which were completed concurrently, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness related to our financial statement close process, primarily related to the lack of sufficient skilled personnel with IFRS and SEC reporting knowledge for the purposes of timely and reliable financial reporting. Specifically, our independent registered public accounting firm determined that we did not have adequate procedures and controls to ensure that accurate financial statements could have been prepared and reviewed on a timely basis for annual and interim reporting purposes, including insufficient financial statement close process and procedures including account reconciliations, the resolution of complex accounting issues involving significant judgment and estimates and overall review of the financial statements.

        Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, a material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

        We are working to remediate the material weakness and are taking numerous steps and plan to take additional steps to remediate the underlying causes of the material weakness. We recently engaged a full-time Chief Financial Officer, and plan to recruit additional finance support personnel and further develop and implement formal policies, processes and documentation procedures relating to our financial reporting. The actions that we are taking are subject to ongoing executive management review, and will also be subject to audit committee oversight. Although we plan to complete this process as

80


quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take, and our initiatives may not prove to be successful in addressing the material weakness. If we are unable to successfully address the material weakness, and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements, our share price and the ADS price may be adversely affected and we may be unable to comply with applicable stock exchange listing requirements.

JOBS Act Exemptions

        On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for an "emerging growth company." As an emerging growth company, we are electing to take advantage of the following exemptions:

        The JOBS Act permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

        These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we no longer meet the requirements of being an "emerging growth company," whichever is earlier. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

81



BUSINESS

Our Company

        Forward Pharma is a Danish biopharmaceutical company preparing to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial using FP187, a proprietary formulation of dimethyl fumarate, or DMF, for the treatment of multiple sclerosis, or MS, patients. Since our founding in 2005, we have worked to advance unique formulations of DMF, an immune modulator, as a therapeutic to improve the health and well-being of patients with immune disorders including MS. FP187, our clinical candidate, is a DMF formulation in a delayed and slow release oral dose, which we plan to advance for the treatment of relapsing remitting MS, or RRMS, and other immune disorders, such as psoriasis.

Our Focus on DMF

        Oral drugs employing DMF as an active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, have been in use for over half a century. Today, DMF is the API found in Tecfidera®, which Biogen Idec Inc., or Biogen, began selling for the treatment of RRMS following approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in March 2013 (and approval by the European Commission, or EC, in February 2014). Tecfidera®, which is an oral dose of 480 mg of DMF daily (240 mg twice daily), generated global sales from launch in April 2013 through June 30, 2014 of $2.08 billion. DMF is also an API found in Fumaderm®, which has been sold for the treatment of psoriasis since 1994.

        In 2004, a private Swedish company Aditech Pharma AB (collectively with its successor-in-interest, a Swiss company Aditech Pharma AG, or Aditech), controlled by Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS (an affiliate of one of our largest shareholders), assessed the potential for DMF to become a significant global product. Aditech specifically focused on the development of an innovative delayed and slow release formulation of DMF, with the goal of limiting side effects typically associated with DMF treatment.

        We were founded in 2005 for the purpose of exploiting a patent family Aditech filed relating to, among other things, its delayed and slow release formulation for DMF, and in 2010 we acquired this patent family from Aditech. Under our agreements with Aditech, we obtained, among other things, Aditech's patents and associated know-how related to DMF formulations. See "Related Party Transactions—Aditech Agreement."

        The patent family that we acquired from Aditech included an international patent application filed in 2005, disclosing, among other things, formulations of DMF that provide for its slow release in the small intestine, where we believe that DMF has its immunomodulatory impact. This international application became the basis for a family of national patent applications which were subsequently filed relating to DMF. Two European patents, one from the original Aditech patent family and one from a patent family of ours (involving erosion matrix formulations of DMF with a thin enteric coating) have been granted and both are now the subject of opposition proceedings (i.e., special proceedings heard by the European Patent Office, or EPO, where multiple third parties request that the patent be revoked). In the U.S., our Erosion Matrix Patent application has been allowed and we have pending patent applications that we believe will soon be allowed (i.e., will meet the statutory requirements of patentability), one of which claims particular up-titration schedules (e.g., increasing the dose over a specified number of weeks) of using DMF to treat MS, and the other of which claims treating MS using particular compositions containing DMF and that also specifies levels of a DMF metabolite called mono methyl fumarate, or MMF, in the bloodstream. These claims are substantially the same as the respective claims in two other applications that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, Examiner recently found allowable but which we elected to abandon (i.e., voluntarily requested to be irrevocably removed from the USPTO docket of active patent applications). In another of our patent applications, the USPTO Examiner has found our claims directed to methods of treating MS using a 480 mg dose of DMF to be allowable and has recommended that an interference be declared against

82


Biogen's U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514 and a USPTO official has indicated that we will be designated as the so-called senior party. An interference is an administrative proceeding at the USPTO that is used to determine which party is the first to invent a common invention claimed by the parties. The party with the earliest effective filing date to the common invention is designated "senior party" and is entitled to the presumption that it is the first inventor. Once an interference has been suggested, a supervisory Examiner refers the suggested interference to the Patent Trial and Appeal Board, or PTAB. An administrative patent judge at the PTAB declares the interference and administers the proceeding. During the interference, each party can dispute the patentability of the other parties' claims, challenge the senior party designation and present proof of dates of invention prior to the effective filing date. In an initial motions phase, a three judge panel at the PTAB decides the patentability and senior party issues raised and, if that decision does not resolve the interference, then after priority proofs are submitted in a second priority phase, enters final judgment on priority (i.e., who is first to invent).

        In order to assess FP187's safety profile for human use, we have performed 28 pre-clinical studies on DMF since 2006, gathering data through animal testing (and in certain cases in vitro testing of DMF in cells) on its pharmacological activity, toxicity profile, and on dosing level effects. All pre-clinical studies apply to both MS and psoriasis development. Beginning in 2007, we commenced a set of Phase 1 clinical trials followed by a Phase 2 clinical trial to investigate, among other things, safety and dosing tolerability of FP187. We have successfully completed all of these clinical studies, collectively involving over 300 psoriasis patients and healthy volunteers, and gathering substantial positive safety and dosing data. Importantly, as of the date hereof we have conducted no clinical trials involving patients with MS.

        To advance FP187 for use as a drug to treat RRMS in the U.S., we held a pre-Investigational New Drug, or IND, application meeting with the FDA in August 2013. Prior to this pre-IND meeting, we submitted a briefing book to the FDA, which included our high-level description of a proposed 48-week Phase 3 trial, which we expect will include up to 2,000 RRMS patients. We intend to compare FP187 to an active beta interferon, or IFNb, comparator drug. The primary efficacy endpoint for the proposed Phase 3 trial will be the Annualized Relapse Rate, or ARR. The key secondary efficacy endpoint will be the Sustained Accumulation of Disability, or SAD, based on repeated assessments of the Expanded Disability Status Scale, or EDSS. Further secondary endpoints are based on magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, markers.

        EDSS has been recognized by the EMA as the most widely used and known scale to assess disability in RRMS patients. EDSS scores are measured periodically (generally in intervals of three to six months) based on a standard neurological examination of seven major functional systems and observations concerning gait and use of assistive devices. EDSS is reported using a scale ranging from 0 to 10 in 0.5 unit increments that each represent higher levels of disability. SAD is defined as a specified increase from baseline in EDSS that persists for at least 12 weeks.

        Consistent with our pre-IND meeting and submissions, we filed our IND for RRMS on April 30, 2014 and expect to be able to submit the protocol and draft Statistical Analysis Plan, or SAP, for our Phase 3 study in the third quarter of 2014.

        Following completion of our planned Phase 3 trial, we intend to submit our NDA for FP187 to treat RRMS. Approval by the FDA of a New Drug Application, or NDA, is dependent on a number of factors. A final decision as to whether the program we shared with the FDA in advance of our pre-IND meeting is sufficient for approval (including the sufficiency of our proposed single Phase 3 trial and whether a favorable effect on SAD or other secondary endpoints will need to be demonstrated by us at the time of our NDA submission) can only be made by the FDA once it has reviewed our full NDA package.

        We expect that patient enrollment for the Phase 3 trial we are contemplating will take at least 18 months, with completion of the final patient's initial 48-week treatment period after a total of

83


30 months. When the last patient dosed has completed the 48-week treatment period, we expect that we will have a substantial number of patients with two years of data, which we believe will allow us to complete an analysis of the effects of FP187 on SAD which can be provided to the FDA when we submit our NDA. As a result, we believe that any requirement by the FDA for data on EDSS/SAD will not delay a decision on whether to approve FP187 for the treatment of RRMS.

        We intend to submit our NDA for FP187 to treat RRMS under Section 505(b)(1) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDC Act, based on pre-clinical and clinical data we have and will have developed and independently own. Section 505(b)(1) of the FDC Act prescribes how a product may be submitted for approval by the FDA as a new drug based on clinical trial data and other information independently developed and owned by the party making the NDA submission, or obtained from a third-party with a right of reference.

        In Europe, we have held preliminary discussions concerning marketing authorization for FP187 in moderate to severe psoriasis with the Federal Institute for Drugs and Medical Devices (Bundesinstitut für Arzneimittel und Medizinprodukte, or BfArM) in Germany, and more recently in November 2013 held a scientific consultation on FP187 for the treatment of MS with the European Medicines Agency, or EMA. We expect to apply for a European Union, or EU, marketing authorization for FP187 to treat RRMS.

        We also intend to pursue the development of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis, and expect to commence a Phase 3 clinical trial program for psoriasis, including the commencement of dosing of patients, by early 2015.

History of DMF

        A German pharmacist discovered in the late 1950s that fumaric acid derivatives were useful for the treatment of psoriasis. Over the following years, various blends of fumaric acid derivatives, including DMF, were tested and used in different doses throughout Germany and, later, in other parts of Europe. Pharmacies in Germany often made their own compounded versions for the treatment of psoriasis.

        In 1994, Fumapharm AG (acquired by Biogen in 2006) received approval in Germany to market Fumaderm®, which contains DMF and three ethyl fumarate salts, for the treatment of psoriasis. DMF is also the API in Biogen's Tecfidera®. Fumaderm® has not been approved outside of Germany, but it is nonetheless available throughout Europe as a prescription drug sourced from German pharmacies. Tecfidera® is sold in both the U.S. and Europe. We estimate that there have been well over 150,000 patient years of exposure to drugs containing DMF.

Our Intellectual Property

        We divide our intellectual property portfolios primarily into two basic patent families, which we refer to as our "Core Composition Patent" family and our "Erosion Matrix Patent" family. Our Core Composition Patent family, based on international application PCT/DK2005/000648, filed by Aditech on October 7, 2005, discloses, among other things, a broad range of controlled release pharmaceutical compositions of DMF as well as the use of a dose of about 480 mg of DMF per day to treat MS. Our Erosion Matrix Patent family, based on international application PCT/EP2010/050172, filed in 2010, covers our delayed and slow release formulations of DMF in FP187.

Core Composition Patent family

        In the EU, a patent from our Core Composition Patent family, EP2316430, has been granted. EP2316430 covers DMF formulations with certain in vitro dissolution profiles. In the U.S., we have pending patent applications that we believe will soon be allowed.

84


        Pending U.S. Application No. 14/213,399 claims the use of delayed release formulations of DMF to treat MS according to an up-titration schedule (e.g., increasing the relevant dose over a specified number of weeks) that reaches a total daily dose of 480 mg. Pending U.S. Application No. 14/212,503 claims a method of treating an MS subject with 480 mg of DMF per day, using delayed release formulations containing from 120 mg to 240 mg of DMF which, following administration, result in certain levels of MMF in the bloodstream. These claims are substantially the same as the respective claims in two other applications that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, Examiner recently found allowable (U.S. Application Nos. 13/957,117 and 13/957,220) but which we elected to abandon (i.e., voluntarily requested to be irrevocably removed from the USPTO docket of active patent applications).

        Two third-party pre-issuance submissions were filed with the USPTO, questioning the patentability of the claims in each of the two U.S. patent applications from our Core Composition Patent family that had been allowed but were subsequently abandoned by us. We believed that these third-party submissions were defective. It is possible that similar third-party pre-issuance submissions may also be filed if our currently pending patent applications (having substantially the same claims as our earlier allowed but now abandoned applications) are allowed.

        We were recently informed by the USPTO Examiner that she believes the claims in another of our patent applications in the Core Composition Patent family, U.S. Application No. 11/576,871, to be allowable and in consultation with her supervisor and a patent interference specialist, has recommended that an interference be declared against Biogen's U.S. Patent No. 8,399,514, whose claims also cover a method of treating MS using about a 480 mg daily dose of DMF, and a USPTO official has indicated that we will be designated as the so-called senior party.

        The USPTO website indicates that the Examiner has prepared a memorandum in support of an interference, which will be reviewed by an administrative patent judge. Such interference, if declared, will give us the opportunity to prove to the USPTO that we were the first to invent the method of treating MS using about a 480 mg daily dose of DMF.

        Multiple third parties, including Biogen, are opposing our patent EP2316430 (covering DMF formulations) before the European Patent Office, or EPO. In view of the publication of WO2006/037342, the international application in the Core Composition Patent Family, on April 13, 2006, prior to Biogen's February 8, 2007 priority date for its EP2137537 B1 patent, we (along with multiple other parties) have filed an opposition against that patent which has claims directed to the use of the 480 mg daily dose of DMF to treat MS.

Erosion Matrix Patent family

        In the EU, a patent from our Erosion Matrix Patent family, EP2379063 (covering matrix formulations with a thin enteric coating), has been granted. Multiple third parties, including Biogen, are opposing this patent before the EPO. The U.S. counterpart, U.S. Application No. 13/143,498, was allowed by the USPTO but withdrawn from allowance to permit the USPTO Examiner to consider the opposition papers in EP2379063. On July 11, 2014, the USPTO has again allowed the application following its review of the European oppositions.

Other patent families

        Beyond our Core Composition Patent and Erosion Matrix Patent families, our other patent families include pending applications in the EU and the U.S., mainly directed to dosing regimens of DMF. We believe that our overall patent portfolio, if matured, should position FP187 competitively in the key markets of the U.S. and the EU.

85


Our Business Strategy

        We have focused on DMF's potential as an immune-modulating drug to improve the health and well-being of patients with immune disorders for approximately the past 10 years, during which time we have assembled and continue to develop our intellectual property portfolio and regulatory strategy. We believe our intellectual property portfolio, combined with the clinical data we have and will have independently obtained and the discussions we have had with the FDA, BfArM and EMA, provide us with the opportunity to pursue the development of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS in the U.S. and the EU. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to, among other things, pursue a Phase 3 clinical trial of FP187 for the treatment of RRMS which we believe, if successful, would (in combination with other data on FP187 we have and are obtaining) allow us to submit an NDA in the U.S. and a separate marketing authorization application in the EU for FP187 to treat RRMS. We intend to also pursue the development of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis, including commencing a Phase 3 clinical trial program by early 2015. In addition, we intend to use part of the net proceeds from this offering to commence the remaining studies in our pre-clinical program.

        Components of our business strategy include:

Mode of Action of DMF and our Proprietary Formulation

Mode of action

        While the exact mode of action of DMF is not fully understood, we believe that some of its therapeutic effects are mediated via modulation of the immune system. From studying scientific literature on immune cells in vitro and Company-sponsored research, we believe that DMF can rapidly form adducts by combining with the antioxidant molecule glutathione, or GSH, leading to the

86


functional depletion of GSH, followed by the modulation of various cellular pathways. We believe that one important downstream event of intracellular GSH depletion is the increased expression of the anti-inflammatory stress protein HO-1, with subsequent induction of type II dendritic cells leading to a reduction of inflammatory responses. We also believe that the depletion of GSH can induce apoptosis or cell death in different cell types including activated T cells, reducing inflammatory responses. Other pre-clinical data, we believe, have indicated that DMF can also protect cells, including neuronal cells, against oxidative stress.

        In animal models described in scientific literature and from Company-sponsored research, GSH/DMF adducts have been found in the gastrointestinal, or GI, mucosa and in the portal vein blood, but not in organs like the heart, brain and liver, which suggests to us that the clinical effects of DMF may be mediated at least in part by DMF exerting its action within the tissues in the intestine or pre-systemic circulation. Such a mode of action of DMF is also supported, we believe, by the fact that DMF has not been directly detected in the bloodstream.

        Some proportion of DMF is thought by us to be metabolized by esterases (enzymes ubiquitous in the GI tract) to produce MMF. In contrast to DMF, MMF can be measured in the bloodstream, but the extent to which it may contribute to clinical efficacy is currently unclear to us. However, recent pre-clinical research suggests to us that sudden plasma peaks of MMF may contribute to the side effect of flushing via interaction with nicotinic acid receptors. Flushing is the visible reddening of the skin and is often accompanied by a sensation of heat and prickling or itching of the skin.

Formulation and clinical profile of FP187

        Our proprietary DMF formulation, FP187, employs two strategies which we believe improve the release of DMF by reducing the peaks of MMF in the bloodstream while maintaining overall DMF exposure levels, which, in turn, may control DMF's side effects. FP187 uses an enteric coating material, which forms a polymeric barrier around each DMF-containing core tablet for the purpose of inhibiting the release of DMF in the stomach and allowing for release in the small intestine. Due to the enteric coating, the FP187 tablet remains intact in acid conditions like those found in the stomach but dissolves in a less acidic environment like the one found in the small intestine. The enteric coating employed by FP187 is thinner than the coating used by the other DMF products, which we believe results in the earlier onset of release of DMF in the small intestine. In addition, the DMF in FP187 is embedded in a slow eroding interior structure, which we call our erosion matrix formulation, resulting in what we believe to be a slower release of DMF in the small intestine after the enteric coating has dissolved.

        We believe that all currently available products containing DMF have an enteric coat that controls and inhibits the undesired release of DMF in the stomach and permits the release only in the more neutral environment of the small intestine. Once the enteric coat is dissolved in the small intestine, DMF-containing products such as Tecfidera® or Fumaderm® that are formulated with an immediate release technology and not an erosion matrix formulation or other rate-controlling release formulations may result in DMF being released in a more concentrated and immediate burst. We believe that the slow rate of release of DMF permitted by FP187's erosion matrix formulation greatly reduces, or may even eliminate, the peaks of MMF in the bloodstream observed with formulations in which the DMF is not incorporated into a rate-controlling release formulation, while ensuring that a therapeutically effective dose of DMF is administered, potentially producing fewer and less severe flushing episodes. In addition, we believe that the rate-controlled release of DMF from the erosion matrix formulation, together with the earlier start of release in the small intestine, may allow absorption of DMF over a larger area of GI mucosa, potentially leading to lower local GI concentrations and therefore, we believe, potentially less severe GI-specific side effects.

        In the clinical trials we performed with FP187, flushing, GI complaints (primarily diarrhea and abdominal pain) and changes in white blood cell counts occurred. All of these side effects resolved or

87


the white blood cell counts returned to their pre-treatment values during the treatment period (without any change in the treatment regime) or during the follow up period or were deemed to not be clinically relevant at the end of the study. Despite the white blood cell count changes, no increase in infections was observed. In our Phase 2 study of FP187, seven Serious Adverse Events, or SAEs, were reported. Five cases were classified by the investigator as being unrelated to the use of FP187, while two cases were judged by the investigator as being possibly related to the use of FP187. One patient was hospitalized with severe GI pain but was discharged the next day, after receiving intravenous fluid overnight, and continued on with the study until its conclusion without further complaints. The second patient had a transient ischemic attack, or TIA. This patient had hypertension prior to participating in the trial and a family history for cardiovascular diseases. Based on our review of the German spontaneous reporting system (a database maintained by BfArM for drug-related Adverse Events, or AEs) and the recent FDA approval of Tecfidera® in the U.S., we do not believe there is any evidence of an increased risk for cardiovascular related AEs in more than what we have estimated to be 150,000 patient years of exposure to drugs containing DMF.

Overview of MS

        MS is a chronic disorder of the central nervous system, or CNS, involving brain, spinal cord and optic nerves, and is characterized clinically by recurring episodes of neurological dysfunction. MS is immune-mediated, driven by autoreactive lymphocytes that attack the covering surrounding nerve cells, or myelin sheath. This autoimmune response results in destruction of the myelin sheath, termed demyelination, and nerve damage. The CNS destruction caused by autoreactive lymphocytes can lead to debilitating clinical symptoms such as numbness, difficulty walking, visual loss, loss of coordination and muscle weakness.

        The Multiple Sclerosis International Foundation recently estimated that approximately 2.3 million people suffer from MS worldwide. It is estimated that between 60 and 65% of MS patients have what is referred to as relapsing remitting multiple sclerosis, or RRMS, characterized by recurrent acute exacerbations of neurological dysfunction followed by variable degrees of recovery with clinical stability between relapses, which would mean approximately 1.5 million people worldwide suffer from RRMS. The majority of patients are diagnosed with MS between the ages of 20 and 40. Almost half of relapses result in incomplete recovery of neurological function and leave permanent disability and impairment that accumulates over time. Owing to the complications of chronic disability, life span for patients with MS is typically shortened by approximately ten years.

        The early onset and progressive nature of RRMS highlights the need for treatment options that are effective, convenient and tolerable. This unmet need is particularly important for sufferers in the workforce or those raising families. The inevitability of both relapse and disease progression also results in the prescription of the newest medications that offer increased levels of efficacy and differing risk/benefit profiles. As new efficacious and safe treatments are approved, RRMS patients will have more options for treatment in earlier stages of the disease.

Clinical Development Summary

        Our clinical development strategy has been designed with a view towards satisfying marketing approval requirements in both the United States and the EU, while allowing us to create an electronic common technical document that we can use for marketing authorization applications in other jurisdictions. We have conducted an extensive pre-clinical program and have completed several Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials. We further plan to conduct additional Phase 1 clinical trials and a Phase 2 clinical trial in psoriatic arthritis, and are in the process of planning Phase 3 clinical trials of FP187 in RRMS and in psoriasis. Our planned Phase 3 clinical trial of FP187 in RRMS is particularly large, with up to 2,000 RRMS patients to be enrolled.

88


Completed clinical trials

        The following table sets forth information regarding completed clinical trials involving FP187:

Study
  Phase   Total
Patients
Enrolled
  Trial Design   Status   Dates
FP187-101   Phase 1     24   Randomized, single dose (240 mg) three way crossover PK study in healthy volunteers carried out in one clinical trial center in Germany.   Completed   January 15, 2007 — April 28, 2008

FP187-102

 

Phase 1

 

 

20

 

Randomized, single dose (240 mg) four way crossover PK study in healthy volunteers carried out in one clinical trial center in Germany.

 

Completed

 

November 11, 2008 — April 17, 2009

FP187-103

 

Phase 1

 

 

18

 

Randomized, single dose (240 mg) three way crossover PK study in healthy volunteers carried out in one clinical trial center in Germany.

 

Completed

 

February 4, 2009 — July 28, 2009

FP187-201

 

Phase 2
(Psoriasis)

 

 

252

 

Randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, 20 week treatment period study with three FP187 dose groups with two dosage levels and an open, flexible up-titration group carried out in 17 clinical trial centers in Germany.

 

Completed

 

September 7, 2010 — January 9, 2012

        Our extensive pre-clinical data, combined with our positive Phase 1 and 2 clinical trial results, has enabled us to now consider developing DMF for RRMS, psoriasis and potentially other immune disorders.

Pre-clinical studies

        To assess FP187's safety profile for human use, we have performed 28 pre-clinical studies on DMF since 2006, gathering data on its pharmacological activity, toxicity profile, and on dosing level effects through animal testing and in vitro testing of DMF. This pre-clinical program consisted of seven safety pharmacology studies, three single and multiple dose toxicokinetic studies, four studies on metabolism and drug interaction, two distribution studies, four acute toxicity studies, three dose-range repeat studies, two 28 day repeat dose toxicity studies, two 13 week repeat dose toxicity studies, and a four-part genotoxicity study.

        In Europe, the EMA and BfArM do not require further pre-clinical testing other than short-term reproductive toxicology studies that we plan to perform. No additional long-term toxicology or carcinogenicity studies will be required for our marketing authorization application in Europe.

89


        In the U.S., carcinogenicity, chronic toxicity and other short-term studies will be required and such studies are included in our development plan. We have recently received recommendations on our plans to perform pre-clinical carcinogenicity studies on DMF from the FDA's Executive Carcinogenicity Assessment Committee, or CAC, and we have taken these recommendations into account in the design of our planned studies.

Initial Phase 1 and 2 clinical trials

        In 2007, we commenced our clinical trial program in Germany in coordination with BfArM. We conducted a set of Phase 1 clinical trials, followed by a Phase 2 clinical trial. These trials included over 300 subjects consisting of psoriasis patients and healthy volunteers, and investigated, among other things, safety and dosing tolerability of FP187. We have successfully completed all of these clinical trials, gathering substantial positive safety and dosing data.

Phase 1 trials

        We conducted three Phase 1 clinical trials of FP187, which tested seven delayed and slow release formulations and dosing regimens of DMF. In two of these clinical trials, we compared a 240 mg dose of FP187 with Fumaderm®, which includes 240 mg of DMF in an enteric-coated tablet. Since DMF is not quantifiable in the bloodstream after oral administration, we measured level of MMF, the main metabolite of DMF. The primary objectives of these trials were:

Phase 2 trial

        After completion of our Phase 1 trials, we continued the clinical development of FP187 with a randomized, placebo-controlled, double-blind, parallel-group Phase 2 trial in patients with psoriasis (FP187-201, clinicaltrials.gov identifier: NCT01230138). The trial was conducted in 17 centers in Germany.

        The primary endpoint was to analyze the effect of FP187 daily doses of 500 mg (given as 250 mg twice daily, or BID) and 750 mg (given as 375 mg BID or 250 mg thrice daily, or TID) and of placebo on the proportion of patients achieving a PASI75 response (reduction in Psoriasis Area and Severity Index, or PASI, of at least 75% from baseline) after 20 weeks of treatment.

        Secondary endpoints were to evaluate the efficacy and safety as assessed by PASI, static Physician's Global Assessment, or sPGA, patient global assessment, or PaGA, patients' disease-related quality of life score, patient assessed pruritus, Adverse Events, or AE, and Serious Adverse Events, or SAEs.

        Included were male and female patients at least 18 years of age, with a clinical diagnosis of psoriasis with a body surface area of no less than 10% and at least a PASI of 10, and with stable disease for at least 6 months prior to study start. Exclusion criteria included prior discontinuation of treatment with other DMF containing products as a result of lack of efficacy or due to side effects.

90


        The trial design included an up-titration schedule of two weeks to the 500 mg dose and three weeks to the 750 mg dose. A separate open-label flexible up-titration treatment arm (target dose 750 mg) was added to the study to investigate impact on tolerability of a more flexible and longer up-titration period.

        The primary efficacy analysis was performed based on the full analysis (FA) set (randomized patients receiving at least one dose of trial drug) and the per protocol (PP) set (patients of the FA set without major protocol violations and a PASI evaluated at week 8 or later). For the primary endpoint to be met, both the PP and FA analysis sets individually needed to be significant. The two 750 mg dose groups were pooled, as per the prospectively defined analysis strategy.

        In the blinded patient arms, 199 patients were randomized. Out of these, 192 patients received study medication at least once, and 92 patients discontinued prematurely. The discontinuation rate was higher in the placebo group (56%) than in the active treatment groups (40% and 48% for 500 mg and pooled 750 mg, respectively).

        The primary endpoint was met for the 500 mg dose group at week 20 and was statistically significantly (i.e., p was less than 0.05) higher compared to placebo in both the FA set (PASI75 responder rate 31.3% vs. 10.4%; p=0.01) and the PP set (PASI75 responder rate 45.5% vs. 13.5%; p<0.01).

        For the pooled 750 mg dose group, the responder rate at week 20 was statistically significantly higher compared to placebo for the PP set (PASI75 responder rate 35.1% vs. 13.5%; p=0.01) but not for the FA set (PASI75 responder rate 20.8% vs. 10.4%; p=0.12).

        The efficacy results from the blinded study were supported by those of the open flexible up-titration arm, with PASI75 responder rates for FP187 vs. placebo of 41.5% vs. 10.4% in the FA population (p<0.01) and of 57.9% vs. 13.5% in the PP population (p<0.01).

        Seven SAEs were reported in the FP187 treatment groups, each of which only occurred once. Five cases were classified by the investigator as being unrelated to the use of FP187, while two cases were judged by the investigator as being possibly related to the use of FP187. One patient, who had hypertension and a family history of cardiovascular diseases experienced a transient ischemic attack, or TIA, while a second patient experienced severe abdominal pain over period of approximately 24 hours. The patient experiencing the TIA discontinued the treatment regimen but the patient experiencing abdominal pain continued the treatment regimen after being discharged from the hospital without additional drug-related AEs. These cases have been reported to the FDA and European regulatory authorities but have not resulted in any requests from such authorities. No deaths were reported in the trial. No notable difference between active and placebo arms was seen for the frequency of infections, change in pulse, blood pressure or weight, change in triglycerides, cholesterol, HDL-C or LDL-C, change in liver enzymes, creatinine, or creatinine clearance (Cockcroft-Gault-Formula). A mild eosinophilia (i.e., increase in eosinophil blood cell count) was observed in all treatment groups, including the placebo group, whereas moderate and severe eosinophilia occurred only in FP187 treatment groups. Similarly, a mild lymphopenia (i.e., decrease in lymphocyte blood cell count) was observed in all treatment groups, including the placebo group, whereas moderate and severe lymphopenia occurred only in FP187 treatment groups. All returned to pre-treatment values during the

91


course of the study or were considered by the investigator to be not clinically relevant at the end of the study. Both eosinophilia and lymphopenia are well documented AEs of fumaric acid ester therapy. No increased rate of infection was observed among patients with either eosinophilia or lymphopenia.

        Gastrointestinal, or GI, AE and flushing are well-known side effects for fumaric acid ester treatments.

        While the majority of patients treated with FP187 reported at least one GI tolerability event, such as diarrhea or abdominal pain, the median number of GI events per patient in the 500 mg and 750 mg groups was only two, and 92% of events were mild or moderate. Flushing was reported by 4%, 17%, and 13%, for the placebo, 500 mg, and 750 mg groups, respectively. The median number of flushing events per patient in the 500 mg and 750 mg groups was 1, and 100% of events were mild or moderate. GI-related events and flushing mainly occurred within the first four weeks of the study, as has been reported for other fumaric acid ester therapies. The overall discontinuation rate in our trial was lower in all active therapy arms than in the placebo arm. Flushing events appeared to be recorded at a lower rate in the 500 mg and 750 mg doses of FP187 than the rate seen in most clinical trials with DMF-containing products, but this has not been confirmed by a head-to-head study.

Planned clinical trials and market authorization application strategy

        To advance FP187 for use as a drug to treat RRMS in the U.S., we held a pre-Investigational New Drug, or IND, application meeting with the FDA in August 2013. Prior to this pre-IND meeting, we submitted a briefing book to the FDA, which included our high-level description of a proposed 48-week Phase 3 trial, which we expect will include up to 2,000 RRMS patients. We intend to compare FP187 to an active beta interferon, or IFNb, comparator drug. The primary efficacy endpoint for the proposed Phase 3 trial will be the Annualized Relapse Rate, or ARR. The key secondary efficacy endpoint will be the Sustained Accumulation of Disability, or SAD, based on repeated assessments of the Expanded Disability Status Scale, or EDSS. Further secondary endpoints are based on magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, markers. We filed our IND for RRMS on April 30, 2014. On June 10, 2014, the FDA sent us a "may proceed" letter, indicating that the IND is active and that we may conduct studies in humans. We expect to be able to submit the protocol for our Phase 3 study in the third quarter of 2014.

        Following completion of our planned Phase 3 trial, we intend to submit our NDA for FP187 to treat RRMS. Approval by the FDA of a New Drug Application, or NDA, is dependent on a number of factors. A final decision as to whether the program we shared with the FDA in advance of our pre-IND meeting is sufficient for approval (including the sufficiency of our proposed single Phase 3 trial and whether a favorable effect on SAD or other secondary endpoints will need to be demonstrated by us at the time of our NDA submission) can only be made by the FDA once it has reviewed our full NDA package. We will also be required to provide information in our NDA on adequate dose exploration of FP187 in patients with MS.

        We intend to submit the same pre-clinical and clinical data package to the EMA following our RRMS NDA submission to the FDA.

        We also intend to pursue the development of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis, and expect to commence a Phase 3 clinical trial program, including the commencement of dosing of patients, for psoriasis by early 2015.

92



Phase 1 and Phase 2 trial(s)

        We intend to conduct the following additional Phase 1 trials to further investigate the safety profile of FP187 for human use:

        In addition, a human mass-balance/metabolic profile study and an alcohol dumping study may need to be performed.

        We are in advanced planning for a proof of concept Phase 2 clinical trial of FP187 in psoriatic arthritis. This clinical trial, if it is conducted, would be a randomized, double-blind and placebo-controlled trial, with 30 patients initially, in a 1:1 randomization. The primary endpoint would be the proportion of patients with an improvement of ACR 20 (American College of Rheumatology 20% improvement response criteria) and a secondary set of endpoints evaluating ACR 50 and ACR 70, as well as LEI (Leeds enthesitis index) and standard safety and tolerability. The planned treatment dose is 500 mg/day (250 mg BID) and the planned treatment time is 24 weeks. Patients who respond to ACR 20 will be offered an opportunity to continue on an open-label 500 mg daily dose, and be followed for an additional 28 weeks to obtain long term efficacy and safety results. There will be an initial tolerability testing period and patients who do not tolerate the DMF treatment after four weeks will be excluded from the trial.

Phase 3 trials

        We currently intend to conduct a single double-blind, double-dummy 48-week active comparator Phase 3 trial of FP187 in RRMS. We intend to compare two dosing levels of FP187 (400 mg daily (200 mg BID), and 480 mg daily (240 mg BID)) to an IFNb RRMS drug. The 480 mg/day dose is the labeled DMF dose for Tecfidera®, and the lower dose is being tested to explore its safety and efficacy.

        The primary efficacy endpoint of this trial will be ARR at week 48. The secondary endpoints consist of: new and total Gadolinium- enhanced, or GdE, lesions on magnetic resource imaging, or MRI, scans at week 24, 36, and 48; new or enlarging T2-hyperintensive lesions at week 24, 36, and 48; new T1-hyperintense lesions at week 24, 36, and 48; proportion of relapse-free patients at week 48; brain volume at week 48; and proportion of patients with confirmed progression of Expanded Disability Status Score, or EDSS, a measure of SAD (a key secondary endpoint). While the primary efficacy data will be based on 48-week data, patients will continue treatment for 96 weeks, after which patients can continue on FP187 until the product is available for commercial use.

        We plan to design this trial to detect a 30% reduction in ARR compared to the IFNb comparator drug with 90% power, which we estimate will require up to approximately 600 patients in each of the two FP187 dosing regimen arms and up to approximately 800 patients in the comparator drug arm; a

93


combined total of up to 2,000 RRMS patients. We intend to design the trial to include an interim look at the data to assess, among other things, futility, sample size and probability of achieving a two-sided p-value of less than 0.01. We expect patient recruitment to take up to 18 months, with the last patient completing his or her 48-week study period approximately 30 months after the first patient is enrolled.

        The safety and tolerability assessment will be based on full laboratory evaluation at every visit, and detailed collection of AE information including GI, flushing and infection AEs.

        We are continuing advanced preparatory work for a placebo-controlled confirmative Phase 3 trial of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis in Europe, which we expect to include approximately 650 psoriasis patients, as well as an additional placebo-controlled Phase 3 trial of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis in the United States, which we expect will include approximately 700 psoriasis patients. We anticipate that, by early 2015, the first patient dosing in the European Phase 3 trial will occur and we will continue preparation for the U.S. Phase 3 clinical trial. We believe that Phase 3 trials of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis could provide important long-term safety data concerning the use of FP187 in a large population at doses similar to those we plan to test for use in RRMS.

        In the United States, an IND for the use of FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis was opened in 2008. The FDA has been updated on all activities and results through the filing of annual reports with the FDA. A meeting to discuss Phase 2 results and obtain feedback for the Phase 3 requirements was held with the FDA in 2012.

        The European Phase 3 trial is planned for five countries with a total of approximately 60 sites, of which approximately 23 sites are in Russia and the Ukraine. If political instability in Russia and the Ukraine worsens or if sanctions are implemented, our ability to proceed or continue with sites in these countries could be adversely impacted. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Development, Clinical Testing, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization of FP187—Instability in Russia and the CIS could adversely affect our planned Phase 3 clinical trials for FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis."

Exclusivity

Exclusivity in the U.S

        We intend to submit our NDA for FP187 to treat RRMS under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDC Act, based on pre-clinical and clinical data we have and will have developed and independently own. Approval of an NDA submitted under Section 505(b)(1) of the FDC Act for a single active ingredient product that does not include a new chemical entity, but which contains reports of new clinical investigations that were essential for approval, should entitle us to three years of marketing exclusivity against generic versions of FP187, with the potential to extend the exclusivity by six months if we perform a pediatric clinical trial that meets the study requirements provided for in an FDA-issued written request. If we perform additional clinical trials essential for approval of other indications, we could also obtain three years of marketing exclusivity for those new indications.

European approach and exclusivity

        We have discussed our European regulatory strategy for the approval of FP187 for the treatment of subjects with RRMS with the BfArM in Germany and more recently in a scientific consultation we had in November 2013 with the European Medicines Agency, or EMA. We expect to apply for an EU-wide marketing authorization to be granted by the European Commission under the so-called "centralized" procedure (Regulation EC 726/2004). See "Government Regulation—European Union—Marketing authorization applicable and available authorization procedures." We plan to be able to

94


file a full clinical package, on the basis of our planned Phase 3 clinical trial, our planned/completed pre-clinical studies, and materials to be prepared for the NDA submission in the U.S.

        For a psoriasis indication, we may use a "full-mixed" application in Europe, allowing use of bibliographical references that include, among other things, references pertaining to public clinical and pre-clinical trial papers and the clinical use of Fumaderm® in Germany and other European countries.

        In Europe, the marketing authorizations we receive will entitle us to receive eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market protection from FP187's first date of authorization in the EU. For more, see "Government Regulation—European Union—Regulatory data protection". Should we advance a second indication for FP187, one more year could be added to the market protection period, leading to a total protection of 11 years from the first date of authorization.

Intellectual Property Summary

        We seek to protect the intellectual property and proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business, including pursuing and maintaining patents intended to cover FP187, and any other inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business.

        Our success will depend on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, to exploit and defend our patents, to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. For more information, please see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Information Technology."

        As of the date of this Prospectus, we owned 14 U.S. utility patent applications, and two U.S. provisional patent applications relating to our DMF program.

        We divide our intellectual property portfolios primarily into two basic patent families, which we refer to as our "Core Composition Patent" family and our "Erosion Matrix Patent" family.

95


The following table highlights key aspects of the current status of our Core Composition and Erosion Matrix Patent families:

Patent / Application
  Patent Family   Status
EP2316430   Core Composition   Granted in Europe. Subject of EPO opposition by Biogen and others

EP05789026.1

 

Core Composition

 

Pending (parent application of EP 2 316 430 and other divisional applications; contains claims directed to a pharmaceutical composition containing one or more fumaric acid esters, wherein the composition consists of a controlled-release dosage form adapted to release the fumaric acid ester(s) according to a particular in vitro dissolution profile)

EP14172390.8

 

Core Composition

 

Pending (contains claims directed to treatment of MS by administering a daily dose of 480 mg of DMF using a controlled release composition that is adapted to release DMF according to a particular in vitro dissolution profile)

EP14172396.5

 

Core Composition

 

Pending (contains claims directed to treatment of MS by administering a daily dose of 480 mg of DMF using a controlled release composition)

EP14172398.1

 

Core Composition

 

Pending (contains claims directed to treatment of MS by administering a daily dose of 480 mg of DMF wherein the compositions have an enteric coat)

DE202005022112.0

 

Core Composition

 

Registered utility model in Germany (includes claims similar to US 11/576,871 and 14/213,399)

U.S. App. 14,213,399

 

Core Composition

 

Pending (contains claims substantially similar to claims in U.S. App. 13/957,117, which was allowed by the USPTO but voluntarily abandoned by us)

U.S. App. 14,212,503

 

Core Composition

 

Pending (contains claims substantially similar to claims in U.S. App. 13/957,220, which was allowed by the USPTO but voluntarily abandoned by us)

U.S. App. 13/957,117

 

Core Composition

 

Abandoned

U.S. App. 13/957,220

 

Core Composition

 

Abandoned

U.S. App. 11/576,871

 

Core Composition

 

Interference recommended by Patent Examiner. Decision by the USPTO Administrative Law Judge to proceed with interference is pending

EP2379063

 

Erosion Matrix

 

Granted in Europe. Subject of EPO opposition by Biogen and others

EP12193798.1

 

Erosion Matrix

 

Pending (contains claims directed to a pharmaceutical formulation in the form of an erosion matrix tablet having a particular composition)

96


Patent / Application
  Patent Family   Status
U.S. App. 13/143,498   Erosion Matrix   Allowed in the U.S. Request for continued examination to be filed to permit the USPTO Examiner to consider the opposition papers in EP2379063. Re-allowed in July 2014 following the USPTO's review of the EU opposition papers.

        As we have described above, Biogen has patents and is also prosecuting a number of additional patent applications that could adversely impact our commercial efforts if our marketing of FP187 once approved by the FDA for treatment of RRMS and/or psoriasis were ultimately found to infringe any valid claim arising from any of these patents or applications. Biogen and/or other competitors may initiate legal proceedings against us alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights. While we would vigorously contest such claims, the outcome of such potential proceedings would be unpredictable and we could be prevented from commercializing or continuing to commercialize our product candidates. If we market FP187 and are later found to infringe one or more patents of Biogen or other competitors, we could also be required to pay substantial damages.

        Any patents issued from patent applications in our Core Composition Patent family based on PCT/DK2005/00648 will expire on October 7, 2025, subject to patent term adjustments in the U.S. Any patents issued from patent applications in our Erosion Matrix Patent family based on PCT/EP2010/050172 will expire on January 8, 2030, subject to patent term adjustments in the U.S. The German utility model will expire on October 7, 2015.

        The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent's term may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent, and a patent's term may be lengthened, among other things, by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in granting a patent. The patent term of a European patent is 20 years from its filing date, which, unlike in the U.S., is not subject to adjustment.

Other Opportunities for FP187

        We have explored performing clinical studies in other indication areas, including psoriatic arthritis (an immune disorder characterized by inflammation of the joints alone or in both skin and joints which occurs in about 15% of psoriasis patients) and other immune mediated diseases, including for many disease indications that we believe would entitle us to submit for Orphan Drug status.

Manufacturing

        FP187 for the treatment of psoriasis is a 8 × 5 mm tablet that contains DMF in an erosion matrix; each erosion matrix tablet core is covered by a thin enteric coating. A new, elongated tablet is being developed for FP187 for the treatment of RRMS. The tablet will also use an erosion matrix and will be covered by the same thin enteric coating.

        Currently, a single contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, provides us with our DMF, which is our API for FP187. Production procedures and facilities operated by this CMO have been validated for the current batch size in 2013, and we are planning to validate an increased batch size during 2014 or 2015.

        Formulation and finishing for our FP187 tablets is currently completed by another single CMO. Production procedures and facilities for this CMO have been validated by us for the current batch size, and we are planning to validate an increased batch size in 2015. Currently 16 batches have consistently been produced under GMP conditions for use in our Phase 3 trial for psoriasis.

97


        The CMOs supply us with DMF and FP187 tablets pursuant to individual work orders, and we are currently in the process of entering into framework agreements with each such manufacturer to cover the manufacture of DMF and FP187 tablets, respectively.

        We are actively reviewing alternative secondary suppliers of both DMF and our formulated and finished FP187 tablets.

Material Agreements

Aditech agreements

        In 2004, a private Swedish company Aditech Pharma AB (collectively with its successor-in-interest, a Swiss company Aditech Pharma AG, or Aditech), controlled by Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS (an affiliate of one of our largest shareholders), began developing and filing patents for, among other things, an innovative delayed and slow release formulation for DMF. In 2005 we entered into a patent license agreement with Aditech to license this patent family from Aditech, and in 2010 we acquired this patent family from Aditech pursuant to a patent transfer agreement. Under our agreements with Aditech, we obtained, among other things, Aditech's patents and associated know-how related to DMF formulations and delivery systems, subject to both diligence and minimum annual expenditure (€1.0 million per year) obligations on our part (with an option for Aditech to receive back, for no consideration, all of our DMF related assets should we fail to satisfy these obligations), as well as a payment by us to Aditech of up to 2% of net sales generated from our DMF products and processes. Further, our agreement with Aditech gives Aditech a 90-day right of first offer to acquire non-DMF related intellectual property assets we might choose to sell.

        As noted above, the agreement with Aditech is technically a patent transfer agreement, not a license agreement. This means that we have acquired exclusive and perpetual ownership to Aditech's patents and related rights. Aditech can terminate the agreement (in which event Aditech has an option to receive back, for no consideration, all of our DMF related assets) due to any of the following reasons:

        While we have exclusive ownership of the patents, the duration of our obligation to make payments to Aditech lasts until (on a country by country basis) the latest to occur of the expiration of the registered patent rights or applicable data exclusivity.

Framework Agreement

        Our principal shareholders, Nordic Biotech K/S, NBOF, BML Healthcare I, L.P. and NBFPI, as well as our EUR-denominated bridge loan lender, NBFPII, have entered into a Framework Agreement dated July 11, 2014. Our USD-denominated bridge loan lender, BVF Forward, entered into an

98


adherence agreement pursuant to which it joined as party to the Framework Agreement on August 5, 2014. Morten Priskorn also entered into an adherence agreement pursuant to which he became party to the Framework Agreement on August 6, 2014. The Framework Agreement provides that, among others, the corporate actions described below shall occur prior to (or in connection with) the consummation of this offering:

        We expect that all of the above-mentioned actions will take place prior to (or in connection with) the consummation of this offering (and some of them have already taken place).

Competition

        We are engaged in segments of the pharmaceutical and biotechnological industries that are highly competitive and rapidly changing. Large pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and other public and private research organizations are commercializing or pursuing the development of products that target immune disorders, including the same diseases we are targeting. If FP187 is approved for the treatment of RRMS, we expect it will face intense and increasing competition as new products enter the RRMS markets and advanced technologies become available. FP187 will face competition based on its safety and effectiveness, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals, the availability and cost of supply, marketing and sales capabilities, reimbursement coverage, price, patent position and other factors. Our competitors may succeed in developing competing products before we do, obtaining regulatory approval for products or gaining broader acceptance in the MS market we are targeting.

99


        We believe that our key competitor in the DMF space is Biogen. Biogen's Tecfidera® was approved by the FDA for the treatment of RRMS on March 27, 2103. Tecfidera® generated global sales of $2.08 billion from launch in April 2013 through June 30, 2014.

        Other companies have also developed alternative therapeutic approaches for the treatment of RRMS. These include Novartis AG whose Gilenya® is a once daily oral dose drug to treat RRMS approved in September 2010, and Genzyme Corporation (a subsidiary of Sanofi S.A.), which developed Aubagio®, a RRMS drug approved in September 2012.

        We also face competition from potential new entrants into the RRMS market. For example, Receptos Inc. has a product candidate, RPC1063, in Phase 2/3 testing which, if successfully approved and launched would be a once daily oral treatment for RRMS.

        As we pursue the development of and FP187 is approved for the treatment of psoriasis, we will similarly face intense competition in the psoriasis market. This will include competition from products which have already been commercialized and have gained market acceptance, as well as from products based on new and advanced technologies.

Government Regulation

        Our business is subject to extensive government regulation. Regulation by governmental authorities in the U.S., the EU and other jurisdictions is a significant factor in the development, manufacture and marketing of any drugs and in ongoing research and development activities. All of our products are subject to rigorous pre-clinical and clinical trials and other pre-marketing approval requirements by the FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities in the U.S., the EU and in other jurisdictions.

United States

        In the U.S., the FDA regulates drugs under the FDC Act, and regulations implemented by the agency. If we fail to comply with the applicable United States requirements at any time during the product development process, including non-clinical testing, clinical testing, the approval process or after approval, we may become subject to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, but are not limited to, the FDA's refusal to allow us to proceed with clinical testing, refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, warning or untitled letters, adverse publicity, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.

Approval of drugs

        The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves satisfactorily completing each of the following:

100


        Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based on the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease.

Pre-clinical studies and Investigational New Drug application

        Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animal studies, in order to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with federal regulations and requirements. The results of the pre-clinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND, application. The IND becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the proposed clinical trial, including concerns that human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks. In that case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding FDA concerns before the clinical trials can begin. Submission of the IND may result in the FDA not allowing the trials to commence, either on the terms originally specified in the IND, or at all. If the FDA raises concerns or questions either during this initial 30 day period or at any time during the IND process, they may choose to impose a partial or complete clinical hold. This order issued by the FDA would delay either a proposed clinical study or cause suspension of an ongoing study, until all outstanding concerns have been adequately addressed and the FDA have notified the company that investigations may proceed. This could cause significant delays or difficulties in completing planned clinical studies in a timely manner.

Clinical trials

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators. Clinical trials are conducted in accordance with federal regulations and under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB, must also review and approve the clinical trial before it can begin and monitor the study until it is completed. The IRB will consider, among other things, clinical trial design, patient informed consent, ethical factors, and the safety of human subjects. The FDA, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend or discontinue a clinical trial at any time or impose sanctions for various reasons, including a finding that the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Clinical testing also must satisfy extensive Good Clinical Practice rules, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors, including the requirements for informed consent.

        Clinical trials typically are conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. Additional studies may be required after approval.

101


        In some cases, the FDA may approve an NDA for a product with the sponsor's agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug's safety and effectiveness after NDA approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials. These studies are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication and to document a clinical benefit in the case of drugs approved under accelerated approval regulations. If the FDA approves a product while a company has ongoing clinical trials that were not necessary for approval, a company may be able to use the data from these clinical trials to meet all or part of any Phase 4 clinical trial requirement. Failure to promptly conduct Phase 4 clinical trials could result in withdrawal of approval for products.

New Drug Application

        The results of product development, pre-clinical testing and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA, submitted under Sections 505(b)(1) or 505(b)(2) of the FDC Act. The NDA also must contain extensive manufacturing information and detailed information on the composition of the product and proposed labeling as well as payment of a user fee. The application fee currently exceeds $2,169,000, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved new drug application are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually. Once the submission has been accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the NDA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under the most recent iteration of the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or the PDUFA, the FDA has ten to twelve months in which to review a standard NDA and respond to the applicant, and six to eight months for a priority NDA. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority NDAs. The review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The review process and the PDUFA goal date may be extended by three months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission. The FDA may also refer the NDA to an advisory committee for review, evaluation and recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of the advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. The FDA may deny approval of an NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or it may require additional clinical data or an additional pivotal Phase 3

102


clinical trial. Even if such data are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval.

        Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with cGMP is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.

        At the conclusion of the FDA's review it will issue an action letter. If the FDA's evaluations of the NDA and the clinical and manufacturing procedures and facilities are favorable and there are no outstanding issues, the FDA will issue an approval letter. If the application is not approved, the FDA will issue a complete response letter, which will contain the conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA, and when possible will outline recommended actions the sponsor might take to obtain approval of the application. Sponsors that receive a complete response letter may submit to the FDA information that represents a complete response to the issues identified by the FDA. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included..Once issued, the FDA may withdraw a drug approval if ongoing regulatory requirements are not met or if safety problems occur after the drug reaches the market. In addition, the FDA may require further testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved drugs which have been commercialized.

        As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug.

        The FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a drug based on the results of these post-marketing programs. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Further, if there are any modifications to a drug, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, we may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement, which may require us to develop additional data or conduct additional pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. We cannot be sure that any additional approval for new indications for any product will be approved on a timely basis, if at all.

        The FDA has several programs that are intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs to address unmet medical need in the treatment of serious or life-threatening conditions. These programs are intended to help ensure that therapies for serous conditions are available as soon as it can be concluded that the therapies benefits justify their risks. These programs include breakthrough therapy designation, fast track designation, priority review and accelerated approval.

Hatch-Waxman Act and Orange Book listing

        In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant's product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA's Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the

103


Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants ordinarily are not required to conduct, or submit results of, pre-clinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product.

        The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA's Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (i) the required patent information has not been filed; (ii) the listed patent has expired; (iii) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (iv) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.

        A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product's listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the lawsuit that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

        The ANDA application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired.

Section 505(b)(2) New Drug Applications

        Most drug products obtain FDA marketing approval pursuant to an NDA or an ANDA. A third alternative is a special type of NDA, commonly referred to as a Section 505(b)(2) NDA, which enables the applicant to rely, in part, on FDA's previous approval of a similar product, or published literature, in support of its application.

        Section 505(b)(2) NDAs often provide an alternate path to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. If the Section 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on FDA's previous approval is scientifically appropriate, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain pre-clinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

        To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. Thus approval of a Section 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case

104


of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.

Exclusivity

        Upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity, or NCE, which is a drug that contains no active moiety that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA, that drug receives five years of marketing exclusivity during which the FDA cannot receive any ANDA seeking approval of a generic version of that drug, or a Section 505(b)(2) NDA that references the drug. Certain changes to a drug that require a clinical trial to support the FDA approval, such as the addition of a new indication to the package insert, are associated with a three-year period of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot approve an ANDA or Section 505(b)(2) NDA for a drug that includes the change.

        An ANDA or Section 505(b)(2) NDA may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed. If there is no listed patent in the Orange Book, there may not be a Paragraph IV certification, and, thus, no ANDA may be filed before the expiration of the NCE exclusivity period.

Post-approval regulation

        If regulatory approval for marketing of a product or new indication for an existing product is obtained, we will be required to comply with all regular post-approval regulatory requirements as well as any post-approval requirements that the FDA have imposed as part of the approval process.

        For instance, the FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.

        We will be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems to the FDA, provide updated safety and efficacy information and comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling requirements. Drug manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMP regulations, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon drug manufacturers. Accordingly, we and our third-party manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP regulations and other regulatory requirements. Discovery of problems with a product after approval for marketing may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved NDA, including withdrawal of the product from the market.

Pediatric information

        Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDA may grant full or partial waivers, or deferrals, for submission of data. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

105



Orphan drugs

        Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition—generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA orphan drug designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the U.S. for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

Disclosure of clinical trial information

        Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

European Union

        The process regarding approval of medicinal products in the EU follows roughly the same lines as in the United States and likewise generally involves satisfactorily completing each of the following:

106


Pre-clinical studies

        Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animal studies, in order to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with the relevant EU regulations and requirements. The results of the pre-clinical tests, together with relevant manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted as part of the CTA.

Clinical trial approval

        Pursuant to the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, as amended, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the EU has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, approval must be obtained from the competent national authority of an EU member state in which a study is planned to be conducted. To this end, a CTA is submitted, which must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier, or IMPD, and further supporting information prescribed by the Clinical Trials Directive and other applicable guidance documents. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application in that country.

        Clinical drug development is often described as consisting of four temporal phases (Phase 1-4), see for example EMA's note for guidance on general considerations for clinical trials (CPMP/ICH/291/95).

        Studies in Phase 4 are all studies (other than routine surveillance) performed after drug approval and related to the approved indication.

        The phase of development provides an inadequate basis for classification of clinical trials because one type of trial may occur in several phases. The phase concept is a description, not a set of requirements. The temporal phases do not imply a fixed order of studies since for some drugs in a development plan the typical sequence will not be appropriate or necessary.

        Manufacturing of investigational products is subject to the holding of authorization and must be carried out in accordance with cGMPs.

Pediatric Investigation Plans

        Regulation (EC) 1901/2006, which came into force on January 26, 2007, has as its primary purpose the improvement of the health of children without subjecting children to unnecessary trials, or delaying the authorization of medicinal products for use in adults.

        The regulation established the Pediatric Committee, or PDCO, which is responsible for coordinating the EMA's activities regarding medicines for children. The PDCO's main role is to determine all the studies that applicants need to do in the pediatric population as part of the so-called Pediatric Investigation Plans, or PIPs.

        All applications for marketing authorization for new medicines that were not authorized in the EU before January 26, 2007 have to include the results of studies carried out in children of different ages. As indicated, the PDCO determines what these studies entail and describes them in a PIP. This requirement also applies when a company wants to add a new indication, pharmaceutical form or route

107


of administration for a medicine that is already authorized. The PDCO can grant deferrals for some medicines, allowing a company to delay development of the medicine in children until there is enough information to demonstrate its effectiveness and safety in adults, and can also grant waivers when development of a medicine in children is not needed or appropriate, such as for diseases that only effect the elderly population.

        Regulation (EC) 1901/2006 also provides for several incentives for the development of medicines for children, among others:

Marketing authorization application and available authorization procedures

        Authorization to market a product in the EU member states proceeds under one of four procedures: a centralized authorization procedure, a mutual recognition procedure, a decentralized procedure or a national procedure.

        Pursuant to Regulation 726/2004, this procedure is mandatory for:

108


        RRMS is considered as an auto-immune disease. We have built our regulatory plan on the understanding that use of the centralized authorization procedure will be mandatory for FP187 for use in RRMS, if this is the lead indication.

        The centralized authorization procedure is optional for other medicinal products if they contain a new active substance or if the applicant shows that the medicinal product concerned constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or that the granting of authorization is in the interest of patients at a European Community level.

        Under the centralized authorization procedure, the CHMP serves as the scientific committee that renders opinions about the safety, efficacy and quality of human products on behalf of the EMA. The CHMP is composed of experts nominated by each member state's national drug authority, with one of them appointed to act as Rapporteur for the coordination of the evaluation with the possible assistance of a further member of the Committee acting as a Co-Rapporteur. After approval, the Rapporteur(s) continue to monitor the product throughout its life cycle. The CHMP has 210 days, to adopt an opinion as to whether a marketing authorization should be granted; the process usually takes longer as additional information is requested, which triggers delays in the procedural timelines. The process is complex and involves extensive consultation with the regulatory authorities of member states and a number of experts. Once the procedure is completed, a European Public Assessment Report, or EPAR, is produced. If the opinion is negative, information is given as to the grounds on which this conclusion was reached. The opinion produced by the CHMP is sent to the European Commission and used in reaching the final decision on a marketing authorization application by the EC.

        In general, if the centralized procedure is not followed, there are three alternative procedures:

        It is not always possible for applicants to follow the DCP or the national procedure. In the case of medicinal products in the category for which the centralized authorization procedure is mandatory, that procedure must be followed. In addition, the national procedure is not available in the case of medicinal product dossiers where the same applicant has already obtained marketing authorization in one of the other EU member states or has already submitted an application for marketing authorization in one of the other member states and the application is under consideration. In the latter case, applicants must follow a mutual recognition procedure.

        In the event that we are not required to use the centralized procedure for FP187, we would consider using the DCP, as we believe it would afford us a faster pathway to approval. EU regulations allow for other approval procedures, some of which can shorten and simplify the approval process, but we have not included them in our regulatory planning, as we do not believe that they will be available for FP187.

        After a drug has been authorized and launched, it is a condition of maintaining the marketing authorization that all aspects relating to its quality, safety and efficacy must be kept under review.

109


Sanctions may be imposed for failure to adhere to the conditions of the marketing authorization. In extreme cases, the authorization may be revoked, resulting in withdrawal of the product from sale.

Period of authorization and renewals

        Marketing authorization is valid for five years in principle and the marketing authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state(s). To this end, the marketing authorization provides the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid for an unlimited period, unless the Commission or the competent authority decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the drug on the EU market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing member state within three years after authorization shall cease to be valid (the so-called sunset clause) if no reasons are being provided by the applicant and accepted by the competent authority prior to the end of the three-year period.

Regulatory data protection

        Without prejudice to the law on the protection of industrial and commercial property, all applications for marketing authorization with a full dossier (including "full-mixed applications") and not falling under a global marketing authorization receive an 8+2+1 protection regime.

        This regime consists of a regulatory data exclusivity period of eight years plus an additional market protection of two years plus a further market protection of one more year if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing approval holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their approval, are determined to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Under the current rules, a third-party may reference the pre-clinical and clinical data of the original sponsor beginning eight years after first approval, but the third-party may market a generic version after only ten (or eleven) years have lapsed.

        As indicated, additional data protection can be applied for when an applicant has complied with all requirements as set forth in an approved PIP.

Manufacturing

        The manufacturing of authorized drugs, for which a separate manufacturer's license is mandatory, must be conducted in strict compliance with the GMP requirements and comparable requirements of other regulatory bodies, which mandate the methods, facilities and controls used in manufacturing, processing and packing of drugs to assure their safety and identity. The EC (via EMA and national authorities) enforces its GMP requirements through mandatory registration of facilities and inspections of those facilities. The EMA may have a coordinating role for these inspections while the responsibility for carrying them out rests with the member states competent authority under whose responsibility the manufacturer falls. Failure to comply with these requirements could interrupt supply and result in delays, unanticipated costs and lost revenues, and could subject the applicant to potential legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil and criminal penalties.

110



Marketing and promotion

        The marketing and promotion of authorized drugs, including industry-sponsored continuing medical education and advertising directed toward the prescribers of drugs and/or the general public, are strictly regulated in the European Community notably under Directive 2001/83 in the European Community code relating to medicinal products for human use as amended by Directive 2004/27. The applicable regulation aims to ensure that information provided by holders of marketing authorizations regarding their products is truthful, balanced and accurately reflects the safety and efficacy claims authorized by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties.

Pharmaceutical Pricing and Reimbursement

        Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any drug products for which we obtain regulatory approval. Sales of FP187, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a drug product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved drugs for a particular indication.

        In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, we may need to conduct pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. FP187 may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. A payor's decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third-party reimbursement may not be sufficient to enable us to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development.

        The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit. The U.S. government, state legislatures and non-U.S. governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. Adoption of such controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals such as the product that we are developing and could adversely affect our net revenue and results.

        Pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product to currently available therapies. For example, the EU provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or may instead adopt a system of direct

111


or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross-border imports from low-priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products.

        The marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care in the United States has increased and we expect will continue to increase the pressure on drug pricing. Coverage policies, third-party reimbursement rates and drug pricing regulation may change at any time. In particular, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was enacted in the United States in March 2010 and contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increased rebates for drugs sold to Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies' share of sales to federal health care programs. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

Environmental, Health and Safety

        Our operations are subject to a number of environmental acts and regulations. We believe that we are materially in compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations. Currently, there are no pending environmental issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and future growth prospects.

        We consider it important to maintain a good working environment and comply with the regulatory requirements regarding working environment. This consists of the physical and psychological working environment, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning and air circulation and exhaust systems, as well as office furniture and equipment design and functionality, and other general health and safety systems, including control of the facility. We are from time to time subject to inspections by the Danish Working Environment Authority for compliance with the Danish Working Environment Act.

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters are located at Østergade 24A, 1, 1100 Copenhagen K, Denmark where we lease offices from Nordic Biotech Advisors ApS, an affiliate of certain of our principal shareholders, for administrative activities. In 2013, we paid DKK 465,564 (approximately $83,000) including VAT for such premises. For more, see "Related Party Transactions—Leased Premises."

        Forward Pharma GmbH, our wholly owned German subsidiary, has offices for administrative and operational activities in Leipzig, Germany. In 2013, we paid €20,087 (approximately $27,000) for such premises.

        Forward Pharma USA, LLC, our wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, is currently searching for premises in the United States, where we plan to open an office. Assuming we are able to find suitable premises for an office in the United States, where we plan to carry out certain administration functions, we believe our facilities will be suitable and adequate for our current needs.

112


Employees

        We have two employees based in our headquarters in Copenhagen, Denmark, we have seven employees based in our office in Leipzig, Germany, and we have one employee based in the United States. All, but one employee, are employed on a full-time basis. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced any work stoppages.

        All other operational tasks are outsourced to consultant experts, such as formulation and QA/GMP experts, or consulting service companies, such as regulatory, patent and legal experts. We engage approximately 20 experts as consultants.

        We are currently actively searching for additional internal experts in key areas such as MS clinical research, intellectual property management, regulatory compliance, and production/supply chain management.

        In the United States, our activities and personnel we intend to engage will primarily be focused on U.S. public company legal and accounting reporting and compliance, investor relations, and related administrative functions to support Forward Pharma A/S.

Insurance

        We maintain all insurance coverage required under applicable law, including in relation to its research, pre-clinical and clinical development. In the future, we may or will be required to obtain additional insurance to cover potential product liability and other risks, which are inherent in the manufacturing, marketing and the commercialization and use of drugs.

        We believe that we currently maintain appropriate insurance coverage, and that our current insurance coverage is in line with insurance coverage for comparable companies.

Legal Proceedings

        We may, from time to time, become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. We have not been a party to or paid any fees or damages in connection with any litigation, including any of our patent opposition actions pending before the EPO), that has had a material adverse effect on our business or financial position. Opposition proceedings against two of our European patents are currently pending and we are involved in an opposition proceeding in Europe against a Biogen patent. In addition, we are expecting an interference action involving one of our U.S. patents and one of Biogen's patents to soon commence in the U.S. As a result of these activities, there can be no assurance that these patent proceedings might not evolve into more significant or costly matters, including related litigation, which proceedings or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial position. See "Risk Factors—Risks related to intellectual property—Biogen may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing its intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business."

113



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and board of directors as of the date of this Prospectus:

Name
  Age  
Position
Florian Schönharting     45   Chairman

Peder Møller Andersen

 

 

62

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Joel Sendek

 

 

47

 

Chief Financial Officer

J. Kevin Buchi

 

 

59

 

Director

Torsten Goesch

 

 

54

 

Director

        In connection with our offering, we anticipate that Dr. Jan G. J. van de Winkel will be appointed as an additional director on or around the completion of the offering. Dr. van de Winkel is not, and has never been, engaged by us as an employee, officer or consultant.

Florian Schönharting, Chairman

        Mr. Schönharting is currently the chairman of our board of directors and has served on the board since the incorporation of the Company in July 2005. Mr. Schönharting is the co-founder of Forward Pharma. He has also founded or co-founded several other biopharmaceutical companies, including Genmab A/S, Veloxis A/S (f/k/a Life Cycle Pharma A/S) and Zealand Pharma A/S. Mr. Schönharting has a total over 22 years investment executive experience in public and private equity funds involved in the biopharmaceutical industry. He actively managed BI Healthcare SICAV and BI Bioteknologi SICAV for eight years. Mr. Schönharting currently manages the following funds: NB Public Equity K/S, Nordic Biotech K/S, NBOF, NBFPI and NBFPII. Mr. Schönharting has an M.Sc (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School.

Peder Møller Andersen, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer

        Dr. Andersen previously served as our acting Chief Executive Officer and has served as our Chief Operating Officer since May 2012, and was made our permanent Chief Executive Officer on August 4, 2014. He has been in charge of the clinical development program for FP187 at Forward Pharma since 2008 and also holds the position of Managing Director of Forward Pharma GmbH, Leipzig. Dr. Andersen has more than 25 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry. He has also worked for CROs and small biopharmaceutical companies as an external consultant. Dr. Andersen also has several years of business development experience, generic and proprietary, in Europe with PLIVA, Croatia and AWD, Germany. He has also founded a successful Nordic-based pharmaceutical company. Dr. Andersen has degree from Copenhagen Medical School and trained in surgery, anesthesiology and internal medicine for 6 years.

Joel Sendek, Chief Financial Officer

        Mr. Sendek has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2014. He also holds the position of Chief Financial Officer of Forward Pharma USA, LLC. Mr. Sendek has more than 20 years experience with the life sciences sector. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sendek was a Managing Director, Healthcare Equity Research, at Stifel Financial Corp., and prior to that he held Managing Director roles at each of Lazard and Lazard Capital Markets. He also served as an Analyst at both Gerard Clauer Mattison and, prior to that, Goldman, Sachs & Co.

114


J. Kevin Buchi, Director

        Mr. Buchi has served on our board of directors since December 2012. Mr. Buchi has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Tetralogic since August 2013. Prior to joining Tetralogic, Mr. Buchi was Corporate Vice President, Global Branded Products at Teva Pharmaceutical Industries, or Teva, from October 2011 to May 2012 and Chief Executive Officer of Cephalon, Inc., or Cephalon, from December 2010 through October 2011 prior to Teva's acquisition of Cephalon in October 2011. Mr. Buchi joined Cephalon in 1991 and also held the positions of Chief Financial Officer from 1996 through December 2009 and Chief Operating Officer from January 2010 through December 2010. Mr. Buchi also currently serves on the board of directors of Alexza Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: ALXA) (2013 to present), Benitec Biopharma Ltd. (ASX: BLT) (2013 to present), EPIRUS Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. (2013 to present), and Stemline Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: STML) (2012 to present). Previously, Mr. Buchi served on the board of directors of Celator Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (2006 to 2010), Encysive Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (2004 to 2008), Lorus Therapeutics, Inc. (Canada) (2003 to 2009) and Mesoblast Limited (Australia) (ASX: MSB) (2010 to 2012). Mr. Buchi graduated from Cornell University with a B.A. in chemistry in 1976 and received a Masters of Management from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University in 1980.

Torsten Goesch, Director

        Dr. Goesch has served on our board of directors since June 2006. He has also been the director of Rosetta Capital, a secondary life sciences investor since 2002. In this function, Dr. Goesch was responsible for the management of several Rosetta capital investments and served as a member of the board of directors of many biopharmaceutical companies, including Enobia Ltd and Cytochroma Ltd. Dr. Goesch is also the founder and former Managing Director of TRG Invest, a Munich-based consulting business providing companies in the life science sector. Additionally, Dr. Goesch served as the General Manager for the German Speaking Countries at Biogen from 1997 to 1999, and before that was the Commercial Head of Merck KGaA's worldwide generics drug business, Merck Generics. He practiced as a physician of internal medicine at the University Hospital Hamburg-Eppendorf from 1988 to 1990, focusing on nephrology, immunology and oncology. Dr. Goesch has a Master of Management from Northwestern University's J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management, as well as an M.D. and Ph.D. from Heinrich Heine University Dusseldorf.

Jan G. J. van de Winkel, Incoming Director

        Dr. Jan G. J. van de Winkel is a co-founder of Genmab and served as President, Research & Development and Chief Scientific Officer of Genmab until his appointment as its President and Chief Executive Officer in 2010. Dr. van de Winkel has over 20 years of experience in the therapeutic antibody field and served as Vice President and Scientific Director of Medarex Europe prior to co-founding Genmab. He is the author of over 300 scientific publications and has been responsible for over 40 patents and pending patent applications. Dr. van de Winkel holds a professorship in Immunology at Utrecht University. He is chairman of the board of directors of Regenesance and member of the board of directors of ISA Pharmaceuticals and Celdara Medical, the scientific advisory board of Thuja Capital Healthcare Fund and the advisory board of Capricorn Health-tech Fund. Dr. Van de Winkel holds M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from the University of Nijmegen.

Composition and Practices of the Board of Directors

        The board of directors has the overall responsibility for our corporate management. The board of directors determines our policies regarding business strategy, organization, accounting and finance, and the board of directors appoints and supervises our executive officers. The majority of the members of the board of directors must be directors who are not executive officers, and no executive officer may be

115


chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors. The chairman is elected among and by the directors.

        According to the Articles of Association that will be effective upon consummation of this offering, the board of directors must consist of not less than three and not more than six members. All members of the board of directors are elected by our shareholders at the general meeting for one year terms. The board of directors plans to meet at least four times each year, and meetings can be called when deemed necessary by any of our directors or members of our executive officers or by our auditor.

        Under the shareholders' agreement that certain of our shareholders intend to enter into prior to completion of this offering, the shareholders party to such agreement will agree that NBFPI will have the right to elect four directors, Nordic Biotech K/S and NBOF will jointly have the right to elect one director, and NBFPII shall have the right to elect one director to the board.

        The Danish Companies Act requires granting employees in Danish companies a right of representation on the board of directors in companies with at least 35 employees. This requirement does not currently apply to us as we only have seven employees.

        The board of directors conducts its business in accordance with the Danish Companies Act and its own rules of procedure. The rules of procedure set out, among other things, that the board of directors shall establish our strategy, policies and activities to achieve its objective in accordance with the Articles of Association. It also establishes the responsibilities of the board of directors, e.g., that the board of directors shall ensure that our bookkeeping, accounting, asset management, information technology systems, budgeting and internal controls are properly organized. The rules of procedure also provide guidelines for the division of responsibilities between the board of directors, the executive officers and the audit committee. The rules of procedure may be amended by a simple majority vote of the board.

        A majority of the directors must be present to constitute a quorum. Unless otherwise decided by the board of directors, decisions of the board of directors are decided by a simple majority of votes cast.

Management

        Our executive officers are responsible for our day-to-day business and operations. Dr. Peder Møller Andersen is our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Joel Sendek is our Chief Financial Officer.

Board Committees

Audit Committee

        We have an audit committee, which was established on August 8, 2014, under our board of directors consisting solely of Messr. J. Kevin Buchi. Since there are no specific requirements under Danish law on the composition of our audit committee, we do not comply with Rule 4350(d) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules that requires the audit committees of U.S. companies have a minimum of three independent directors. Messr. J. Kevin Buchi, however, satisfies the director and audit committee "independence" requirements of each of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and Section 10A(m)(3)(B)(i) of the Exchange Act.

        The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee will be:

116


        We do not have a compensation committee or a nominations committee, nor is independent director involvement required in the selection of director nominees or in the determination of executive compensation. Our home country practice differs from Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules regarding independent directors' involvement in these areas, because there are no specific requirements under applicable Danish law on the establishment of compensation committees or nominations committees, and neither are there any requirements under applicable Danish law on independent directors' involvement in the selection of director nominees nor in the determination of executive compensation.

Scientific Advisors

        We have engaged a number of scientific advisors, and we regularly seek advice and input from these experienced scientific leaders on matters related to our research and development programs. Our scientific advisors are experts across a range of key disciplines relevant to our programs and science. We intend to continue to leverage the broad expertise of our advisors by seeking their counsel on important topics relating to our DMF drug discovery and development programs. Two of our scientific advisors, Messrs. Reich and Mrowietz described below, own warrants to subscribe for some of our Class A shares.

        All of our scientific advisors are employed by or have consulting arrangements with other entities and devote only a small portion of their time to us. Our current advisors are:

Name
 
Title
Giancarlo Comi, MD   Director of the Post-Degree School in Neurophysiopathology
    University Vita-Salute San Raffaele
    Milan, Italy
Fred Lublin, MD   Professor of Neurology and the Director of the Corinne Goldsmith Dickinson Center for MS
    Mount Sinai Medical Center
    New York, New York
Ulrich Mrowietz, MD   Head and Founder of the Psoriasis-Center Kiel
    University Medical Center Schleswig-Holstein, Campus Kiel
    Kiel, Germany
Kristian Reich, MD   Professor of Dermatology, Göttingen University
    Partner, Dermatologikum Hamburg
    Hamburg, Germany

117


Name
 
Title
Per Solberg Sørensen, MD   Professor of Neurology and Director of the Danish Multiple Sclerosis Center, Rigshospitalet
    University of Copenhagen and Copenhagen University Hospital
    Copenhagen, Denmark
Jerry Wolinsky, MD   Interim Chair, Department of Neurology and Director, MS
Research Group
    University of Texas Medical School
    Houston, Texas

Code of Business Conduct

        In connection with this offering, we are adopting a written code of business conduct, or code of conduct, which outlines the principles of legal and ethical business conduct under which we do business. The code of conduct applies to all of our board members and employees. The full text of the code of conduct will be made available on our website at www.forward-pharma.com. This website address is included in this Prospectus as an inactive textual reference only. The information and other content appearing on our website are not part of this Prospectus. Any amendments or waivers from the provisions of the code of conduct will be made only after approval by our audit committee and will be disclosed on our website promptly following the date of such amendment or waiver.

Exemptions from Certain Corporate Governance Requirements of NASDAQ

        Other than as noted above, we are in compliance with other NASDAQ corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

118


Compensation of Executive Officers and Board

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, the aggregate compensation paid to our executive officers and members of our board of directors (including bonuses) was $325,000. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we also granted warrants to our executive officers offering the ability to subscribe for up to 18,719 Class A shares of nominal DKK 1.00 at an exercise price of DKK 150 per share. The total amount set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for our executive officers and members of our board of directors for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.

        As of December 31, 2013, Dr. Andersen, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, had warrants to subscribe for 18,719 Class A shares of nominal DKK 1.00 at an exercise price of DKK 150 per share pursuant to a grant made on October 1, 2013; such warrants are expected to vest on September 30, 2014. Dr. Andersen also has 5,000 warrants to subscribe for Class A shares of nominal DKK 1.00 at an exercise price of DKK 100 per share pursuant to a grant made on January 1, 2010. Such warrants are fully vested.

        Our new Chief Financial Officer, Joel Sendek, was granted deferred share compensation in connection with his employment. See "—2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Compensation Plan—Awards Granted under the 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Compensation Plan".

        None of our directors are employees of Forward Pharma A/S or its wholly owned subsidiaries, Forward Pharma GmbH and Forward Pharma USA, LLC, and accordingly, we do not have any written agreements with them providing for benefits upon termination.

Service and Employment Agreements

        We have entered into a written service agreement with our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, Dr. Andersen. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into an amended and restated service agreement with Dr. Andersen which will contain provisions standard for a company in our industry regarding non-competition, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions.

        We entered into a written employment agreement with our new Chief Financial Officer, Joel Sendek, who commenced working for us on August 5, 2014. Mr. Sendek's employment agreement contains, among other things, provisions regarding non-competition, confidentiality of information and assignment of inventions.

2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Compensation Plan

        After the consummation of this offering, we intend to grant share-based incentive compensation to employees, consultants and non-employee directors pursuant to our 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, or Share Plan. The Share Plan was approved by our board of directors and shareholders on July 24, 2014. The purpose of the Share Plan is to assist us in attracting and retaining to our employees, consultants and non-employee directors by offering them a greater stake in our company's success and a closer identity with it, and to encourage ownership of our company's stock by such employees, consultants and non-employee directors.

        Share Reserve and Limitations.    The maximum number of ordinary shares available for awards pursuant to the Share Plan will be 10% of our ordinary shares as of July 24, 2014, of which a maximum of 50% may be granted to an individual participant during a single year. The ordinary shares available for awards under the Share Plan may be new shares that are issued by the Company and/or existing shares, if any, acquired by the Company. Investors will experience dilution of their interests to the extent that new shares are issued under the Share Plan.

119


        Eligibility.    All of our employees, consultants and non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards under the Share Plan.

        Administration.    The Share Plan will be administered by our board of directors or a compensation committee appointed by our board of directors. The board of directors (or the committee, if applicable) will have the power to: (i) select the employees, consultants and non-employee directors who will receive awards pursuant to the Share Plan; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to each participant; (iii) determine the number of ordinary shares to which an award will relate, the terms and conditions of any award granted under the Share Plan (including, but not limited to, restrictions as to vesting, transferability or forfeiture, exercisability or settlement of an award and waivers or accelerations thereof, and waivers of or modifications to performance conditions relating to an award, based in each case on such considerations as the board of directors (or the committee, if applicable) shall determine) and all other matters to be determined in connection with an award; (iv) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered; (v) determine whether, and to certify that, the performance goals to which the settlement of an award is subject are satisfied; (vi) correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Share Plan, and adopt, amend and rescind such rules and regulations as, in its opinion, may be advisable in the administration of the Share Plan; and (vii) construe and interpret the Share Plan and make all other determinations as it may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of the Share Plan. It may delegate some or all of its powers to any executive officer of our company or any other person, other than its authority to grant awards to certain specified executives.

        Types of Awards.    Awards that can be granted under the Share Plan include ordinary shares, deferred shares, restricted shares and options.

        Ordinary Shares.    For awards of ordinary shares, a participant receives or subscribes for a grant of ordinary shares that are not subject to any restrictions on transfer or other vesting conditions. Upon the grant date, the participant will have all of the customary rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares, including the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends with respect to such shares.

        Deferred Shares.    For awards of deferred shares, we agree to deliver, subject to certain conditions, a fixed number of our ordinary shares to the participant or allow the participant to subscribe for such fixed number of our ordinary shares at the end of a specified deferral period or periods. During such period or periods, the participant will have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any such shares. Except as provided in an award agreement, no dividends will be paid with respect to deferred shares during the applicable deferral period, and the participant will have no future right to any dividend paid during such period.

        Restricted Shares.    For awards of restricted shares, a participant receives or subscribes for a grant of shares of our ordinary shares that are subject to certain restrictions, including forfeiture of such shares upon the occurrence of certain events. During the restriction period, holders of restricted shares will have the right to vote such shares. During the restriction period, any dividends or distributions paid with respect to any restricted shares shall be subject to the same restrictions as apply to such restricted shares and shall be paid to the participant only if and when the applicable restriction period lapses.

        Share Options.    Share options granted under the Share Plan may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified options. The exercise price of an option (whether to subscribe for new shares or purchase existing shares held by the company) shall be determined by the board of directors (or the committee, as applicable), but, except as provided in an award agreement, must be at least 100% of the fair market value of our company's ordinary shares on the date of the grant (110% in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a 10% shareholder).

120


        Effects of a Change in Control.    Upon the occurrence of a change in control of our company, all awards shall vest in full without regard to the level of achievement of any applicable performance goals. In addition, the board of directors (or the committee, as applicable) may, in its discretion: (i) cancel any outstanding options in exchange for a cash payment of an amount (including zero) equal to the difference between the then fair market value of the option less the applicable option price; (ii) after having given the participant a chance to exercise any vested outstanding options, terminate any or all of the participant's unexercised options; (iii) cause the surviving corporation to assume all outstanding options or replace all outstanding options with economically comparable awards; or (iv) take such other action as the board of directors (or the committee, as applicable) shall determine appropriate; provided that such action shall substantially preserve the economic value of such options determined as of immediately prior to such change in control.

        Effects of Certain Corporate Transactions.    In the event of a stock dividend, recapitalization, forward or reverse stock split, reorganization, division, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase or share exchange, extraordinary or unusual cash distribution or other corporate transaction or event that affects our ordinary shares, the board of directors (or the committee, as applicable) shall make equitable adjustments in (i) the number and kind of shares of ordinary shares, including any ADRs and ADSs in respect of any such shares, which may thereafter be issued in connection with awards, (ii) the number and kind of ordinary shares, including any ADRs and ADSs in respect of any such shares, issuable in respect of outstanding awards, (iii) the aggregate number and kind of ordinary shares, including any ADRs and ADSs in respect of any such shares, available under the Share Plan, and (iv) the exercise or grant price relating to any award, or if deemed appropriate, the board of directors (or the committee, as applicable) may also make provision for a cash payment with respect to any outstanding award.

        Clawback.    Any award granted under the Share Plan, including an award of ordinary shares, will be subject to mandatory repayment by the participant to our company pursuant to the terms of any company "clawback" or recoupment policy that is directly applicable to the Share Plan and set forth in an award agreement or required by law to be applicable to the participant.

        Transfer Restrictions.    No award or other right or interest of a participant under the Share Plan may be assigned or transferred for any reason during the participant's lifetime, other than to us, and any attempt to do so shall be void and the relevant award shall be forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the board of directors (or the committee, as applicable) may grant awards, other than incentive share options, that are transferable by the participant during his or her lifetime, but only to the extent specifically provided in the agreement entered into with such participant. No incentive share option shall be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Awards Granted under the 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Compensation Plan

Joel Sendek Deferred Share Award

        Pursuant to the terms of his Employment Agreement, on or before August 12, 2014, Joel Sendek will be granted an award of 31,895 deferred Class A shares under the Share Plan. Subject to Mr. Sendek's continuing employment with the Company, 25% of the deferred shares shall vest and be issued to Mr. Sendek on the earlier to occur of (a) July 29, 2015 and (b) the first date following the consummation of this offering that the restrictions on the sale of securities lapse pursuant to the lock-up agreement between Mr. Sendek, the Company and the underwriters (referred to as the Deferred Shares Initial Vesting Date) and 25% of the deferred shares shall vest and be issued to Mr. Sendek on each of July 29, 2016, 2017 and 2018. Subject to Mr. Sendek's continuing employment with the Company, 100% of the unvested deferred shares will vest and be issued to Mr. Sendek immediately prior to a change in control of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if Mr. Sendek experiences an involuntary termination of employment after the consummation of this

121


offering but prior to the Deferred Shares Initial Vesting Date, 25% of the deferred shares shall vest and be issued to Mr. Sendek on the Deferred Shares Initial Vesting Date and (ii) if Mr. Sendek experiences an involuntary termination of employment within six months prior to a change in control, 100% of the unvested deferred shares shall vest and be issued to Mr. Sendek immediately prior to the change in control. Pursuant to the terms of his Employment Agreement, Mr. Sendek will also be entitled to dividend equivalent payments on the deferred shares prior to vesting and issuance to Mr. Sendek with respect to aggregate distributions by the Company on Class A shares, which dividend equivalent payments will be paid to Mr. Sendek on the earliest to occur of (i) July 29, 2018; (ii) the date of Mr. Sendek's termination of employment and (iii) the date of a change in control of the Company.

Joel Sendek Stock Option Award

        Upon the consummation of this offering, Mr. Sendek shall be granted a non-qualified stock option under the Share Plan to subscribe for such number of ordinary shares as are equal to 21,284 Class A shares on an as-converted-to-ordinary-shares basis, at an exercise price per share equal to the offering price (referred to as the Stock Option). Subject to Mr. Sendek's continuing employment with the Company, the Stock Option shall become exercisable with respect to 25% of the underlying ordinary shares on the earlier of (a) July 29, 2015 and (b) the first date following the consummation of this offering that the restrictions on the sale of ordinary shares lapse pursuant to the lock-up agreement between Mr. Sendek, the Company and the underwriters (referred to as the Stock Option Initial Vesting Date) and with respect to an additional 25% of the underlying ordinary shares on each of July 29, 2016, 2017 and 2018. Subject to Mr. Sendek's continuing employment with the Company, the Stock Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 100% of the underlying ordinary shares immediately prior to a change in control of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if Mr. Sendek experiences an involuntary termination of employment after the consummation of this offering but prior to the Stock Option Initial Vesting Date, then the Stock Option shall become exercisable upon Mr. Sendek's employment termination with respect to 25% of the underlying ordinary shares for a period of twelve (12) months thereafter and (ii) if Mr. Sendek experiences an involuntary termination of employment within six months prior to a change in control, the Stock Option shall become exercisable with respect to 100% of the underlying ordinary shares immediately prior to a change in control of the Company. Pursuant to the terms of his Employment Agreement, Mr. Sendek will also be entitled to dividend equivalent payments on the underlying shares prior to his exercising the Stock Option with respect to aggregate distributions by the Company on the ordinary shares in excess of $500,000,000, which dividend equivalent payments will be paid to Mr. Sendek on the earliest to occur of (i) July 29, 2018; (ii) the date of Mr. Sendek's termination of employment and (iii) the date of a change in control of the Company. The Stock Option will expire on the tenth anniversary of the Stock Option Grant Date.

Employee Warrants

        As of the date of this Prospectus, our former and existing and key employees, board members and consultants hold an aggregate of 131,052 warrants to subscribe for new Class A shares (which will be converted into warrants to subscribe for ordinary shares prior to the completion of this offering) of nominal DKK 1.00 at specified exercise prices and a weighted average exercise price of DKK 156.4. The warrants are subject to a variety of terms and vesting schedules. The consummation of this offering will constitute a change of control (unless this offering is with respect to less than 10% of our share capital) with respect to 17,500 warrants held by two of our consultants. If this offering equals or exceeds 10% of our share capital, their warrants will become exercisable upon consummation of this offering. Investors will experience dilution of their interests to the extent that shares are issued upon the exercise of the warrants.

122


Investor Warrants

        As of the date of this Prospectus, all warrants held by investors have been exercised in accordance with the following:

Insurance and Indemnification

        In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our executive officers and members of our board of directors, undertaking to indemnify them, including with respect to liabilities resulting from this offering to the extent that these liabilities are not covered by insurance. In addition, we intend to enter into a new insurance policy which will insure our directors and executive officers for certain actions taken in their professional capacity and a separate insurance policy insuring our directors and officers against liabilities resulting from this offering, subject to specified exceptions.

        Insofar as indemnification of liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

123



PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information relating to the ownership of our Class A shares and Class B shares as of the date of this Prospectus, by:

        The number of Class A shares or Class B shares beneficially owned by each entity, person or director is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC governing the beneficial ownership of securities, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any shares that such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares held by that person.

        The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering is computed on the basis of 1,744,130 of our Class A shares and 56,851 Class B shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014. The percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering is based on the number of our ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering, including the ordinary shares that we are selling in this offering, assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option and assumes an initial public offering price of $            per ADS, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. Shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers

124


as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Forward Pharma A/S, Østergade 24A, 1, 1100 Copenhagen K, Denmark.

 
  Shares beneficially owned prior to the Share
Conversion, the Bridge Conversions, the Bonus Share
Issuance, and the Offering
  Shares
beneficially
owned after the
Share Conversion,
the Bridge Conversions,
the Bonus Share
Issuance, and the
offering
 
 
  Class A   Class B   Percent of total
voting power
before the
offering(1)
   
   
 
 
  Ordinary
Shares
   
 
Name and address of
beneficial owner
  Shares   %   Shares   %   %  

5% Shareholders

                                         

BML Healthcare I, L.P.(2)

    492,952     28.26       *     0.96              

Nordic Biotech K/S

    680,141     39.00       *     1.32              

Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S(3)

    563,447     32.31     10,136   17.83     18.32              

NB FP Investment K/S*

            46,715   82.17     79.39              

NB FP Investment II K/S(4)

                                 

BVF Forward Pharma L.P.(5)

                                 

Directors and Executive Officers(6)

                                         

Peder M. Andersen(7)

    23,719     *       *                    

J. Kevin Buchi(8)

    9,360     *       *                    

Torsten Goesch(2)

        *       *                    

Florian Schönharting(9)

    1,245,588     71.42     56,851   100     99.03              

All directors and executive officers as a group (4 persons)(8)

    1,278,667     73.31     56,851   100     99.10              

*
Indicates beneficial ownership of less than 5% of the total outstanding Class A shares and Class B shares.

(1)
Each Class A share has one vote and each Class B share has 875 votes. Following the Share Conversion each ordinary share will have one vote.

(2)
Mr. Goesch has full investment and voting power over all of the shares held by BML Healthcare I, L.P. (an affiliate of BioScience Managers Limited), and so may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities owned by the fund. The address for BML Healthcare I, L.P. is BML Healthcare I, L.P., c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware, United States.

(3)
Under the terms of the Stock Lending Agreement, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S has agreed to loan                                    ordinary shares (referred to as the Borrowed Shares) to the underwriters prior to and in connection with the consummation of the offering. The Company and the underwriters have agreed, concurrently with or immediately after the consummation of the offering, to cause the Borrowed Shares to be returned to Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S.

(4)
Consists of            ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the principal amount outstanding under the bridging financing, of €8.4 million, for which we have drawn down €3.5 million and have provided a notice of drawing down the remaining €4.9 million available, at the public offering price, less a discount of 15% (without taking into account accrued interest or changes in the EUR/DKK exchange rate).

(5)
Consists of              ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the principal amount outstanding under the bridge financing, of $10.0 million, for which we have provided a notice of drawdown for the entire amount available, at the public offering price, less a discount of 15% (without taking into account accrued interest or changes in the USD/DKK exchange rate).

125


(6)
In connection with his engagement as our Chief Financial Officer on July 29, 2014, Joel Sendek will receive an award of deferred Class A shares which are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus. Mr. Sendek will also receive an award of stock options upon completion of this Offering which will allow him to subscribe for ordinary shares. For more information regarding Mr. Sendek's equity awards, see "Management—2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Compensation Plan—Awards Granted under the 2014 Omnibus Equity Incentive Compensation Plan".

(7)
Consists of 23,719 Class A shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to subscribe for Class A shares exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

(8)
Consists of 9,360 Class A shares issuable upon exercise of warrants to subscribe for Class A shares exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

(9)
Through his ownership of Tech Growth Invest ApS, Mr. Schönharting controls a majority of the interests in (a) Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS (which is the general partner of both Nordic Biotech K/S and Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S) and (b) NB FP Investment Partner ApS (which is the general partner of NB FP Investment K/S and NB FP Investment II K/S) and therefore, Mr. Schönharting may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by Nordic Biotech K/S, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, NB FP Investment K/S and NB FP Investment II K/S. Mr. Schönharting disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Each of the funds referenced above shares, among other limited partner investors, the Danish government investment fund Vækstfonden.

126



RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a description of our related party transactions we have entered into since January 1, 2010 with any of our members of our board of directors, executive officers and the holders of more than 5% of our Class A shares and Class B shares.

Framework Agreement

        Our principal shareholders, Nordic Biotech K/S, NBOF, BML Healthcare I, L.P. and NBFPI, as well as our EUR-denominated bridge loan lender, NBFPII, have entered into a Framework Agreement dated July 11, 2014. Our USD-denominated bridge loan lender, BVF Forward, entered into an adherence agreement pursuant to which it joined as party to the Framework Agreement on August 5, 2014. Morten Priskorn also entered into an adherence agreement pursuant to which it became party to the Framework Agreement on August 6, 2014. The Framework Agreement provides for, among others, the corporate actions described below shall occur prior to (or in connection with) the consummation of this offering:

        We expect that all of the above-mentioned actions will take place prior to (or in connection with) the consummation of this offering (and some of them have already taken place).

Shareholders' Agreement

        On January 19, 2013, all of our existing shareholders entered into an amended shareholders' agreement, which was amended on September 18, 2013 and again on May 30, 2014 and which will be

127


terminated in connection with the consummation of this offering. The key terms of the shareholders' agreement are as follows:

Stock Lending Agreement

        To facilitate the orderly closing of this offering of ADSs, under the terms of a Stock Lending Agreement dated                        , 2014, among NBOF, the underwriters, the Bank of New York Mellon and the Company, NBOF has agreed to loan to the underwriters                                    ordinary shares in connection with the initial deposit of ordinary shares into the American Depositary Receipt Program immediately prior to and concurrent with the consummation of the offering.

        We have agreed to cause to be issued to the underwriters, and the underwriters have agreed to deposit into the American Depositary Receipt Program,                                     ordinary shares, concurrently with or immediately after the consummation of the offering. Following receipt from the underwriters of the newly issued ordinary shares equal to the number of the Borrowed Shares, the Depositary shall return the Borrowed Shares to NBOF.

        We have agreed to indemnify and hold harmless each of the underwriters and NBOF for any damages in connection with the Stock Lending Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder.

Investment Agreement

        We and each of our shareholders as of the date hereof are parties to an Investment Agreement dated January 19, 2013, pursuant to which NBFP agreed to subscribe for up to 46,715 Class B shares of nominal DKK 1.00, at our request, at a subscription price of DKK 1,177.35 per share.

        NBFPI subscribed for an aggregate of 46,715 Class B shares of nominal DKK 1.00 pursuant to the investment agreement, which consequently has no further force or effect.

New Shareholders' Agreement

        In connection with the consummation of this offering, Nordic Biotech K/S, NBOF, NBFPI and Morten Priskorn currently holding an aggregate of 1,251,178 of our Class A shares and 56,851 of our Class B shares, representing 71.7% of the Class A shares and all of the Class B shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, will enter into a shareholders' agreement.

        The other key terms of the new shareholders' agreement are as follows:

128


Aditech Agreement

        In 2004, a private Swedish company called Aditech Pharma AB (collectively with its successor-in-interest, a Swiss company Aditech Pharma AG, or Aditech), controlled by Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS (an affiliate of one of our largest shareholders), began developing and filing patents for an innovative formulation and delivery system for DMF. In 2005 we entered into a patent license agreement with Aditech to license this patent family from Aditech, and in 2010 we acquired this patent family from Aditech pursuant to a patent transfer agreement. Under our agreements with Aditech, we obtained, among other things, Aditech's patents and associated know-how related to DMF formulations and delivery systems, subject to both diligence and minimum annual expenditure (€1.0 million per year) obligations on our part (with an option for Aditech to receive back, for no consideration, all of our DMF related assets should we fail to satisfy these obligations), as well as a payment by us to Aditech of up to 2% of net sales generated from our DMF products and processes. Further, our agreement with Aditech gives Aditech a 90-day right of first offer to acquire non-DMF related intellectual property assets we might choose to sell.

        As noted above, the agreement with Aditech is technically a patent transfer agreement, not a license agreement. This means that we have acquired exclusive and perpetual ownership to Aditech's patents and related rights. Aditech can terminate the agreement (in which event Aditech has an option to receive back, for no consideration, all of our DMF related assets) due to any of the following reasons:

129


        While we have exclusive ownership of the patents, the duration of our obligation to make payments to Aditech lasts until (on a country by country basis) the latest to occur of the expiration of the registered patent rights or applicable data exclusivity.

Convertible Shareholder Loan

        We were the borrower under a convertible shareholder loan dated October 1, 2013 with NBOF as lender, in the principal amount of DKK 13.8 million ($2.5 million). The loan was cancelled, and in connection with such cancellation, the lender was issued 137,750 Class A shares, in March 2014. For more, see "Management—Investor Warrants."

        We were also the borrower under a convertible shareholder loan dated October 29, 2012 with NBOF as lender, in the principal amount of DKK 11.7 million ($2.1 million). The loan was cancelled, and in connection with such cancellation, the lender was issued 10,136 Class B shares, in January 2013.

        For more, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual obligations and commitments."

Leased Premises

        We sublease our headquarters in Copenhagen, Denmark from the management company of two of our principal shareholders, Nordic Biotech K/S and NBOF. In 2013, we paid DKK 465,564 (approximately $83,000) for such premises. We also sublease our offices in Leipzig, Germany. In 2013, we paid €20,087 (approximately $27,000) for such premises.

Indemnification Agreements

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with members of our board of directors and our executive officers. The indemnification agreements require us to indemnify said persons to the fullest extent permitted by law. See "Management—Insurance and Indemnification" for a description of these indemnification agreements.

NBFPII Bridge Financing

        On May 30, 2014, we entered into a bridge financing with NBFPII, an affiliate fund of our principal shareholders which is beneficially controlled by our Chairman, Mr. Schönharting, under which NBFPII will make available to us a loan facility with an aggregate availability of up to €8.4 million during the period from the date of the agreement through December 31, 2018. The bridge financing agreement provides that upon occurrence of this offering (to the extent it occurs on or before December 31, 2014), all outstanding amounts drawn under the facility, together with accrued and unpaid interest, will be converted into ordinary shares prior to completion of this offering at a rate equal to the price at which ordinary shares are sold to the public in this offering, less a discount of 15%. In the event that the offering fails to occur on or before December 31, 2014, NBFPII will be able to convert all outstanding amounts drawn under the facility, together with accrued and unpaid interest, into preference shares in accordance with the terms set out in the bridge financing. In respect of this bridge financing with NBFPII, we anticipate drawing down all amounts available under the facility prior to completion of the offering and expect to use the net proceeds thereof in a manner consistent with our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this Prospectus, a cash sum of €3.5 million has been drawn under the bridge financing, and a drawdown notice for the remaining €4.9 million has been made. Under the terms of the bridge financing, NBFPII will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. For more, see "Use of Proceeds". Drawing funds under the facility will result in an accrual of interest at a rate of 10% based on a 360 day year. There are no conditions outside of our control on our ability to draw funds under the bridge financing.

130


BVF Forward Bridge Financing

        On August 6, 2014, we entered into a bridge financing with BVF Forward (an affiliate of BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders), under which BVF Forward would make available to us a loan facility with an aggregate availability of up to $10.0 million during the period from the date of the agreement through December 31, 2018. The bridge financing provides that upon the occurrence of this offering (to the extent it occurs on or before December 31, 2014), all outstanding amounts drawn under the facility, together with accrued and unpaid interest, will be converted into ordinary shares prior to completion of this offering at a rate equal to the price at which ordinary shares are sold to the public in this offering, less a discount of 15%. In the event this offering fails to occur on or before December 31, 2014, BVF Forward will be able to convert all outstanding amounts drawn under the facility, together with accrued and unpaid interest, into preference shares in accordance with the terms set out in the bridge financing. As of the date of this Prospectus, a drawdown notice for $10.0 million (i.e., the entire amount available under the bridge financing) has been made, and under the terms of the bridge financing, BVF Forward will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. We expect to use the net proceeds in a manner consistent with our present plans and business condition. For more, see "Use of Proceeds". Drawing funds under the facility will result in an accrual of interest at a rate of 10% based on a 360 day year. There are no conditions outside of our control on our ability to draw funds under the bridge financing.

Registration Rights

        After this offering, certain holders of our ordinary shares, including those ordinary shares that were issued upon conversion of our Class A shares and Class B shares, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as Registrable Securities. The holders of these Registrable Securities possess the registration rights pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement dated as of                         , 2014.

        The registration of ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of registration rights would enable the holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. Unless our ordinary shares are listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and a market for our ordinary shares not held in the form of ADSs exists, any Registrable Securities sold pursuant to an exercise of the registration rights will be sold in the form of ADSs. Subject to any limitations under Danish law, we will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, selling commissions and share transfer taxes, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form F-3 registrations provided for in the registration rights agreement.

131



DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

General

        Forward Pharma A/S was incorporated on July 1, 2005 as a limited liability company under Danish law. Upon consummation of this offering, our legal name will remain Forward Pharma A/S.

        We are registered with the Danish Business Authority under company registration number, or CVR, 28865880. Our corporate seat is in Copenhagen, Denmark, and our registered office is Østergade 24A, 1, 1100 Copenhagen K, Denmark.

        As of June 30, 2014, the issued and registered share capital of the Company is nominally DKK 1,800,981, divided into shares of DKK 1.00 each. Our share capital is divided into two share classes, being nominally DKK 1,744,130 Class A shares and nominally DKK 56,851 Class B shares. The share capital is fully paid up.

        Assuming an initial public offering price of $        per ADS, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, prior to the consummation of this offering, all of our Class A and Class B shares will be converted into an aggregate of            ordinary shares based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014 (after which we will only have one class of shares), pursuant to the Share Conversion. Also, €8.4 million and $10.0 million we intend to draw under the bridge financings (representing the entire principal amounts available thereunder) will be converted into            ordinary shares and              ordinary shares, respectively, at the public offering price, less a discount of 15% (without taking into account accrued interest or changes in the EUR/DKK exchange rate). Further,              ordinary shares will be issued in the form of bonus shares to all existing shareholders. Following the Share Conversion, the Bridge Conversion, and the Bonus Share Issuance, we will have                ordinary shares outstanding, each with a nominal value of DKK        per share.

        We intend to apply to have the ADSs listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "FWP."

        Initial settlement of the ADSs issued in this offering will take place on the consummation date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities. Each person owning ADSs held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the ADSs.

Articles of Association

        Our current Articles of Association, or Current Articles, were last amended on July 24, 2014. Under our Current Articles, our corporate objective is to develop and market pharmaceuticals. We will, in connection with this offering, further amend our Current Articles in order to, among others, effectuate the Share Conversion pursuant to which all of our outstanding Class A shares and Class B shares will be converted into ordinary shares prior to consummation of this offering, to effectuate the conversion of €8.4 million we intend to draw down under the bridge financing entered into on May 30, 2014, into ordinary shares, and to authorize our board of directors to (a) resolve to distribute interim dividends, (b) have Forward Pharma A/S acquire its own shares and (c) issue new shares without preemptive rights for existing shareholders.

        When we refer to our Articles of Association in the following, we refer to our Articles of Association as they will be in force after adoption of the contemplated amendments to our Current Articles prior to the completion of this offering.

132


Articles of Association and Danish law

        Below is a summary of relevant information concerning material provisions of our Articles of Association and applicable Danish law. This summary does not constitute legal advice regarding those matters and should not be regarded as such.

        See the section entitled "Comparison of Danish Corporate Law and Our Articles of Association and U.S. Corporate Law—Shareholder rights—Voting rights" for a description of the voting requirements for a resolution to amend the Articles of Association.

Company's shareholders' register

        Our shareholders' register is currently maintained by us and contains information on each of our shareholders. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into an agreement with Computershare A/S to act as our local share registrar.

Corporate objectives

        Our corporate objectives are, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, to conduct business within development, manufacturing, distribution and sale of drugs and medicaments, as well as any other related activities at the discretion of the board of directors. Furthermore, we may, within our line of business, participate in partnerships or co-operate with other businesses, including by licensing out rights within our line of business.

Limitation on liability and indemnification matters

        Under Danish law, members of the board of directors and certain officers may be held liable for damages in the event of improper or negligent conduct in breach of their fiduciary duties. They may be held jointly and severally liable for losses incurred by the Company and third parties due to their improper or negligent conduct. In certain circumstances, they may also incur additional criminal liabilities. The members of our board of directors and certain officers are insured under an insurance policy protecting them against liability resulting from the conduct of our directors and such certain officers when acting in their capacities as such. Each year at the annual general meeting of shareholders, the discharge of the board of directors and the executive officers of certain responsibilities is an item on the agenda. We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with members of our board of directors and our executive officers. See "Management—Insurance and Indemnification" for a description of these indemnification agreements.

Authorizations to Increase Share Capital

        Prior to our board of directors' approval of the offer price and the allocation of ADSs offered by this Prospectus, it is expected that our board of directors will be authorized, among other things, to resolve to increase our share capital by cash contributions, contributions in kind or conversion of debt issuances by issuance of shares of no more than nominal DKK             . Such authorization by our board of directors will be in force through 2019. The increase may be effected either gradually or at once. Such new shares shall carry the same rights as our ordinary shares following the Share Conversion.

Shareholders' meetings

General meetings

        See below "Comparison of Danish Corporate Law and Our Articles of Association and U.S. Corporate Law—Shareholder rights—Shareholder proposals" for a description of the rules on time and venue of general meetings under Danish law. See below "Description of American Depositary

133


Receipts—Voting rights" for a description of the rules and procedures for ADS holders in connection with general meetings.

        Under our Articles of Association, general meetings shall be convened by our board of directors on between two weeks and four weeks notice. Notice of general meetings must be published on our website and in form and substance in accordance with the requirements of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed. Further, written notice of the general meeting must be mailed to all of our shareholders who have requested such notice be sent. The notice shall specify the time and place of the general meeting and the agenda containing the business to be transacted at the general meeting. If a proposal to amend our Articles of Association is to be considered at the general meeting, a summary of such proposal must be set out in the notice. For certain material amendments, the specific wording must be set out in the notice. The right of a shareholder to attend a general meeting is determined by shares held by such shareholder at the record date, which is the day one week prior to the date of the general meeting.

Quorum and voting requirements

        Each ordinary share carries one vote at the general meeting of shareholders. Shareholders may vote by proxy. The voting rights of any shares we hold in treasury are suspended as long as they are so held. Shares held in treasury will not be taken into account for the purpose of determining the number of shareholders that vote and that are present or represented, or the number of shares that are represented at our general meetings.

        In accordance with Danish law and generally common business practices, the Articles of Association do not provide for a quorum generally applicable to general meetings of shareholders. See below "Comparison of Danish Corporate Law and Our Articles of Association and U.S. Corporate Law—Shareholder rights—Voting rights" for a description of the rules on voting requirements under Danish law.

Members of the Board of Directors and executive officers

        Under our Articles of Association, members of the board of directors are elected at the general meeting of shareholders. Candidates are usually nominated by our existing board of directors or shareholders, but any shareholders are entitled to nominate other candidates. The members of the board of directors are elected for one year terms. Directors are not subject to term limits. Only persons who are younger than 70 years at the time of election may be elected to the board of directors. The board of directors appoints our executive officers.

        See below "Comparison of Danish Corporate Law and Our Articles of Association and U.S. Corporate Law—Corporate governance—Duties of directors" for a description of the general rules on duties and liabilities of the members of the board of directors under Danish law.

Obligation to disclose significant shareholdings and transactions

        Pursuant to the DCA, shareholders must notify a Danish company once they hold in excess of 5% of the company's share capital or voting rights, and must also provide notice to the company upon exceeding or falling below 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 331/3%, 50%, 662/3%, 90% and 100% of the company's share capital or voting rights. Such information must be registered by the company and made available for inspection by public authorities, shareholders and board members. This obligation does not apply to ADS holders.

134


Comparison of Danish Corporate Law and Our Articles of Association and U.S. Corporate Law

        The following comparison between Danish corporation law and our Articles of Association, which applies to us, and Delaware corporation law, the law under which many publicly listed corporations in the United States are incorporated, discusses additional matters not otherwise described in this Prospectus. Although we believe this summary is materially accurate, the summary is subject to Danish law, including the Danish Companies Act and Delaware corporation law, including the Delaware General Corporation Law. This summary does not constitute legal advice regarding those matters and should not be regarded as such. Further, please note that as an ADS holder you will not be treated as one of our shareholders and will not have any shareholder rights.

Corporate governance

Duties of directors

        Denmark.    The board of directors is responsible for overall and strategic management. In addition to performing overall management duties and strategic management duties and ensuring proper organization of the company's business, the board must ensure that:

        The board of directors must appoint an executive board to be responsible for the day-to-day management of the company. The executive board must either consist of one or more persons who are also members of the board of directors, or consist of persons who are not members of the board of directors. In both cases, persons in charge of day-to-day management will be designated as executive officers, and together they form the executive board of the limited liability company. The majority of the members of the board of directors of public limited companies must be non-executive directors. No executive officer in a public limited company may be chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors of that company.

        Delaware.    The board of directors bears the ultimate responsibility for managing the business and affairs of a corporation. In discharging this function, directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its shareholders. Delaware courts have decided that the directors of a Delaware corporation are required to exercise informed business judgment in the performance of their duties. Informed business judgment means that the directors have informed themselves of all material information reasonably available to them. Delaware courts have also imposed a heightened standard of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation who take any action in connection with a change in control of the corporation. In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the shareholders. There is no prohibition on executive officers of Delaware companies serving as chairman or vice-chairman of their board of directors.

135


Director terms

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, directors are elected by the general meeting for the terms set out in the company's articles of association, provided however that the term shall expire with the closing of an annual general meeting held no later than four years after their election. Directors are usually elected for one-year terms. There is no limit in the number of terms a director may serve.

        Delaware.    The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides for a one-year term for directors, but permits directorships to be divided into up to three classes with up to three-year terms, with the years for each class expiring in different years, if permitted by the certificate of incorporation, an initial bylaw or a bylaw adopted by the shareholders. A director elected to serve a term on a "classified" board may not be removed by shareholders without cause. There is no limit in the number of terms a director may serve.

Director vacancies

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, there is no obligation to fill vacancies, provided that the number of directors then in office corresponds to the interval set out in the articles of association and must be at least three members. Vacancies must otherwise be filled by election by the shareholders as soon as possible at a general meeting. Directors are elected by the shareholders by simple majority.

        Delaware.    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) unless (i) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation or (ii) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of shares is to elect such director, in which case any other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.

Conflict-of-interest transactions

        Denmark.    Under the DCA, no member of management may participate in the transaction of business that involves any agreement between the limited liability company and that member, or legal proceedings against that member, or the transaction of business that involves any agreement between the limited liability company and a third-party, or legal proceedings against a third-party, if the member has a material interest in such business and that material interest could conflict with the interests of the limited liability company.

        Delaware.    The Delaware General Corporation Law generally permits transactions involving a Delaware corporation and an interested director of that corporation if:

Proxy voting by directors

        Denmark.    A director of a Danish corporation may issue only to another director a proxy representing the director's voting rights as a director.

        Delaware.    A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director's voting rights as a director.

136


Shareholder rights

Voting rights

        Denmark.    Under Danish law each share is entitled to one vote unless otherwise provided for by the articles of association. Our Current Articles provide that each Class A share shall be entitled to one vote while each Class B share entitled to 875 votes. After the Share Conversion, our Articles of Association will provide for one class of shares, ordinary shares, and each ordinary share shall be entitled to one vote.

        A nominee shareholder is entitled to receive dividends and to exercise all subscription and other financial rights attached to the shares held in its name. The administrative rights attached to the shares (e.g., voting rights), however, cannot be exercised by the nominee unless (i) the beneficial owner of the shares discloses its identity and is registered by name in our register of shareholders and/or (ii) the nominee can present a valid power of attorney relating to this effect originating from the beneficial owner of the shares.

        The relationship between the nominee shareholder and the beneficial owner is governed solely by an agreement between the parties, and the beneficial owner must disclose its identity, if any of the aforementioned administrative rights are to be exercised directly by the beneficial owner.

        The right to appoint a nominee does not eliminate a shareholder's obligation to notify us of a major shareholding.

        All business transacted by the general meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes, unless otherwise provided by the Danish Companies Act or by the Articles of Association.

        A resolution to amend the Articles of Association requires that the resolution be adopted by at least two-thirds of the votes cast as well as the share capital represented at the general meeting, unless the Danish Companies Act or the Articles of Association requires a larger majority.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. In addition, the certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting at all elections of directors of the corporation, or at elections held under specified circumstances. Either the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws may specify the number of shares and/or the amount of other securities that must be represented at a meeting in order to constitute a quorum, but in no event will a quorum consist of less than one third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.

        Shareholders as of the record date for the meeting are entitled to vote at the meeting, and the board of directors may fix a record date that is no more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, and if no record date is set then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The determination of the shareholders of record entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, but the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Shareholder proposals

        Denmark.    The shareholders' rights to pass resolutions are exercised at the general meetings of the limited liability company. All shareholders, irrespective of voting rights, are entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.

137


        General meetings must be held at the registered office of the limited liability company, unless the articles of association specify another place at which the meetings must or can be held. If special circumstances require it, a general meeting may, in isolated cases, be held elsewhere.

        The annual general meeting must be held in time for the annual report adopted by the board of directors and the general meeting to reach the Danish Business Authority within five months from the end of the financial year, the time limit specified in the Financial Statements Act. The annual report must be submitted to the general meeting.

        Extraordinary general meetings must be held upon request from the board of directors or the auditor elected by the general meeting. Shareholders that hold 5% of the share capital can request an extraordinary general meeting in writing. Extraordinary general meetings to consider specific issues must be convened within two weeks of receipt of a request to such effect.

        Delaware.    Delaware law does not specifically grant shareholders the right to bring business before an annual or special meeting. However, if a Delaware corporation is subject to the SEC's proxy rules, a shareholder who owns at least $2,000 in market value, or 1% of the corporation's securities entitled to vote, may include a shareholder proposal in the corporation's proxy materials relating to an annual or special meeting in accordance with those rules.

Action by written consent

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, shareholders can, subject to certain exemptions, pass resolutions at a general meeting without complying with the requirements as to form and notice in the DCA and the company's articles of association, provided that all shareholders agree to do so. Further, unless otherwise provided by the company's articles of association, the board of directors may determine that in addition to a right to physically attend general meetings, shareholders may be given the right to attend electronically, including using electronic voting that does not require physical attendance at the meeting, so that the general meeting will be partly electronic. Moreover, the general meeting may resolve to hold general meetings electronically without any opportunity for parties to physically attend, so that the meeting is held by electronic means alone. A resolution to that effect must be recorded in the company's articles of association.

        Delaware.    Although permitted by Delaware law, publicly listed companies do not typically permit shareholders of a corporation to take action by written consent.

Appraisal rights

        Denmark.    The Danish Companies Act provides for certain shareholder appraisal rights in connection with certain mergers and demergers, and in relation to cross-border mergers also the right to demand payment in cash of the judicially determined fair value of the shareholder's shares.

        Delaware.    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides for shareholder appraisal rights, or the right to demand payment in cash of the judicially determined fair value of the shareholder's shares, in connection with certain mergers and consolidations.

Shareholder suits

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, any resolution that the company should take legal action against its promoters, members of management, valuation experts, auditors, scrutinizers, keepers of the register of shareholders or shareholders under must be passed by the general meeting. Proceedings may be commenced notwithstanding any previous resolutions passed at a general meeting granting exemption from liability or waiving the right to take legal action if the information concerning the resolution or the subject matter of the proceedings provided to the general meeting before the resolution was passed

138


was not essentially correct or complete. If shareholders that represent no less than one-tenth of the share capital oppose any resolution to grant exemption from liability or waive the right to take legal action, any shareholder can commence legal proceedings to recover damages for the company from the person(s) liable for the loss suffered. Shareholders who commence such proceedings must pay the legal costs involved, but may have such costs reimbursed by the company to the extent that they do not exceed the amount recovered by the company as a result of the proceedings. If the company is declared bankrupt, and the date of presentation of the bankruptcy petition is no later than 24 months after the date on which the general meeting resolved to grant exemption from liability or waive the right to take legal action, the bankrupt estate may, however, bring an action for damages without regard to the resolution passed at the general meeting. If a shareholder has suffered a loss, which is not an indirect loss due to a loss suffered by the company, such shareholder can commence legal proceedings to recover such loss independently and regardless of the above.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself and other similarly situated shareholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under Delaware law have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a suit only if that person was a shareholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit. In addition, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff normally must be a shareholder at the time of the transaction that is the subject of the suit and throughout the duration of the derivative suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff in court, unless such a demand would be futile.

Repurchase of shares

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, a limited liability companies may acquire their own shares if they are fully paid up. The shares may be acquired both in ownership and by way of security. If a limited liability company acquires its own shares for consideration, such consideration may only consist of the funds that may be distributed as extraordinary dividends under the provisions of the Danish Companies Act and the company's holding of its own shares must be disregarded when assessing whether the company satisfies the mandatory minimum capital requirements. An acquisition of a company's own shares for consideration cannot take place without the board of directors' obtaining authority from the general meeting, and such authority may only be given for a specified time, which may not exceed five years. The authority must specify (i) the maximum permitted value of the company's own shares; and (ii) the minimum and maximum amount that may be paid by the company as consideration for the shares. Prior to our board of directors' approval of the offer price and the issuance of ADSs offered by this Prospectus, it is expected that our board of directors will be authorized to repurchase some of our treasury shares. See "Dividend Policy—Legal and Regulatory Requirements".

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares unless the capital of the corporation is impaired or the purchase or redemption would cause an impairment of the capital of the corporation. A Delaware corporation may, however, purchase or redeem out of capital any of its preferred shares or, if no preferred shares are outstanding, any of its own shares if such shares will be retired upon acquisition and the capital of the corporation will be reduced in accordance with specified limitations.

Anti-takeover provisions

        Denmark.    Danish company law does not contain specific anti-takeover provisions for unlisted companies but a company's articles of association may include poison pills to this effect, e.g., share classes with higher voting rights than other share classes or provisions to the effect that the board of directors shall approve share transfers.

139


        Delaware.    In addition to other aspects of Delaware law governing fiduciary duties of directors during a potential takeover, the Delaware General Corporation Law also contains a business combination statute that protects Delaware companies from hostile takeovers and from actions following the takeover by prohibiting some transactions once an acquirer has gained a significant holding in the corporation.

        Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits "business combinations," including mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions by a corporation or a subsidiary with an interested shareholder that beneficially owns 15% or more of a corporation's voting shares, within three years after the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless:

        A Delaware corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203 by a provision contained in the original certificate of incorporation of the corporation or an amendment to the original certificate of incorporation or to the bylaws of the company, which amendment must be approved by a majority of the shares entitled to vote and may not be further amended by the board of directors of the corporation. Such an amendment is not effective until twelve months following its adoption.

Inspection of books and records

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, the company's annual report is public and shareholders have no access to inspect the company's books and records. They are instead referred to exercise their right to ask questions to the board or management at a general meeting or to submit a proposal for scrutiny of the company's formation, of any specific matter relating to the administration of the company, or of certain financial statements. If such a proposal is adopted by a simple majority of votes, the general meeting must elect one or more scrutinizers. The scrutinizer may demand from the company's management any information deemed to be of importance to the assessment of the company and shall submit a written report to the general meeting.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any shareholder may inspect for any proper purpose certain of the corporation's books and records during the corporation's usual hours of business.

Removal of directors

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, members of the board of directors may be removed at any time by the electing or appointing party. Consequently, directors elected at a general meeting may be removed at another general meeting by a simple majority of votes.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (i) unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, shareholders may effect such removal

140


only for cause, or (ii) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.

Preemptive rights

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, existing shareholders will have preemptive rights to participate on the basis of their existing share ownership in the issuance of any new shares for cash consideration, unless those rights are waived by a resolution of the shareholder at a general meeting or the shares are issued on the basis of an authorization by the board of directors under which the board is granted the authority to waive the preemptive rights. Furthermore, the preemptive rights of the shareholders may be derogated from by a majority comprising at least two-thirds of the votes cast of the share capital represented at the general meeting if the share capital increase is made at at least market price.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, shareholders have no preemptive rights to subscribe for additional issues of shares or to any security convertible into such shares unless, and to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.

Dividends

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, the company's assets may only be distributed to its shareholders (i) as dividends, based on the latest adopted financial statements; (ii) as interim dividends; (iii) in connection with capital reductions; or (iv) in connection with the solvent dissolution of the company.

        Dividends, if any, are declared with respect to a financial year at the annual general meeting of shareholders in the following year, where the statutory annual report (which includes the audited financial statements) for that financial year is approved. Further, shareholders may resolve at a general meeting to distribute interim dividends, and the board of directors may, pursuant to an authorization that may be granted to it by its shareholders, resolve to distribute interim dividends. Any resolution to distribute interim dividends within six months after the date of the statement of financial position as set out in our latest adopted annual report must be accompanied by the statement of financial position from our latest annual report or an interim statement of financial position which must be reviewed by our auditor. If the decision to distribute interim dividends is passed more than six months after the date of the statement of financial position as set out in our latest adopted annual report, an interim statement of financial position must be prepared and reviewed by our auditor. The statement of financial position or the interim statement of financial position, as applicable, must show that sufficient funds are available for distribution. Dividends may not exceed the amount recommended by the board of directors for approval by the general meeting of shareholders. Moreover, dividends and interim dividends may only be made out of distributable reserves and may not exceed what is considered sound and adequate with regard to our financial condition or be to the detriment of our creditors and such other factors as the board of directors may deem relevant.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a Delaware corporation may pay dividends out of its surplus (the excess of net assets over capital), or in case there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year (provided that the amount of the capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding shares of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). In determining the amount of surplus of a Delaware corporation, the assets of the corporation, including shares of subsidiaries owned by the corporation, must be valued at their fair market value as determined by the board of directors, without regard to their historical book value. Dividends may be paid in the form of common stock, property or cash.

141


Shareholder vote on certain reorganizations

        Denmark.    Shareholders' approval rights may be (and often are) prescribed in the company's articles of association or in a shareholders' agreement, or both.

        Mergers must be approved by the shareholders of the discontinuing company and by the board of directors of the continuing company, provided that the merger does not require a capital increase or other amendments to the articles of association of the continuing company, in which case the merger must also be approved by the continuing company's shareholders.

        Voluntary public tender offers are usually conditional upon the situation where a certain percentage of nominal share capital or voting rights (or both) of the target company accepts the offer, the percentage of which depends on the aim the bidder is seeking to achieve. Ordinary amendments of the articles of association require two-thirds of both votes and capital represented at the general meeting, while squeeze-outs require more than nine-tenths of all votes and capital in the target company.

        The Danish Companies Act provides that a minority shareholder may demand that a single majority shareholder holding more than nine-tenths of all votes and capital in a target company buy all of the shares of that minority shareholder.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares capital entitled to vote thereon generally is necessary to approve a merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision requiring for any corporate action the vote of a larger portion of the shares or of any class or series of shares than would otherwise be required.

        Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no vote of the shareholders of a surviving corporation to a merger is needed, however, unless required by the certificate of incorporation, if (i) the agreement of merger does not amend in any respect the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation, (ii) the shares of the surviving corporation are not changed in the merger and (iii) the number of shares of common stock of the surviving corporation into which any other shares, securities or obligations to be issued in the merger may be converted does not exceed 20% of the surviving corporation's common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger. In addition, shareholders may not be entitled to vote in certain mergers with other corporations that own 90% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of such corporation, but the shareholders will be entitled to appraisal rights.

Remuneration of directors

        Denmark.    Under Danish law, the board of directors may receive fixed or variable remuneration. The amount of remuneration may not exceed what is considered usual, taking into account the nature and extent of the work, and what is considered reasonable with regard to the limited liability company's financial position and, in the case of parent companies, the group's financial position. Since the board of directors is disqualified to resolve remuneration on its own, the remuneration is fixed by the shareholders, typically at the ordinary general meeting in connection with the adoption of the company's annual report.

        Delaware.    Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the shareholders do not generally have the right to approve the compensation policy for directors or the senior management of the corporation, although certain aspects of executive compensation may be subject to shareholder vote due to the provisions of U.S. federal securities and tax law, as well as exchange requirements.

142


Listing

        We intend to apply to have the ADSs listed on NASDAQ under the symbol "FWP."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for the ADSs will be The Bank of New York Mellon.

143



DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Shares

        The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent                ordinary share (or a right to receive            ordinary share) deposited with or any successor, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary in respect of the depositary facility. The depositary's corporate trust office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The depositary's principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

        You may hold ADSs either (1) directly (a) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (b) by having ADSs registered in your name in the Direct Registration System, or (2) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, also referred to as an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

        The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, also referred to as DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership is confirmed by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs.

        As an ADS holder, you will not be treated as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Danish law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and all other persons directly and indirectly holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

        The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADS. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents see the section of this Prospectus titled "Where You Can Find Additional Information."

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the ordinary shares?

        The depositary has agreed to pay you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent.

        Cash.    After completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends or cash distributions on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares or any net proceeds from the sale of any ordinary shares, rights, securities or other entitlements into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a reasonable basis and at the then prevailing market rate, and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible and lawful or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the

144


account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest. Before making a distribution, any taxes or other governmental charges, together with fees and expenses of the depositary that must be paid, will be deducted. See the section of this Prospectus titled "Taxation." It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

        Ordinary Shares.    The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution to the extent reasonably practicable and permissible under law. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new ordinary shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

        Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares.    If we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, the depositary, after consultation with us, may make such elective distribution available to you as a holder of the ADSs. We must first instruct the depositary to make such elective distribution available to you. As a condition of making a distribution election available to ADS holders, the depositary may require satisfactory assurances from us that doing so would not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act. There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares, or at all.

        Rights to Purchase Additional Ordinary Shares.    If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or any other rights, the depositary may make these rights available to ADS holders. If the depositary decides it is not legal and practical to make the rights available but that it is practical to sell the rights, the depositary will use reasonable efforts to sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it does with cash distributions. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

        If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will exercise the rights and purchase the ordinary shares on your behalf and in accordance with your instructions. The depositary will then deposit the ordinary shares and deliver ADSs to you. It will only exercise rights if you pay it the exercise price and any other charges the rights require you to pay and comply with other applicable instructions.

        U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs representing ordinary shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

        Other Distributions.    The depositary will send to you anything else we distribute to holders of deposited securities by any means it determines is equitable and practicable. If it cannot make the distribution proportionally among the owners, the depositary may adopt another equitable and practical method. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. In addition, the depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

        Neither we nor the depositary are responsible for any failure to determine that it may be lawful or feasible to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs,

145


ordinary shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

        The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or share transfer taxes or fees, and delivery of any required endorsements, certifications or other instruments of transfer required by the depositary, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

        You may surrender your ADSs at the depositary's corporate trust office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or share transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will transfer and deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to you or a person designated by you at the office of the custodian or through a book-entry delivery. Alternatively, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will transfer and deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, if feasible.

How can ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

        You may surrender your ADRs to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADRs for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel the ADRs and will send you a statement confirming that you are the owner of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

        You may instruct the depositary to vote the number of whole deposited ordinary shares your ADSs represent. The depositary will notify you of shareholders' meetings or other solicitations of consents and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you if we ask it to. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how you may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary.

        The depositary will try, as far as practical, and subject to the laws of Denmark and our Articles of Association, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders.

        The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct or as described above.

        We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions provided that any such failure is in good faith. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

146


        In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 45 days in advance of the meeting date.

        Except as described above, you will not be able to exercise your right to vote unless you withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the shareholder meeting far enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares.

Fees and Expenses

What fees and expenses will you be responsible for paying?

        Pursuant to the terms of the deposit agreement, the holders of ADSs will be required to pay the following fees:

Persons depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or ADSs must pay:   For:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

 

Issue of ADSs, including issues resulting from a distribution of ordinary shares or rights or other property

 

Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$0.05 (or less) per ADS

 

Any cash distribution to you

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been ordinary shares and the shares had been deposited for issue of ADSs

 

Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to you

$0.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year

 

Depositary services

Registration or transfer fees

 

Transfer and registration of ordinary shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

Expenses of the depositary

 

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

 

Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, share transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

 

As necessary

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities

 

As necessary

        The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those

147


fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide for-fee services until its fees for those services are paid.

        From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders, or waive fees and expenses for services provided, generally relating to costs and expenses arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.

Payment of Taxes

        You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs registered in your name to reflect the sale and pay you any net proceeds, or send you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

If we:
  Then:

 

 

 

Change the nominal or par value of our ordinary shares

  The cash, ordinary shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities.

Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities

 

Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.

Distribute securities on the ordinary shares that are not distributed to you

 

The depositary may also deliver new ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities. The depositary may also sell the new deposited securities and distribute the net proceeds if we are unable to assure the depositary that the distribution (a) does not require registration under the Securities Act or (b) is exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

 

Any replacement securities received by the depositary shall be treated as newly deposited securities and either the existing ADSs or, if necessary, replacement ADSs distributed by the depositary will represent the replacement securities. The depositary may also sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds if the replacement securities may not be lawfully distributed to all ADS holders.

148


Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

        We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

        The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement at our direction by mailing notice of termination to the ADS holders then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement by mailing a notice of termination to us and the ADS holders if 60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment.

        After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property, and deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs. Four months after termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. The depositary's only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination our only obligations under the deposit agreement will be to indemnify the depositary and to pay fees and expenses of the depositary that we agreed to pay and we will not have any obligations thereunder to current or former ADS holders.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our obligations and the obligations of the depositary; limits on liability to holders of ADSs

        The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

149


        In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances. Additionally, we, the depositary and each owner and holder, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, waives the right to a jury trial in an action against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

        Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, make a distribution on an ADS, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

        The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Ordinary Shares Underlying Your ADSs

        ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

        This right of withdrawal is not limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release of ADSs

        The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver ordinary shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying ordinary shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of ordinary shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the ordinary shares or ADSs to be deposited; (2) the

150


pre-release is fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and (3) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days' notice. In addition, the depositary will limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of prerelease, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

Direct Registration System

        In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC under which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs and such ownership will be evidenced by periodic statements sent by the depositary to the registered holders of uncertificated ADSs. Profile is a required feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

        In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary's reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile System and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs; ADS Holder Information

        The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

151



SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there was no market for our Class A shares or Class B shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of ADSs in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of ADSs will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of ADSs in the public market after such restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price of the ADSs and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have                        ordinary shares outstanding, or                        ordinary shares outstanding if the underwriters exercise their options in full to purchase additional ADSs. ADSs representing                        ordinary shares, or ADSs representing                        ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their options in full to purchase additional ADSs, sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except for any ADSs purchased by one of our existing "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares are "restricted shares" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, these shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Number of Shares
(including shares represented by ADSs)
  Date
    On the date of this Prospectus.
    After 90 days from the date of this Prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).
    After 180 days from the date of this Prospectus (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations).

Rule 144

        In general, a person who has beneficially owned our ordinary shares that are restricted shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned our ordinary shares that are restricted shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

152


Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory share or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements or other restrictions contained in Rule 701.

        The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical share options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this Prospectus. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described below, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, may be sold by persons other than "affiliates," as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by "affiliates" under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirement.

Regulation S

        Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Registration Rights

        We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement upon consummation of this offering pursuant to which we will agree under certain circumstances to file a registration statement to register the resale of the shares held by certain of our existing shareholders, as well as to cooperate in certain public offerings of such shares. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased or subscribed for by affiliates. See "Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

Lock-Up Agreements

        We and all of our directors, executive officers and certain of our existing shareholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or such other securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Leerink Partners. See "Underwriting."

153



TAXATION

        The following summary contains a description of certain Danish and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the ADSs. The summary is based upon the tax laws of Denmark and regulations thereunder and on the tax laws of the United States and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change.

Danish Tax Considerations

        The following discussion is a summary of the material Danish tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs.

Taxation in Denmark

        The summary is for general information only and does not purport to constitute exhaustive tax or legal advice.

        The information is summarized based on the tax laws of Denmark in effect and applied as at the date of this Prospectus and is subject to change as a result of changes in Danish legislation, including those that could have a retroactive effect, or new legislation. It is specifically noted that the description does not address all possible tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs offered by this Prospectus. Therefore, this summary may not be relevant, for example, to investors subject to the Danish Act on Pension Investment Return Taxation (i.e. pension savings) and professional investors, certain institutional investors, insurance companies, pension companies, banks, stockbrokers and individuals and companies carrying on business of purchasing and selling shares to whom special tax rules apply.

        Prospective investors in the ADSs offered by this Prospectus are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicable tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the ADSs offered by this Prospectus based on their particular circumstances. Prospective investors who may be affected by the tax laws of other jurisdictions should also consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences applicable to their particular circumstances as such consequences may differ significantly from those described herein.

        The following summary is based on the Danish tax law as applied and interpreted by Danish tax courts and as published and in effect on the date hereof, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.

        For the purpose of this paragraph, "Danish Taxes" shall mean taxes of whatever nature levied by or on behalf of Denmark or any of its subdivisions or taxing authorities.

Taxation of shareholders resident in Denmark

        When considering the taxation of Danish resident holders of the ADSs (companies and individuals), it is assumed that for tax purposes Danish resident holders of the ADSs should be treated as holders of unlisted shares in Forward Pharma A/S. It is currently not clear under the Danish tax legislation or case law how the listed ADSs are to be treated for tax purposes. For the purpose of the below comments, it is assumed that the ADSs listed in the U.S. should be treated as non-listed shares as Forward Pharma A/S is an unlisted company.

Purchase of ADSs

        The purchase of the ADSs offered by this Prospectus has no tax effect.

154



Sale of Offer ADSs—Individuals

        Gains on the sale of shares are taxed as share income at a rate of 27% on the first DKK 49,200 in 2014 (for cohabiting spouses a total of DKK 98,400), and at a rate of 42% on share income over DKK 49,200 (for cohabiting spouses a total of DKK 98,400). All amounts are subject to annual adjustments, and include all share income derived by the individual or cohabiting spouses, respectively.

        Gains and losses on the sale of shares are made up as the difference between the purchase price and the sales price. The purchase price is based on the average purchase price for the shares in that particular company. Losses on non-listed shares may be offset against other share income derived by the individual and must be offset against cohabiting spouses' share income before the share income becomes negative. In case the share income becomes negative, a negative tax on the share income will be calculated and offset against the individual's other final taxes. Unused negative tax on share income will be offset against a cohabiting spouse's final taxes. If the negative tax on share income cannot be offset against a cohabiting spouse's final taxes, the negative tax can be carried forward indefinitely and offset against future year's taxes.

Sale of Offer ADSs—Companies

        A distinction is made between "Subsidiary Shares," "Group Shares" and "Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares" with respect to taxation of capital gains derived from the sale of the ADSs offered by this Prospectus.

        It is noted that the above ownership thresholds are applied on the basis of the number of all shares issued by Forward Pharma A/S, and not on the basis of the number of the ADSs issued.

        Capital gains derived from the sale of Subsidiary Shares, Group Shares and Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares are exempt from taxation, irrespective of the holding period.

        Losses on Subsidiary Shares, Group Shares and Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares are not tax deductible.

        Special anti-avoidance rules apply to certain holding companies holding Subsidiary Shares, Group Shares or Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares. Further, certain anti-avoidance rules apply to the treatment of Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares, in case the assumed nature of the Portfolio Shares changes. These rules are not described herein.

        Capital gains from the sale of Taxable Portfolio Shares are taxable at a rate of 24.5% irrespective of ownership period. Losses on such shares are deductible. The corporate tax rate will be reduced to 23.5% in 2015 and to 22% in 2016.

155



Dividends—Individuals

        Dividends paid to private individuals who are tax residents of Denmark are taxed as share income at the applicable rates. It must be noted that all share income must be included when calculating whether the amounts mentioned above are exceeded.

        Dividends paid to individuals are generally subject to withholding tax, which is the responsibility of the company, at a rate of 27%.

Dividends—Companies

        The distinction described above among "Subsidiary Shares," "Group Shares," "Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares" and "Taxable Portfolio Shares" as set forth in "Sale of Offer Shares—Companies" above, is also made with respect to taxation of dividends on shares.

        Dividends paid to companies are generally subject to corporate tax at a current rate of 24.5%. However, no corporate tax is levied on dividends derived from Subsidiary Shares and Group Shares. The 24.5% rate applies to dividends derived from Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares. The tax rate will be reduced to 23.5% in 2015 and 22% in 2016 and thereafter. The current effective withholding tax rate is 22%.

Taxation of Shareholders Resident Outside Denmark

Purchase of ADSs

        The purchase of the ADSs offered by this Prospectus has no tax effect.

Sale of ADSs

        A non-resident of Denmark, irrespective of whether the non-resident is a private individual or corporate shareholder, will normally not be subject to Danish tax on any capital gains realized on the sale of shares irrespective of the holding period. Where a non-resident of Denmark holds shares which can be attributed to a permanent establishment in Denmark, such gains are taxable pursuant to the rules applying to a Danish tax resident.

Dividends

        Under Danish law, dividends paid in respect of shares are generally subject to Danish withholding tax at a rate of 27%, irrespective of whether the non-resident shareholder is a private individual or a company. Non-residents of Denmark are not subject to additional Danish income tax in respect of dividends received on the shares.

        With respect to dividends distributed to a foreign company, no tax is withheld on dividends derived from Subsidiary Shares or Group Shares as defined in "Taxation of Shareholders Resident in Denmark—Sale of Offer Shares—Companies" above, provided that the withholding tax on dividends is eliminated or reduced according to Council Directive 2011/96/EEC (EU Parent Subsidiary Directive) or a double tax treaty with the jurisdiction in which the dividend receiving company is resident. With respect to Group Shares, it is also a requirement that the company receiving the dividends is a resident of an EU or EEA country and that withholding taxes on dividends would have been eliminated or reduced according to Council Directive 2011/96/EEC (EU Parent Subsidiary Directive) or a double tax treaty with the jurisdiction in which the dividend receiving company is resident if the Group Shares had been Subsidiary Shares.

        Corporate shareholders of Taxable or Tax-exempt Portfolio Shares and individuals who receive dividends are subject to Danish tax on such dividends at a rate of 27%. If the shareholder holds less than 10% of the nominal share capital in the company and the shareholder is resident in a jurisdiction

156


which has a double taxation treaty or a tax information exchange treaty with Denmark, dividends are generally subject to a tax rate of 15% (a lower rate may be applicable under the double taxation treaty in question). If the shareholder is tax resident outside the EU, it is an additional requirement for eligibility for the 15% tax rate that the shareholder (together with affiliates shareholders) holds less than 10% of the nominal share capital of the company. As a result of the 27% withholding, shareholders eligible for the 15% tax rate would need to claim a refund on the excess amount withheld.

        Denmark has executed double tax treaties with approximately 80 countries, including the United States and almost all members of the EU. If Denmark has entered into a double tax treaty with the country in which the shareholder is resident, the shareholder may, through certain certification procedures, seek a refund from the Danish tax authorities of the tax withheld in excess of the tax (typically 15%) to which Denmark is entitled under the relevant tax treaty, by completing the relevant tax form and filing it with the Danish Tax Authorities. The treaty between Denmark and the United States generally provides for a 15% rate.

Share Transfer Tax

        No Danish share transfer tax is payable.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders

        The following is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of the ADSs. It is not a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person's decision to acquire securities. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds the ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant in light of a U.S. Holder's particular circumstances, including alternative minimum tax consequences, the potential application of the provisions of the Code known as the net investment income tax, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

        If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding the ADSs and partners in such partnerships

157


are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the ADSs.

        For U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owners of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs and an exchange of ADSs for our ordinary shares will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

        The discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations, and the income tax treaty between Denmark and the United States, or the Treaty, all as of the date hereof, changes to any of which may affect the tax consequences described herein—possibly with retroactive effect.

        A "U.S. Holder" is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of the ADSs who is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and is:

        U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of owning and disposing of the ADSs in their particular circumstances.

Taxation of distributions

        Subject to the PFIC rules described below, distributions paid on the ADSs, other than certain pro rata distributions of the ADSs, will generally be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, we expect that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gain. The amount of a dividend will include any amounts withheld by us in respect of Danish income taxes. The amount of the dividend will be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will be included in a U.S. Holder's income on the date of the U.S. Holder's receipt of the dividend. The amount of any dividend income paid in Euros will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

        Subject to applicable limitations, some of which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder's particular circumstances, Danish income taxes withheld from dividends on the ADSs (or ordinary shares underlying the ADSs) at a rate not exceeding the rate provided by the Treaty will be creditable against

158


the U.S. Holder's U.S. federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign taxes in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a foreign tax credit, U.S. Holders may, at their election, deduct foreign taxes, including any Danish income tax, in computing their taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year.

Sale or other taxable disposition of the ADSs

        Subject to the PFIC rules described below, gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of the ADSs will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ADSs for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder's tax basis in the ADSs disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Passive Foreign Investment Company rules

        Under the Code, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which, after the application of certain "look-through" rules with respect to subsidiaries, either (i) 75% or more of our gross income consists of "passive income," or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets consist of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, "passive income." Passive income generally includes interest, dividends, rents, certain non-active royalties and capital gains. Whether we will be a PFIC in any year depends on the composition of our income and assets, and the relative fair market value of our assets from time to time, which we expect may vary substantially over time. Because (i) we currently own, and will own after the completion of this offering, a substantial amount of passive assets, including cash, and (ii) the values of our assets, including our intangible assets, that generate non-passive income for PFIC purposes, is uncertain and may vary substantially over time, it is uncertain whether we will be, and there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC in 2014 or any future year. If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds the ADSs, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder holds the ADSs, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status.

        If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds the ADSs, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences. Generally, gain recognized upon a disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of the ADSs by the U.S. Holder would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder's holding period for such shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of disposition and to years before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and would be increased by an additional tax equal to interest on the resulting tax deemed deferred with respect to each such other taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its ADSs exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on such ADSs received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder's holding period, whichever is shorter, that distribution would be subject to taxation in the same manner described immediately above with respect to gain on disposition.

        Alternatively, if we are a PFIC and if our ADSs are "regularly traded" on a "qualified exchange," a U.S. Holder could make a mark-to-market election that would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment described in the preceding paragraph. Our ADSs would be treated as "regularly traded" in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ADSs are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. NASDAQ is a qualified exchange for this purpose. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S.

159


Holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the U.S. Holder's tax basis in the ADSs will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election).

        A timely election to treat a PFIC as a qualified electing fund under Section 1295 of the Code would result in alternative treatment. U.S. Holders should be aware, however, that we do not intend to satisfy the record-keeping and other requirements that would permit U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we were a PFIC.

        In addition, if we are a PFIC or, with respect to particular U.S. Holders, are treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or for the prior taxable year, the preferential rates discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

        U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding whether we are or may become a PFIC and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

Medicare Tax

        In general, a U.S. Holder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, is subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. Holder's "net investment income" for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. Holder's modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual's circumstances). A holder's net investment income will include its gross dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of ADSs, unless such dividends or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in the ADSs.

Information reporting and backup withholding

        Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder's U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

        If a U.S. Holder owns ADS during any year in which we are a PFIC, such U.S. Holder (including, potentially, indirect holders) generally must file an IRS Form 8621 with such holder's federal income tax return for that year.

        Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals may be required to report information relating to their ownership of an interest in certain foreign financial assets, including shares of a non-U.S. person,

160


generally on Form 8938, subject to exceptions (including an exception for shares held through a U.S. financial institution). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their reporting obligations with respect to the ADSs.

        THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE OF IMPORTANCE TO A PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ADSs IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR'S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

161



UNDERWRITING

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this Prospectus among us and the underwriters named below, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us, the number of ADSs listed next to its name in the following table. Leerink Partners LLC is acting as sole book-running manager for the offering and as representative of the underwriters.

Name
  Number of ADSs  

Leerink Partners LLC

       
       

Total

       
       
       

        Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the ADSs to be purchased under the underwriting agreement if they purchase any of the ADSs. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        Any purchases of ADSs by the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement are carried out by the underwriters agreeing, severally and not jointly, to subscribe for ordinary shares and deposit such ordinary shares with the Depositary, receiving in return the ADSs.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

        The underwriters are offering ADSs representing ordinary shares that they subscribe for pursuant to the underwriting agreement, subject to prior issue, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the ADSs and the shares underlying the ADSs, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers' certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Discounts and Commissions

        The underwriters propose initially to offer the ADSs to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $        per ADS. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the representative.

        The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 
  Per ADS   Without Option   With Option  

Public Offering Price

  $     $     $    
               

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $     $     $    
               

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    
               

        The total estimated expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $         million and are payable by us.

162


Over-Allotment Option

        We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to             additional ADSs at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of ADSs proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount reflected in the above table.

Initial Public Offering Pricing

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares or the ADSs. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in these negotiations are:

        The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We, our executive officers and directors have agreed not to sell or transfer any of our equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our equity securities, for 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representative. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

        This lock-up provision applies to equity securities of our company owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The lock-up does not apply to (i) the conversion of currently outstanding equity securities of our company into another class or series of equity securities of our company, (ii) the conversion of currently outstanding warrants exercisable for equity securities of our company into warrants exercisable for another class or series of equity securities of our company, (iii) the conversion of notes convertible into equity securities of our company into equity securities of our company, or

163


(iv) the exercise of currently outstanding warrants to subscribe for equity securities of our company into equity securities of our company, in each case, prior to or upon consummation of this offering.

NASDAQ Listing

        We anticipate that we will apply to have the ADSs listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "FWP."

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

        In order to facilitate the offering of the ADSs, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ADSs. In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell the ADSs in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of securities than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional ADSs in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase ADSs through the over-allotment option. "Naked" short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of the ADSs made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

        Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters' purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ADSs or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ADSs, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representative of the underwriters purchases ADSs in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representative can require the underwriters that sold those securities as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        The underwriters make no representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the ADSs. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued at any time without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of ADSs

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ADSs to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters' websites and any

164


information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters is not part of this Prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

        To facilitate the orderly closing of this offering of ADSs, the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs immediately prior to and concurrent with the consummation of the offering and the time of delivery of the ADSs will be the Borrowed Shares, which will be loaned by NBOF to the underwriters under the terms of the Stock Lending Agreement. In connection with the consummation of the offering and at or immediately after the delivery of the ADSs, newly issued shares of the Company will be exchanged for the Borrowed Shares held by the Depositary of the American Depositary Receipt Program and the Borrowed Shares will be returned to NBOF. See "Related Party Transactions—Stock Lending Agreement".

Other Relationships

        From time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide in the future, various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State—the Relevant Implementation Date—the ADSs will not be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ADSs which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of ADSs may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of ADSs to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        The ADSs may not be offered or sold and will not be offered or sold to any persons in the United Kingdom other than persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses and in

165


compliance with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA") with respect to anything done in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

        In addition, each underwriter:

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the ADSs in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of ADSs are made. Any resale of the ADSs in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of our ordinary shares.

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing the ADSs in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase the ADSs offered by this Prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the ordinary shares, for rescission against us in the event that this Prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the ADSs. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the ADSs. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no

166


case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the ADSs were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the ADSs with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the ADSs as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of ADSs should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the ADSs for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

167



EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

        We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

Expenses
  Amount (USD)

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  *

FINRA filing fee

  *

NASDAQ listing fee

  *

Printing and engraving expenses

  *

Legal fees and expenses

  *

Accounting fees and expenses

  *

Miscellaneous costs

  *
     

Total

  *
     
     

*
To be filed by amendment.

        All amounts in the table are estimates except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASDAQ listing fee and the FINRA filing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering.

168



LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of our ordinary shares and certain other matters of Danish law will be passed upon for us by Nielsen Nørager Law Firm LLP, Copenhagen. Certain matters of U.S. federal and New York State law will be passed upon for us by Dechert LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented in connection with this offering by K&L Gates LLP, Irvine, California.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Forward Pharma A/S at December 31, 2013 and 2012 and January 1, 2012 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young Denmark P/S (formerly Ernst & Young P/S), an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern as described in note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The current address of Ernst & Young Denmark P/S is Gyngemose Parkvej 50, 2860 Søborg, Denmark.

169



ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

        Forward Pharma A/S is incorporated under the laws of Denmark, its wholly owned subsidiary Forward Pharma GmbH is incorporated under the laws of Germany, and its wholly owned subsidiary Forward Pharma USA, LLC was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States. Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. On a combined basis, the majority of our directors and officers immediately following consummation of the offering reside outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them or us in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States.

        The United States does not have a treaty with Denmark or Germany providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Accordingly, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by a United States court based on civil liability will not be directly enforceable in Denmark or Germany. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new lawsuit in a competent court in Denmark, that party may submit to the Danish court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States. A judgment by a federal or state court in the United States will neither be recognized nor enforced by a Danish court but such judgment may serve as evidence in a similar action in such court. In addition, the final judgment of a United States court may be recognized and enforced in Germany in compliance with certain requirements including petitioning a German court to enforce such judgment.

170



WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ADSs offered in this prospectus. This Prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this Prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed with the SEC at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

        As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

        We will send the depositary a copy of all notices of shareholders' meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The depositary has agreed to mail to all holders of ADSs a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the depositary and will make available to all holders of ADSs such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the transfer agent.

171



Forward Pharma A/S

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-3

Consolidated statement of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-4

Consolidated statement of other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-5

Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-6

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

Condensed consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013

  F-34

Condensed consolidated statement of profit or loss for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-35

Condensed consolidated statement of other comprehensive loss for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-36

Condensed consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-37

Condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

  F-38

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

  F-39

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Forward Pharma A/S

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Forward Pharma A/S as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and January 1, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Forward Pharma A/S at December 31, 2013, 2012, and January 1, 2012 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and an accumulated deficit that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Its ability to continue to operate is dependent upon obtaining additional financial support. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2.1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Ernst & Young P/S
Godkendt Revsionspartnerselskab
Copenhagen, Denmark
April 8, 2014
   

/s/ CHRISTIAN SCHWENN JOHANSEN

Christian Schwenn Johansen
State Authorised Public Accountant

 

 

F-2



Consolidated statement of financial position

as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

Assets

 
   
  December 31,    
 
 
   
  January 1,
2012
 
 
  Notes   2013   2012  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Property, plant and equipment

  3.1     5     7     3  
                   

Total non-current assets

        5     7     3  
                   

Other receivables

  3.2     332     109     1,100  

Income tax receivable

  2.6     100     0     0  

Prepayments

        207     26     17  

Cash and cash equivalents

        2,955     828     427  
                   

Total current assets

        3,594     963     1,544  
                   

Total assets

        3,599     970     1,547  
                   
                   

Equities and Liabilities

 
   
  December 31,    
 
 
   
  January 1,
2012
 
 
  Notes   2013   2012  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
  ISD '000
 

Share capital

        287     278     266  

Share premium

        26,697     16,637     14,794  

Foreign currency translation reserve

        -1,486     -369     0  

Accumulated deficit

        -51,913     -36,796     -14,775  
                   

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

  4.1     -26,415     -20,250     285  
                   

Total equity

        -26,415     -20,250     285  
                   

Interest-bearing convertible loans

  4.4     0     2,100     0  

Non-current liabilities

        0     2,100     0  
                   

Interest-bearing convertible loans

  4.4     2,613     0     0  

Trade and other payables

  3.3     1,277     750     289  

Net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants

  4.4     26,124     18,370     973  
                   

Current liabilities

        30,014     19,120     1,262  
                   

Total liabilities

        30,014     21,220     1,262  
                   

Total equity and liabilities

        3,599     970     1,547  
                   
                   

   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-3



Consolidated statement of profit or loss

for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 
   
  Year end December 31,  
 
  Notes   2013   2012  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Research and development costs

    2.4, 2.5. 3.1     -8,018     -4,445  

General and administrative costs

    2.4, 3.1     -1,014     -928  
                 

Operating loss

          -9,032     -5,373  
                 

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants

    4.4     -6,676     -17,071  

Other finance costs

    4.3     -84     -35  
                 

Net loss before tax

          -15,792     -22,479  

Income tax benefit

    2.6     96     0  
                 

Net loss for the year

          -15,696     -22,479  
                 

Attributable to:

                   

Equity holders of the parent

          -15,696     -22,479  
                 

          -15,696     -22,479  
                 

Net loss per share:

    2.7              

Basic loss for the year per share

          -9.53     -14.25  
                 

Diluted loss for the year per share

          -9.53     -14.25  
                 

   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-4



Consolidated statement of other comprehensive loss

for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Notes   2013   2012  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Net loss for the year

        -15,696     -22,479  
               

Other comprehensive loss

                 

Other comprehensive loss to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:

                 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

        -1,117     -369  
               

Net other comprehensive loss to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

        -1,117     -369  
               

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

        -1,117     -369  
               

Total comprehensive loss for the year, net of tax

        -16,813     -22,848  
               

Attributable to:

                 

Equity holders of the parent

        -16,813     -22,848  
               

        -16,813     -22,848  
               

   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-5



Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity

for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 
  Notes   Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
  Accumulated
deficit
  Total
equity
 
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

2012

                                   

At January 1, 2012

        266     14,794     0     -14,775     285  
                           

Net loss for the year

        0     0     0     -22,479     -22,479  

Other comprehensive loss

        0     0     -369     0     -369  
                           

Total comprehensive loss

        0     0     -369     -22,479     -22,848  
                           
                           

Issue of share capital for cash

  4.1     12     1,852     0     0     1,864  

Costs related to capital increases

        0     -9     0     0     -9  

Share-based payment costs

  2.5     0     0     0     458     458  
                           

Transactions with owners

        12     1,843     0     458     2,313  
                           

At December 31, 2012

        278     16,637     -369     -36,796     -20,250  
                           
                           

2013

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

At January 1, 2013

        278     16,637     -369     -36,796     -20,250  
                           

Net loss for the year

        0     0     0     -15,696     -15,696  

Other comprehensive loss

        0     0     -1,117     0     -1,117  
                           

Total comprehensive loss

        0     0     -1,117     -15,696     -16,813  
                           
                           

Issue of share capital for cash

  4.1     7     7,944     0     0     7,951  

Conversion of interest-bearing convertible loans to share capital

  4.1     2     2,126     0     0     2,128  

Costs related to capital increases

        0     -10     0     0     -10  

Share-based payment costs

  2.5     0     0     0     579     579  
                           

Transactions with owners

        9     10,060     0     579     10,648  
                           

At December 31, 2013

        287     26,697     -1,486     -51,913     -26,415  
                           
                           

   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-6



Consolidated statement of cash flows

for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  Notes   2013   2012  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Net loss before tax

        -15,792     -22,479  

Adjustments to reconcile loss before tax to net cash flow:

                 

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants

        6,676     17,071  

Other finance costs

        84     35  

Share-based payment costs

        579     458  

Depreciation charge for the year

        4     2  

Change in other receivables and prepayments

        -370     812  

Change in trade and other payables

        446     607  
               

Net cash flows used in operating activities

        -8,373     -3,494  
               

Investing activities

                 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

  3.1     0     -5  
               

Net cash flows used in investing activities

        0     -5  
               

Financing activities

                 

Proceeds from issuance of interest-bearing convertible loans

  4.1     2,456     2,030  

Shares issued for cash

  4.1     7,951     1,864  

Transaction costs of capital increase

        -10     -9  
               

Net cash flows from financing activities

        10,397     3,885  
               

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        2,024     386  

Net foreign exchange differences

        103     15  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

        828     427  

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

        2,955     828  
               

   

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements

F-7



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Corporate information

        Forward Pharma A/S, or the Company, is a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in Denmark. The registered office is located in Copenhagen, Denmark. The consolidated financial statements of the Company and Forward Pharma GmbH, its wholly owned German subsidiary, or the Subsidiary, (collectively, the Group) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the directors on April 8, 2014.

        The Company is a Danish biopharmaceutical company preparing to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial using FP187, a proprietary formulation of dimethyl fumarate, or DMF, for the treatment of multiple sclerosis, or MS, patients. Since the Company's founding in 2005, it has worked to advance unique formulations of DMF, an immune modulator, as a therapeutic to improve the health and well-being of patients with immune disorders including MS. FP187, the Company's clinical candidate, is a DMF formulation in a delayed and slow release oral dose, which the Company plans to advance for the treatment of relapsing remitting MS, or RRMS, and other immune disorders, such as psoriasis.

Section 1—Basis of Preparation

1.1 Accounting policies

        The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB.

        The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments (net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants) that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. Dollars, or USD, and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (USD '000), except when otherwise indicated.

        These consolidated financial statements, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, are the first consolidated financial statements the Company has prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The opening consolidated statement of financial position was prepared as of January 1, 2012 (the date of transition to IFRS). For periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company and its Subsidiary prepared their separate financial statements in accordance with Danish and German generally accepted accounting principle (Danish GAAP and German GAAP, respectively). However, no reconciliation from Danish GAAP (the prior reporting standards of the Company) to IFRS is presented because only separate financial statements of the Company were presented.

        The impact of the adjustment related to shareholder warrants, which was not required to be recognized under prior GAAP, resulted in the recognition of a derivative liability, as shown in the consolidated statement of financial position as "Net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants", of $973,000 at January 1, 2012, The associated expense of $6.7 million and $17.1 million was recorded in the consolidated statement of profit or loss in "Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants" for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The initial recognition of employee warrants under IFRS resulted in a net impact of nil on total equity at January 1, 2012. Under IFRS, share based payment expense of $579,000 and $458,000 related to the employee warrants was recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

F-8



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1.1 Accounting policies (Continued)

        IFRS 1 allows first-time adopters certain exemptions from the retrospective application of certain requirements under IFRS.

        The Group has applied the following exemptions:

        The estimates used by the Group to present these amounts in accordance with IFRS reflect conditions as of January 1, 2012 (the date of transition to IFRS), at the transaction dates, and as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

        The estimates at January 1, 2012 and at December 31, 2012 are consistent with those made for the same dates in accordance with Danish and German GAAP respectively (after adjustments to reflect any differences in accounting policies), except for estimates regarding share-based payment transactions and net settlement obligation to shareholders warrants where application of Danish and German GAAP did not require estimation.

        The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and January 1, 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

        Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date when such control ceases. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. All intra-group balances, transactions, unrealized gains and losses resulting from intra-group transactions and dividends are eliminated in full.

        Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary.

        The Company's consolidated financial statements are presented in USD which is not the functional currency of the parent company. The Group has elected USD as the presentation currency due to the fact that the Company plans to list securities on the NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ.

        For each entity the Group determines the functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using the functional currency.

        Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group entities in their respective functional currency using the spot rate at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.

F-9



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1.1 Accounting policies (Continued)

        Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the functional currency spot rate at each reporting date.

        Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items denominated in foreign currency are recognized in the statement of profit or loss within "Finance income" or "Other finance cost" as appropriate.

        In the translation to the presentation currency for entities with a functional currency different from USD, the statement of comprehensive income is translated into USD at average exchange rates, and the assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising from such translation are recognized directly in other comprehensive income and presented in a separate reserve in equity. The Group uses the direct method of consolidation and has elected to recycle gain or loss that arises from this method.

        Employees (including senior executives) of the Group and consultants providing similar services as employees receive remuneration in the form of equity settled transactions, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (warrants). The cost of these equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when grant is made using an appropriate valuation model.

        The cost is recognized as employee benefits expense (note 2.5), together with a corresponding increase in equity over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. Warrants granted conditional upon the same number of warrants granted in prior periods that have not been exercised are treated as replacement warrants. The incremental value as of the replacement date is recognized as an expense over the period over which performance and/or service conditions of the replacement warrants are fulfilled.

        The cumulative cost recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group's best estimate of the number of warrants that will ultimately vest.

        No cost is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

        Short term employee benefits are primarily made up of employee salaries, which are recognized along with delivery of services.

        The Group operates defined contribution plans. Contributions under those plans are recognized as an expense along with the related service costs.

        Research and development costs primarily comprise salary and related expenses (including share-based payment expense), license costs, manufacturing costs, clinical costs, and amortization and

F-10



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1.1 Accounting policies (Continued)

depreciation of non-current assets, to the extent that such costs are related to the Group's development activities.

        The Group's research and development activities concentrate on the development of the immunomodulatory compound dimethyl fumarate and derivatives, for applications as pharmaceutical drug product in lead areas of neurology, dermatology and oncology. Research and development costs are not eligible for capitalization and consequently expensed in the period incurred.

        General and administrative costs relate to the administration of the Group, and comprise salaries, including share-based payment expense, and amortization and depreciation, to the extent such expenses are related to the administrative functions.

        Government grants received relating to research and development activities are recorded as an offset to the expense to which they relate.

        Government grants are recognized where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attached conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognized as a deduction in reporting the related expense on a systematic basis over the periods that the related costs, for which it is intended to compensate, are expensed. When the grant relates to an asset, it is recognized as income in equal amounts over the expected useful life of the related asset.

        For more information on government grants, refer to note 2.3.

        Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current period are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, at the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates and generates taxable income.

        Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

        Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes at the reporting date.

        Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, the carry forward of unused tax credits and any unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized.

F-11



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1.1 Accounting policies (Continued)

        The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are re-assessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

        Deferred tax relating to items recognized outside the profit or loss is recognized outside profit or loss. Deferred tax items are recognized in correlation to the underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in equity.

        Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

        As of 2013, the Company is subject to a joint taxation scheme with Tech Growth Invest Aps (see note 5.2.) and entities under Tech Growth Invest ApS' control. Under this Scheme, the Company will receive a refund for tax losses at the applicable corporate tax rate to the extent that they reduce the taxable income of the joint taxation Group.

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

        Depreciation is based on the residual value and is calculated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful lives of the assets, which are:

        Residual values, the useful life of and method of depreciation of other fixtures and fittings, tools and equipment are reviewed at least at each financial year-end.

        The Group's financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, as loans and receivables. The Group has no derivative assets, securities or other investments. All financial assets are recognized initially at fair value plus, in the case of financial assets not recorded at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset, if any.

        The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification.

        Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. After initial measurement, such financial assets are subsequently

F-12



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1.1 Accounting policies (Continued)

measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. This category applies to cash and cash equivalents and government grants receivables.

        Other receivables primarily comprise VAT receivables and government grants receivables. Other receivables that are not financial assets are recognized and measured at cost less any impairment losses, if any. There have been no impairment losses in the financial periods presented.

        For more information on other receivables, refer to note 3.2.

        Loans are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred, if any. Loans are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method, or EIR. Gains and losses are recognized in the statement of profit or loss within other finance costs when liabilities are derecognized as well as through the EIR amortization process.

        Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR.

        In terms of convertible loans, the Group evaluates the terms of financial liability contracts to determine whether a contract contains an equity conversion option or a non-closely embedded derivate. Equity conversion options are separated from the liability and treated as equity. The equity component is determined as the difference between the proceeds and the fair value of the liability component.

        For more information on loans, refer to note 3.3 and 4.4.

        Derivative financial instruments comprise net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants.

        Shareholder warrants issued by the Group with shares of the Parent as the underlying security are classified as derivative financial instruments if the holder has settlement alternatives and not all of them will result in equity classification. Such derivatives are initially measured at fair value and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value. Gains and losses are recognized in the statement of profit and loss and classified as financial items. These derivatives are classified as liabilities as they are exercisable at any time. For more information on derivative financial instruments, refer to note 4.4.

        Trade payables are initially recognized at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

        Cash and cash-equivalents comprise cash at banks and in hand.

        The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows is presented using the indirect method. The Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows shows cash flows used in operating activities, cash flows used in

F-13



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1.1 Accounting policies (Continued)

investing activities, cash flows from financing activities, and the Group's cash and cash equivalents at the beginning and end of the year.

        Cash flows used in operating activities is comprised of net profit or loss for the year adjusted for non-cash items, such as share based payment expense, fair value revaluations of shareholder warrants, depreciations, paid financial items, corporate tax paid, and change in working capital.

        Cash flows used in investing activities is comprised of payments relating to property, plant and equipment.

        Cash flows from financing activities is comprised of proceeds from borrowings, such as interest-bearing convertible loans, and proceeds from share issuances and related transaction costs.

1.2 Significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

        The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of income, expenses, assets and liabilities, as well as the accompanying disclosures. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in future periods.

        In the process of applying the Group's accounting policies, management has made the following judgments, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

Assumption and uncertainties related to going concern   Note 2.1
Government grants   Note 2.3

        These areas involving a high degree of judgment that are significant to the financial statements are described in more detail in the related notes.

        The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below. The Group based its assumptions and estimates on information available when the consolidated financial statements were prepared. Existing circumstances arising beyond the control of the Group are reflected in the assumptions when they occur.

        Management has determined that the following items are involved with a high degree of estimation uncertainty.

Valuation of share-based payment   Note 2.5
Deferred tax assets   Note 2.6
Valuation of net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants   Note 4.4

        These areas involving a high degree of estimation that are significant to the financial statements are described in more detail in the related notes.

F-14



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

1.3 Standards issued but not yet effective

        A number of new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations are effective for annual periods beginning after January 1, 2014, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements. The Group intends to adopt standards relevant to the Group, when they become effective.

        Annual Improvements 2010-2012 cycle:    Introduces minor amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, IFRS 3 Business Combinations, IFRS 8 Operating segments, IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement, IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment, IAS 24 Related party disclosures, IAS 38 Intangible assets. None of these amendments are expected to have effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

        Annual Improvements 2011-2013 cycle:    Introduces minor amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards, IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. None of these amendments are expected to have effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

        IFRS 9 Financial instruments:    Classification and Measurement. Effective date not yet determined. The adoption of the first phase of IFRS 9 might have an effect on the classification and measurement of the Group's financial assets and financial liabilities. The Group will quantify the effect in conjunction with the other phases, when the final standard including all phases is issued.

Section 2—Results for the Year

2.1 Assumptions and uncertainties related to going concern

        The Group has a history of net losses, which were $15,696 thousand and $22,479 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Group had an accumulated deficit of $51,913 thousand.

        The Group's ability to continue to operate is dependent upon raising additional funds to finance its ongoing activities. According to Management's estimates, based on the Group's budget, they have resources to fund its operations until April 2014. If the Group is not successful in obtaining additional capital resources to maintain its operational activities, there is substantial doubt that the Group will be able to continue its activity from April until December 31, 2014. The Group is contemplating an initial public offering of its securities on NASDAQ Global Market, for the purpose of raising capital to finance its operations. Furthermore, the Group anticipates entering into a bridge financing.

        Subsequent to December 31, 2013, the Group obtained additional financing in the amount of $1,972 thousand from issuance of 8,841 Class B shares. Furthermore, the interest-bearing convertible loan with a principal of $2,566 thousand has been settled and the investor warrants have been exercised in a single transaction under which 138,010 Class A shares were issued at a consideration of $4.8 thousand and cancellation of the interest-bearing convertible bond. The matters are described in more detail in note 5.3.

        There are no assurances, however, that the Group will be successful in obtaining an adequate level of financing needed for the long-term development and commercialization of its products. The financial statements do not include any adjustments with respect to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their classification that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. Should neither the bridge financing nor proceeds from listing its securities materialize or

F-15



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2.1 Assumptions and uncertainties related to going concern (Continued)

occur as expected, the Board will need to consider alternative arrangements and such arrangements could have a potentially significant negative impact on the current net asset value of the Group.

        Although bridge financing and proceeds from listing its securities have not yet been obtained to the Group, the Company's board of directors believes it is likely that adequate funding from the anticipated bridge financing and proceeds from listing its securities will be received and such that the Group consequently will have sufficient liquidity to fund the Group's conduct its activities for at least the next 12 months. On this basis the Board continues to view the Group as a going concern.

2.2 Segment information

        For management purposes, the Group is managed and operated as one business unit which is reflected in the organizational structure and internal reporting. The Company's chief operating decision maker, its Chief Executive Officer, manages the Group's operations on an integrated basis for the purpose of allocating resources and evaluating performance. No separate lines of business or separate business entities have been identified with respect to any product candidate or geographical market and no segment information is currently disclosed in the Group's internal reporting.

        Accordingly, it has been concluded that it is not relevant to include segment disclosures in the financial statements as the group business activities are not organized into business units, products or geographical areas.

        The total non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets located in Denmark is $2 thousand and the total located in Germany is $3 thousand. In 2012, the total non-current assets other than financial instruments and deferred tax assets located in Denmark was $4 thousand, and the total located in Germany was $2 thousand.

2.3 Government grants

        For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Group received $1,007 thousand as compensation for development costs incurred in 2012. The grant has been offset against costs incurred. No grants were received in 2013.

        As part of the projects for the development of new or innovative products and procedures in the Free State of Saxony, the Sächsische Aufbaubank—Förderbank ' ("SAB") granted the Subsidiary, a grant of 50.48% of certain development costs it incurs. The Subsidiary received an aggregate grant of $5,236 thousand for the period from March 1, 2007 through December 31, 2012. In the event that a production site has not been established in Saxony by May 31, 2017, the grant shall be repaid to SAB in an amount up to the revenue arising from sales of the product developed or from sale of the intellectual property rights associated with the product development, up to a maximum of the grant amount, plus interest. The maximum of the grant amount, including interests, amounted to $5,473 thousand as at December 31, 2013 and $5,236 thousand as at December 31, 2012.

        It is Management's judgment that the purpose of the grant has primarily been to subsidize project development and not to ensure establishment of production facilities in Saxony. On this basis, Management has determined that it is appropriate to treat the grant as reimbursement of costs incurred rather than a capital grant. Consequently, the grant has been recognized as a deduction in reporting the related expense in prior years and not as deferred income. Please refer to note 5.1.

F-16



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2.4 Staff Costs

 
  Year ended December 31  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Wages and salaries

    579     375  

Social security costs

    101     48  

Pension costs

    0     7  

Share-based payment (note 2.5)

    579     458  
           

Total

    1,259     888  
           

Staff costs are included in the income statement as follows:

             

Research and development costs

    1,014     731  

General and administrative costs

    245     157  
           

Total

    1,259     888  
           

Compensation to key management personnel of the Group

             

Short-term employee benefits

    325     279  

Share-based payment transactions

    164     177  
           

Total compensation paid to key management personnel

    489     456  
           
           

        The amounts disclosed in the table above are the amounts recognized as an expense during the reporting period related to key management personnel. Key management consists of executive officers and the Company's board of directors.

2.5 Share-based payment

        The Group has entered into various share-based payment arrangements through the grant of warrants. The warrants are conditional upon continued employment, and exercise of some of the replacement warrants are additionally subject to a specified exit event occurring within a specified time frame. The vesting period for replacement warrants is approximately 1 year. The warrants which are not granted in replacement for unvested warrants are conditional upon continued employment of 1-2 years.

        In 2013, key management personnel were granted 18,719 warrants, all of which were granted as replacements for unexercised warrants that had been granted in previous years. The exercise price is $28 per share. Employees and consultants were granted 52,592 warrants, of which 39,592 were granted as replacement for unexercised warrants that had been granted in prior years, with an exercise price ranging between $13 and $28 per share. The exercise price for 6,000 warrant issued other than as replacements for previously granted warrants is $13 per share and the exercise price for the remaining 7,000 warrants is $170 per share. The cost of warrants granted in the year ended December 31, 2013 is $579 thousand.

        In 2012, key management personnel were granted 28,079 warrants and employees and consultants were granted 34,452 warrants, each with an exercise price of $26 per share. The warrants are conditional upon continued employment with respect of employees and continued delivery of service with respect of consultants and vest over a period of between 15 and 22 months. The cost of warrants granted in the year ended December 31, 2012 is $458 thousand.

F-17



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2.5 Share-based payment (Continued)

        No warrants were cancelled in either 2013 or 2012. 58,311 warrants expired in the year ended December 31, 2013 and have been replaced by warrants with the same exercise price; 19,326 warrants expired in 2013 without replacement. 35,500 warrants expired in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Movements in the year

        The following table illustrates the number (no.) and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, warrants during the year :

 
  Key
Management
personnel
  Employees
and
consultants
  Total   WAEP  
 
  No.
  No.
  No.
  $
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2012

    27,463     96,628     124,091     12.7  

Granted during the year

    28,079     34,452     62,531     26.0  

Forfeited during the year

    -5,024     0     5,024     15.3  

Reclassification

    -17,439     17,439     0      

Expired during the year

    0     -35,500     -35,500     12.2  
                     

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    33,079     113,019     146,098     18.9  
                     
                     

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

    12,285     41,559     53,644        

Granted during the year

    18,719     52,592     71,311     35.2  

Expired during the year

    -18,719     -58,917     -77,636     19.7  
                     

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    33,079     106,694     139,773     27.9  
                     
                     

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    9,281     57,664     66,945        

        The weighted average remaining contractual life for the warrants outstanding is 1.3 years as at December 31, 2013. As at December 31, 2012, the weighted average remaining contractual life for warrants outstanding was 2.6 years.

        The range of exercise prices for warrants outstanding at the end of the year was the following

Exercise price (USD per share)
  2013   2012  
 
  No.
  No.
 

13

    57,892     71,217  

18

    12,350     12,350  

28

    62,531     62,531  

170

    7,000     0  
           

Total

    139,773     146,098  
           
           

F-18



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2.5 Share-based payment (Continued)

        The following tables list the inputs to the models used for the plan for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 
  2013   2012  

Dividend yield (%)

    0 %   0 %

Expected volatility (%)

    111 — 117     107 — 116  

Risk-free interest rate (%)

    0.0 — 0.6     (0.2) — 0.2  

Expected life of warrants (years)

    0.5 — 1.9     1.0 — 1.3  

Share price ($)

    137     26  

Model used

    Black scholes     Black scholes  

Basis for determination of share price

    DCF-model     Past capital increases  

        The weighted average fair value of warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $18.8, an increase from $11.3, the weighted average fair value of the warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2012. Fair value of warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $1,340 thousand, an increase from $703 thousand, the fair value of the warrants granted during the year ended December 31, 2012.

        The expected life of the warrants is based on an expectation that holders will exercise their options on the occurrence of a listing or at vesting date subsequent to a listing of the Company and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur.

        The expected volatility is based on peer group data and reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the life of the warrants is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. The peer group consists of listed companies which Management believes are similar to the Company in respect of therapy area and stage of development.

Significant estimation uncertainty regarding share based payments

        Determination of the initial fair value and subsequent compensation expenses for the Group's employee warrants are subject to significant estimation uncertainty. In public listed entities, the fair value is calculated using an option valuation model using the traded price of the shares and expected volatility supported by historical volatility of the share price.

        The Company is a private entity, and its shares are governed by a shareholders' agreement, which restricts the trading of the shares and provides different liquidation preferences rights among share classes. The share price at the date of grant has up until December 31, 2012 been established by assuming that the Group will be subject to a trade sale at a price which is equivalent to the price paid in the previous finance round. In 2013, the Company issued Class B share with preferential rights. The warrants issued in 2013 give the holders right to subscribe for Class A shares, and it is not possible to establish a price at which Class A shares would have been issued at, had the Company issued Class A shares at the same time it issued Class B shares. Consequently, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the share price was established through the estimation of fair value of the Company.

Significant estimation uncertainty regarding valuation of shares

        The underlying share price applied from and including the year ended December 31, 2012 has been determined by applying a discounted cash flow (DCF) model. The expected future cash flows for the two valuations are based on strategic plans up until product launch and projections for the

F-19



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2.5 Share-based payment (Continued)

following years. Important parameters are likelihood of product approval and commercialization, timing of product launches, market uptake, underlying prices and implications of various healthcare reforms, reimbursement assumptions, working capital and growth assumptions subsequent to the budget and strategic plan period. Budget and strategic plans build on specific commercial assessments of the business entities and the relevant products. For the valuation as of December 31, 2013 a discount rate (WACC) of 12% has been applied and for the valuation as of December 31, 2012 a discount rate (WACC) of 10.9% has been applied. For both valuations, a marketability discount of 25% has been applied.

        It is not possible to determine the expected volatility of a non-public listed entity's share price as the shares are not publicly traded. Therefore, in order to use the Black-Scholes formula, the Company has estimated the fair value of its warrants by using the volatility of what Management believes to be an appropriate public listed peer group of biopharmaceutical companies.

2.6 Income tax and deferred tax

        The major components of income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are:

Consolidated statement of profit and loss

 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Current income tax:

             

Current income tax benefit

    96     0  

Income tax benefit reported in the statement of profit and loss

    96     0  

        Current income tax benefit for 2013 arises from refund under the joint taxation scheme.

        The tax benefit recorded for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is reconciled as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Net loss before tax

    -15,792     -22,479  
           

At the Company's statutory income tax rate of 25% (2012: 25%)

    -3,948     -5,620  

Adjustments:

             

Non-deductible expenses for tax purposes

    1,781     4,268  

Effect of higher/lower tax rate in Germany

    -432     -207  

Non recognized deferred tax assets

    2,503     1,559  
           

At the effective income tax rate of 1% (2012: 0%)

    -96     0  
           
           

F-20



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2.6 Income tax and deferred tax (Continued)

Deferred tax

 

 
  Consolidated
statement of financial
position
   
 
 
  January 1,
2012
 
 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Tax losses carry forwards

    7,984     5,489     3,947  

Share-based payment

    1,591     1,692     65  

Other deferred taxes

    -4     -4     -4  
               

Unrecognized deferred tax assets

    -9,571     -7,177     -4,008  
               
               

        The Group offsets tax assets and liabilities if and only if it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority.

        The Group has the following unrecognized deductible temporary differences as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 respectively:

 
  Denmark   Germany  
 
  2013   2012   January 1,
2012
  2013   2012   January 1,
2012
 
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Unused tax losses

    10,546     8,279     6,216     17,794     10,756     7,518  

Deductible temporary differences regarding share based payment etc. 

    7,215     6,750     246              

        The Danish and German tax loss carry forwards have no expiry date. The tax loss carry forward can however only reduce positive taxable income for a year in excess of $1,400 thousand by 60%. Other deductible temporary differences are not subject to any restrictions.

        As of January 19, 2013, the Company became part of a tax group with Tech Growth Invest ApS and its subsidiaries. Under the shareholders' agreement and applicable provisions of the Danish taxation law, the Company will be entitled to obtain refunds at the prevailing tax rate from other entities within the joint taxation scheme who can utilize tax losses. The estimated refund for 2013 amounts to $96 thousand and is included in the tax benefit line item.

Significant accounting judgments, estimates and assumptions

        The Group recognizes deferred tax assets, including the tax base of tax loss carry-forwards, if Management assesses that these tax assets can be offset against positive taxable income within a foreseeable future. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. This judgment is made on an ongoing basis and is based on budgets and business plans for the coming years, including planned commercial initiatives.

        The creation and development of therapeutic products within the biopharmaceutical industry—such as the Company's product candidate FP187 (dimethyl fumarate)—is subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. Since its inception, the Company has reported significant losses, and as a consequence, the Group has unused tax losses.

F-21



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2.6 Income tax and deferred tax (Continued)

        Management has concluded that deferred tax assets should not be recognized as of December 31, 2013 or at December 31, 2012, in accordance with IAS 12, "Income Taxes." The tax assets are currently not deemed to meet the criteria for recognition as management is not able to provide any convincing positive evidence that deferred tax assets should be recognized.

Tax uncertainties

        In 2010, the Company acquired rights related to the development of the Group's product candidate, FP187, from Aditech. Danish law requires the Company to calculate the net present value of the future payments to be made to Aditech as remuneration for the rights acquired. The net present value is the basis for the amortization of such intangibles, which may be amortized over a period of 7 years beginning with the year of purchase. The Company did not calculate the net present value of the future payments in connection with the acquisition of the rights related to FP187 and the Company has not taken any such amortization deductions as of this date. The Company is currently working with Danish tax advisors to adjust the Danish tax returns as required. Although the Company does not anticipate any material tax liabilities will result from any such adjustments, there can be no assurances there will be no additional tax liabilities or that any additional liabilities will not be material.

2.7 Loss per share

        The following reflects the net loss and share data used in the basic net loss per share computations:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Net loss

    -15,696     -22,479  

Of which attributable to holders of Class B shares

    -458     0  
           

Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent for basic earnings

    -15,238     -22,479  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share

    1,599     1,577  

Net loss per share

    -9.53     -14.25  

        Basic loss per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Due to the fact that the Group has incurred losses for 2013 and 2012, potential shares related to warrants have no dilutive effect. Hence, basic and diluted loss per share is the same.

        As described in note 4.1, before any distribution of dividends is made to any other shareholder of the Company, the Class B shareholders shall receive a specified amount of preference dividend in case of an Exit event which is an event whereby all or materially all of the value of the Company is realized in consideration for cash or liquid securities.

        Due to the fact that the Class B shares have an absolute dividend preference and not a perpetual cumulative dividend preference, a loss for an accounting period is allocated pro rata to Class A shares and Class B shares.

F-22



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Section 3—Operating Assets and Liabilities

3.1 Property, plant and equipment

 
  Other fixtures and
fitting, tools and
equipment
  Total  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Cost at January 1, 2012

    13     13  

Additions

    6     6  
           

At December 31, 2012

    19     19  
           
           

Additions

    3     3  

Disposals

    -5     -5  
           

At December 31, 2013

    17     17  
           
           

Depreciation and impairment

             

At January 1, 2012

    -10     -10  

Depreciation charge for the year

    -2     -2  
           

At December 31, 2012

    -12     -12  
           
           

Depreciation charge for the year

    -4     -4  

Disposals

    4     4  
           

At December 31, 2013

    -12     12  
           
           

Net book value

             

At December 31, 2013

    5     5  
           
           

At December 31, 2012

    7     7  
           
           

At January 1, 2012

    3     3  
           
           

Useful lives

    3 years        

        All depreciation for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 relate to research and development costs.

3.2 Other receivables (current)

 
  2013   2012   January 1,
2012
 
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Government grant receivable

    0     0     985  

Other receivables

    332     109     115  
               

Total

    332     109     1,100  
               
               

        Other receivables comprise VAT receivables and similar receivables.

F-23



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3.3 Trade and other payable (current)

 
  2013   2012   January 1,
2012
 
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Total payables

    1,095     593     191  

Other payables

    182     157     98  
               

Total

    1,277     750     285  
               
               

        For explanations on the Group's credit risk management processes, refer to note 4.2—Financial risk factors

Section 4—Capital Structure and Financial Risk and Related Items

4.1 Equity and Capital Management

        The Company has issued two classes of equity as of December 31, 2013. The number of shares issued and fully paid and related changes in the capital are as follows:

 
  Class A
shares
  Class B
shares
 

January 1, 2012

    1,526,912      

Capital increase for cash

    71,618      

December 31, 2012

    1,598,530      

Capital increase for cash

        37,874  

Conversion of interest-bearing convertible loans

        10,136  

December 31, 2013

    1,598,530     48,010  

        The issuance price per Class B share in 2013 was $210. The proceeds received pursuant to the issuance of 37,874 Class B shares for cash in 2013 amounted to an aggregate of $7,951 thousand. The issuance price per Class A share in 2012 was $26.The proceeds received pursuant to the issuance of Class A shares in 2012 amounted to an aggregate of $1,864 thousand.

        Each Class A share and Class B share has a nominal value of $0.18. Each Class A share carries one vote and each Class B share carries 875 votes.

        Before any distribution of dividends is made to any other shareholder of the Company, the Class B shareholders shall receive preference dividend in case of an Exit event which is an event whereby all or materially all of the value of the Company is realized in consideration for cash or liquid securities. An Exit may be carried out in a variety of ways and shall including, among others:

F-24



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4.1 Equity and Capital Management (Continued)

        The preference dividend is calculated on the basis of the capital paid in by the Class B shareholders, $10,448 thousand and is determined as follows:

        Any dividend in excess of the above is distributed pro rata on the basis of their respective nominal shareholdings in the Company.

        Equity is classified into the following reserves:

        Dividend distribution is based on the separate financial statements of the parent company. We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our shares and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        For the purpose of the Group's capital management, capital includes issued capital, share premium and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary objective of the Group's capital management is to maximize the shareholder value.

        The board of directors' policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence, and a continuous advancement of the Group's product pipeline and business in general.

        For a further discussion on the adequacy of the Group's current funding and assumptions for going concern, refer to note 2.1.

4.2 Financial risk factors

        The Group is exposed to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

F-25



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4.2 Financial risk factors (Continued)

        The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the U.S. dollars (USD), British pound sterling (GBP) and the Euro (EUR).

        The Company's functional currency is the Danish Kroner, and the Subsidiary's functional currency is the Euro. The Company anticipates that a substantial portion of any revenue earned as sale of goods and royalty payments following the successful commercialization of FP187 will be denominated in either USD or Euro. The Group's expenses to date have been largely denominated in GBP, USD, DKK and Euro.

        In accordance with IFRS, at period end all of the Group's assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded in the Company's financial statements in DKK and in the Subsidiary's financial statements into Euro using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. During the year, the transactions in foreign currencies are recorded in DKK and Euro respectively, at the applicable exchange rates on the date of the relevant transactions.

        The Group does not believe there is currently a need to enter into specific contracts to reduce the exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, such as by entering into options or forward contracts. The Group may in the future consider using forward contracts to cover future revenue and expenses.

        As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the impact on the Group's statement of profit or loss of likely changes in the USD and GBP exchange rates against the Group's functional currencies, DKK and EUR, would be as follows (USD '000).

Currency
  Likely change   2013   2012  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

USD

    +/-10 %   -21/+21     -14/+14  

GBP

    +/-10 %   -62/+62     -1/+1  

        During 2013 and 2012, our borrowings were denominated in DKK. Due to the fact that the borrowings bear fixed interest and the limited cash position, a change in the interest rates would not have had any material impact on net loss.

        The management manages credit risk on a group basis.

        Our cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in saving and deposit accounts with original maturities of three months or less. Saving and deposit accounts generate a small amount of interest income. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of 'A' are accepted at the beginning of the term.

        Historically, the Group has financed its operations through private placements of equity securities, grants from governmental bodies and convertible loans. To date, the Group has not generated any

F-26



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4.2 Financial risk factors (Continued)

revenues from product sales. Based on the current strategic plans, the Group does not expect to generate significant royalty or product revenues unless and until marketing approval for, and commercialization of, FP187. The Group believes that the net proceeds from the contemplated offering, together with a bridge financing the Company expects to enter into, along with the existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable the Group to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. The management has based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and the Group could use our capital resources sooner than currently expect.

        As of December 31, 2013, the Group's borrowing consisted of an interest-bearing convertible loan granted by a current shareholder with a principal of DKK 13,775 thousand ($2,513 thousand) falling due on October 31, 2018. The loan bears annual interest of 20%. The loan is mandatorily convertible on the occurrence of a financing round in which a third-party participates at the exercise price equal to the price the shares are issued at. Further, the holder has an option to convert the loan into Class B shares at a fixed conversion price of DKK 1,177 ($223) per share at any time until maturity. The holder has a par value put option which is exercisable only if the holder exercises the 138,010 warrants described in note 4.4 on a gross settlement basis. Consequently, the Company does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement beyond 1 year, and consequently, the loan is classified as a current liability.

        As described in note 5.3., the holder exercised the put option and exercised the warrants after the balance sheet date.

        As of December 31, 2012, the Group's borrowing consisted of an interest-bearing convertible loan granted by a current shareholder with a principal of DKK 11,882 thousand ($2,100 thousand) falling due on December 31, 2015. The loan bears annual interest of 10%. The loan is mandatorily convertible on the occurrence of a financing round in which a third-party participates at the exercise price equal to the price the shares are issued at. The loan note including accrued interest amounting to $2,108 thousand was converted into 10,136 Class B shares on January 18, 2013.

        The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the above financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 
  2013   2012   January 1,
2012
 
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

0-1 years

    2,613     207      

1-5 years

        2,481      

Total contractual cash flows

    2,613     2,688      

        As of December 31, 2013, one of the Company's shareholders was committed to increase share capital by subscribing for 8,841 Class B shares at a subscription price of $223 each corresponding to proceeds of $2,800 thousand. As described in note 5.2, the Company called the capital after the balance sheet date. Further, as described above, the put right of the holder of the convertible bond as of December 31, 2013 is conditional upon the holder's gross settlement of the 138,010 warrants described in note 4.4. Consequently, the settlement of the interest-bearing convertible bond before maturity does not result in any net cash outflow.

F-27



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4.3 Other finance costs

 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Interest on interest-bearing convertibles loans

    75     32  

Other interest and financial expenses

    2     0  

Exchange rate losses, net

    7     3  
           

    84     35  
           
           

4.4 Financial assets and liabilities

        The group has recognized the following categories of financial assets and liabilities.

 
  2013   2012   January 1,
2012
 
 
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

    2,955     2,955     828     828     427     427  

Other receivables

    0     0     0     0     985     985  

Total

    2,955           828           1,412        

Financial liabilities held at fair value through profit and loss

 
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
 

Net settlement obligations to shareholder warrant

    26,124     26,124     18,370     18,370     973     973  
                           

 
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
  Carrying
amount
  Fair
value
 

Interest-bearing convertible loans

    2,613     2,613     2,100     2,100     0     0  

Trade payables and other payables

    1,095     1,095     593     593     191     191  
                           

Total

    3,078           2,693           191        

        Fair value of short term payables is deemed to their carrying amount. Fair value of the convertible loans is determined on the basis of the DKK zero coupon yield curve and a credit spread reflecting the credit risk of the Parent company over the term of the loans. Fair value measurement is a level three measurement as the credit spread of the Parent company is not observable.

F-28



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4.4 Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

        Financial instruments recognized at fair value are allocated to one of the following valuation hierarchy levels of IFRS 7:

        Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Group does not have financial instruments allocated to this level for any of the periods presented.

        Level 2: Other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly. The Group does not have financial instruments allocated to this level for any of the periods presented.

        Level 3: Techniques that use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data. The financial instruments that the Group has allocated to this level comprise net settlement obligations to shareholders' warrants.

        On May 31, 2011, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, one of the Company's shareholders was granted 138,010 warrants without pre-emption rights for the Company's other shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for up to 138,010 Class A shares at an exercise price of $19. Alternatively, the warrant holder can elect to exercise the warrant by reducing of warrants and reducing the exercise price by the reduction in number of shares multiplied by the per share fair value (net in share settlement). The warrants were granted for no consideration in connection with a capital increase made by the shareholder on the same date. The warrants may be exercised immediately and expire on May 31, 2014. They are subject to anti-dilution provisions.

        The warrants are classified as a derivative financial instrument due to the fact that the holder can elect net in shares settlement and are recorded within current liabilities on the statement of financial position. The fair value of the liability as of December 31, 2013 is $26,124 thousand, an increase of the fair value of liability from $18,370 thousand, as of December 31, 2012.

        Fair value is based on unobservable input (level 3). The most significant assumptions applied in determining fair value are:

 
  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012  

Expected life in years

    0.4     1  

Expected volatility (%)

    78     107  

Underlying share price (USD)

    208     150  

        Expected volatility and underlying share-price are determined as set out in section 2.5 in respect of share-based payment.

 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Carrying amount at January 1

    18,370     973  

Fair value adjustment recognized in financial expense

    6,676     17,071  

Exchange differences

    1,078     326  
           

Total

    26,124     18,370  
           
           

F-29



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4.4 Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

        Determination of fair value of the net settlement obligation related to shareholder warrants is associated with significant estimation uncertainty due to the fact that the shares of the Company are not traded in an active market. Based on the estimated fair value of the shares as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively, the exercise price of the warrants is significantly lower than the underlying share-price as of this date. Consequently, the share price as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 respectively has the most significant impact on determination of fair value while expected volatility and expected life of the warrants have only limited impact.

        For significant estimation uncertainty regarding valuation of shares, see note 2.5.

        A reasonable possible change in the below assumptions would impact the underlying share price and have the following impact on the fair value of the net settlement obligation (USD '000).

 
  Base
Case
  2013   Base
Case
  2012  

Probability of product launch +/-1%

    6 %   6,915     -6,912     4 %   6,978     -6,940  

Sales price +/-10%

    *     5,044     -5,056     *     3,742     -3732  

Marketability discount +/-5%

    25 %   -2,037     +2,037     25 %   -1,348     1,349  

Discount rate +/-1%

    12.0 %   -4,694     5,646     10.9 %   -3,732     4,622  

*
Multiple sclerosis $23 - 60 thousand. Psoriasis $7 - 15 thousand

        On an overall basis, the estimation uncertainties are impacted by the fact that Group is an emerging growth entity focused on bringing FP187 through the development and to regulatory approval and subsequent commercialization. The Group does not have a long operational history with multiple developments and have not yet taken any products to the market. The Group's expertise is around formulation and tablet technology, pre-clinical and clinical development and consequently the Group's ability to assess and evaluate future market projections and financial success may be limited compared to other companies with a longer and broader commercial history.

        Probability of product launch is the combined probability for successful Phase 3 completion, sale and regulatory approval. Several different factors may impact the successful outcome of our activities leading to commercialization of FP187, including

F-30



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4.4 Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

        Sales price is the average annual price for treatment of one patient.

        Marketability discount is a deduction in the net present value of the future cash flows due to the fact that the shares of the Company are not traded in an active market.

        The discount rate is the rate applied on discounting the future cash flows to their present value.

Section 5—Other Disclosures

5.1 Commitments and contingent liabilities

        Lease contracts, where the lessor retains the significant risks and rewards associated with the ownership of the asset, are classified as operating leases.

        Lease payments under operating leases are recognized in the income statement over the lease term. The total lease commitment under operating leases is $21 thousand, relating to a lease agreement expiring in September 2014 for the rental of property. Lease payments recognized as an expense amounted to $60 thousand in the year ended December 31, 2013 and: $30 thousand in the year ended December 31, 2012.

        Contingent liabilities are liabilities that arose from past events but whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of future events that are beyond the Company's control.

        A grant in total of $5,236 thousand received as compensation for development costs incurred shall be repaid with an amount up to the revenue arising from sales of the product developed or from sale of the intellectual property rights associated with the product development if a production site has not been established in Saxony no later May 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2013, Management has not decided whether to establish production facilities in Saxony. Further, it is Management's assessment that as of December 31, 2013, there is uncertainty in respect of future revenue from the development project or alternatively proceeds from sale of the Intellectual property rights if the Company ceases development. On this basis, Management has determined that it is appropriate not to recognize a liability for the contingent repayment of the grant.

        As of January 19, 2013, the Company became part of a tax group with its parent company Tech Growth Invest ApS and its subsidiaries and is jointly and severable liable for the tax liabilities in those entities. See notes 2.6 and 5.2.

F-31



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5.2 Related party disclosures

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company was controlled by NB FP Investment K/S. The ultimate controlling party of the Company is Florian Schönharting who controls NB FP Investment K/S through Tech Growth Invest ApS. In 2012, no party controlled the Company.

        As of January 19, 2013, the Company became part of the tax group of Tech Growth Invest ApS for purposes of Danish law. The relative responsibilities of the Company and the other members of the group are set forth in the Company's shareholders' agreement. Danish law provides for joint income taxation for all Danish entities in the same tax group, with the result that losses by one entity would be offset by gains by another. However, Danish law requires entities in the same tax group to pay each other for the use of each other's tax losses. Therefore, any use of the Group's losses by other members of the Tech Growth tax group will result in compensation to the Company. All members of a Danish tax group are jointly and severally liable for the group's Danish tax liabilities. Refer to note 2.6.

        The following table provides the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with related parties for the relevant year.

 
  2013   2012  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Interest paid

    75     32  

Purchase of services

    62     30  

Amounts owed to related parties

    2,613     2,100  

Amounts owed by related parties

    6     5  

        The sales to and purchases from related parties are made at terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions. Outstanding balances at the year-end are unsecured and interest free. There have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables or payables. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Group has not recorded any impairment of receivables relating to amounts owed by related parties.

        The Group has not granted any loans, guarantees, or other commitments to or on behalf of any of the members of the board of directors or key management personnel.

        Other than the remuneration including share-based payment relating to key management personnel described in note 2.4 and 2.5, no other significant transactions have taken place with key management personnel during 2013 and 2012

        As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 138,010 warrants were held by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S which had significant influence due to share ownership. The warrants are classified as derivative financial instruments with fair value gains and losses recognized in profit or loss. Refer to note 4.4 for details in respect of the carrying amount and fair value gains/losses.

F-32



Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5.2 Related party disclosures (Continued)

        The capital increase in 2012 discussed in note 4.1.was subscribed by parties who through share ownership had significant influence over the Company. Of the capital increases in 2013, 37,874 shares were subscribed by NB FP Investment K/S which obtained control of the Company on subscribing for those shares. The remaining 10,136 shares were subscribed through conversion of an interest-bearing convertible loan by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S who has significant influence.

        Aditech Pharma AG is considered to be a related party of the Company due to control over Aditech Pharma AG held by one of the Company's major shareholders, Nordic Biotech K/S.

        In 2004, a private Swedish company Aditech Pharma AB (collectively with its successor-in-interest, a Swiss company Aditech Pharma AG, or Aditech), controlled by Nordic Biotech Advisors, an affiliate of one of the Company's largest shareholders, began developing and filing patents for, among other things, an innovative delayed and slow release formulation for DMF. In 2005 the Group entered into a patent license agreement with Aditech to license this patent family from Aditech, and in 2010 the Group acquired this patent family from Aditech pursuant to a patent transfer agreement. Under the Group's agreements with Aditech, the Group obtained, among other things, Aditech's patents and associated know-how related to DMF formulations and delivery systems, subject to both diligence obligations and minimum annual research and development expenditure (€1,000 thousand per year) related to the continued development of DMF formulations on the part of the Group (with an option for Aditech to receive back, for no consideration, all of the Group's DMF related assets should it fail to satisfy these obligations), as well as a payment by the Group to Aditech of up to 2% of net sales generated from the Group's DMF products and processes. Further, the Group's agreement with Aditech gives Aditech a 90-day right of first offer to acquire non-DMF related intellectual property assets that the Group might choose to sell.

5.3 Events after the reporting period

        On March 13, 2014, the Company exercised its right to call for issuance of 8,841 Class B shares at an exercise price of $223 per share resulting in proceeds of $1,972 thousand.

        On March 17, 2014, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S converted its shareholder loan with a principal value of $2,566 thousand into 137,750 Class A shares by way of which the principal amount outstanding under the loan was offset against the exercise price of an aggregate of 137,750 warrants to purchase Class A shares, at an exercise price of DKK 100 per share, and subscribed for an additional 260 Class A shares by way of exercise of 260 warrants to purchase Class A shares at a subscription price of DKK 100 per share.

        As described in note 2.1, the Group initiated in 2014 the process of listing its securities on the NASDAQ Global Market through an initial public offering. In connection with such process, the Group has incurred significant costs. It is anticipated that such costs will be financed through a bridge financing that the Group expects to enter into prior to consummation of the offering.

F-33



Condensed consolidated statement of financial position

as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013

Assets

 
  Notes   March 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Property, plant and equipment

        4     5  
               

Total non-current assets

        4     5  
               

Other receivables

        153     332  

Income tax receivable

  2.4     129     100  

Prepayments

        112     207  

Other assets

  2.3     1,337        

Cash and cash equivalents

        2,571     2,955  
               

Total current assets

        4,302     3,594  
               

Total assets

        4,306     3,599  
               

Deficit and Liabilities

 
  Notes   March 31,
2014
  December 31,
2013
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
   
 
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Share capital

        314     287  

Share premium

        58,079     26,697  

Foreign currency translation reserve

        -1,319     -1,486  

Accumulated deficit

        -57,057     -51,913  

Equity/Deficit attributable to equity holders of the parent

  3.1     17     -26,415  
               

Total equity/deficit

        17     -26,415  
               

Interest-bearing convertible loans

  3.1, 4.1     0     2,613  

Trade and other payables

        4,289     1,277  

Net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants

  3.3     0     26,124  

Current liabilities

        4,289     30,014  
               

Total liabilities

        4,289     30,014  
               

Total equity/deficit and liabilities

        4,306     3,599  
               

   

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

F-34



Condensed consolidated statement of profit or loss

for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

 
   
  Three month period
ended March 31
 
 
  Notes   2014   2013  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Research and development costs

  2.2     -2,345     -1,624  

General and administrative costs

  2.2, 2.3     -1,899     -175  
               

Operating loss

        -4,244     -1,799  
               

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants

  3.3     -1,004     2,009  

Other finance costs

        -110     -11  
               

Net profit or loss before tax

        -5,358     199  
               

Income tax benefit

  2.4     29     62  
               

Net profit or loss for the period

        -5,329     261  
               

Attributable to:

                 

Equity holders of the parent

        -5,329     261  
               

        -5,329     261  

Net loss/earnings per share:

  2.5              

Basic loss/profit for the period per share

        -3.19     0.16  
               

Diluted loss/profit for the period per share

        -3.19     0.14  
               

   

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

F-35



Condensed consolidated statement of other comprehensive loss

for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

 
   
  Three month period
ended March 31,
 
 
  Notes   2014   2013  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Net profit or loss for the period

        -5,329     261  
               

Other comprehensive income or loss

                 

Other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:

                 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations

        167     479  
               

Net other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods

        167     479  
               

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

        167     479  
               

Total comprehensive income or loss for the period, net of tax

        -5,162     740  
               

Attributable to:

                 

Equity holders of the parent

        -5,162     740  
               

        -5,162     740  
               

   

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

F-36



Condensed consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity

for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

 
  Notes   Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
  Accumulated
deficit
  Total
equity/deficit
 
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

2013

                                   

At January 1, 2013

        278     16,637     -369     -36,796     -20,250  
                           

Net profit/loss for the year

        0     0     0     261     261  

Other comprehensive income

        0     0     479     0     479  
                           

Total comprehensive income

        0     0     479     261     740  
                           
                           

Issue of share capital for cash

  3.1     3     2,538     0     0     2,541  

Conversion of interest-bearing convertible loans to share capital

  3.1     3     2,100     0     0     2,103  

Costs related to capital increases

        0     -6     0     0     -6  

Share-based payment costs

  2.2     0     0     0     92     92  
                           

Transactions with owners

        6     4,632     0     92     4,730  
                           

At March 31, 2013

        284     21,269     110     -36,443     -14,780  
                           
                           

2014

 

 

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

At January 1, 2014

        287     26,697     -1,486     -51,913     -26,415  
                           

Net loss for the year

        0     0     0     -5,329     -5,329  

Other comprehensive income

        0     0     167     0     167  
                           

Total comprehensive income

        0     0     167     -5,329     -5,162  
                           
                           

Issue of share capital for cash

  3.1     2     1,914     0     0     1,916  

Costs related to capital increases

        0     -6     0     0     -6  

Exercise of shareholder warrants

  3.3     25     29,474     0     0     29,499  

Share-based payment costs

  2.2     0     0     0     185     185  
                           

Transactions with owners

        27     31,382     0     4,185     31,594  
                           

At March 31, 2014

        314     58,079     -1,319     -57,057     17  
                           
                           

   

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

F-37



Condensed consolidated statement of cash flows

for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)

 
   
  Three month period
ended March 31
 
 
  Notes   2014   2013  
 
   
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Net profit or loss before tax

        -5,358     199  

Adjustments to reconcile net loss/profit before tax to net cash flow:

 

 

   
 
   
 
 

Fair value adjustment to net settlement obligation to shareholder warrants

        1,004     -2,009  

Other finance costs

        110     11  

Share-based payment costs

        185     92  

Depreciation charge for the year

        1     1  

Change in other receivables, prepayments and other assets

        -1,096     -29  

Change in trade and other payables

        3,040     44  
               

Net cash flows used in operating activities before interest paid

        -2,114     -1,691  

Interest paid

        -192     0  
               

Net cash flows used in operating activities

        -2,306     -1,691  
               

Financing activities

 

 

   
 
   
 
 

Shares issued for cash

  3.1     1,916     2,541  

Transaction costs of capital increase

        -6     -6  
               

Net cash flows from financing activities

        1,910     2,535  
               

Net decrease/increase in cash and cash equivalents

       
-396
   
844
 

Net foreign exchange differences

        12     -54  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

        2,955     828  

Cash and cash equivalents at March 31

       
2,571
   
1,618
 
               

   

See accompanying notes to these condensed consolidated interim financial statements

F-38



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

Corporate Information

        Forward Pharma A/S, or the Company, is a limited liability company incorporated and domiciled in Denmark. The registered office is located in Copenhagen, Denmark. The condensed consolidated interim financial statements of the Company and Forward Pharma GmbH, its wholly-owned German subsidiary, or the Subsidiary, (collectively, the Group) for the three months periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 were authorized for issuance in accordance with a resolution of the board of directors on August 8, 2014.

        The Company is a biopharmaceutical company preparing to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial using FP187, a proprietary formulation of dimethyl fumarate, or DMF, for the treatment of multiple sclerosis patients, or MS. Since the Company's founding in 2005, it has worked to advance unique formulations of DMF, an immune modulator, as a therapeutic to improve the health and well-being of patients with immune disorders including MS. FP187, the Company's clinical candidate, is a DMF formulation that employs both delayed and slow release technologies to control drug release which the Company plans to advance for the treatment of relapsing remitting MS, or RRMS, and other immune disorders, such as psoriasis.

Section 1—Basis of Preparation

1.1 Accounting policies

        The condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the comparable periods presented have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting. The condensed consolidated interim financial statements do not include all the information and disclosures required in annual financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the Group's annual financial statements as at December 31, 2013.

        The Group has adopted all new IFRS, amendments to existing IFRS' and IFRIC interpretations which are mandatory for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The adoption has not had any impact on the accounting policies applied.

1.2 Significant estimates and assumptions

        Significant estimation uncertainty is associated with the following items:

1.3 Standards issued but not yet effective

        The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the condensed consolidated interim financial statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Group's annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013. The Group has not early adopted any standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

        Standards which are not yet effective and relevant for the Group are:

        Annual Improvements 2010-2012 cycle: Introduces minor amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment, IFRS 3 Business Combinations, IFRS 8 Operating segments, IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement, IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment, IAS 24 Related party disclosures, IAS 38

F-39



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

1.3 Standards issued but not yet effective (Continued)

Intangible assets. None of these amendments are expected to have any material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

        Annual Improvements 2011-2013 cycle: Introduces minor amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards, IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement. None of these amendments are expected to have any material effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

        IFRS 9 Financial instruments: Classification and Measurement. Effective date not yet determined. The adoption of the first phase of IFRS 9 might have an effect on the classification and measurement of the Group's financial assets and financial liabilities. The Group will quantify the effect in conjunction with the other phases, when the final standard including all phases is issued.

Section 2—Results for the Year

2.1 Assumptions and uncertainties related to going concern

        The Group has a history of net losses, which were $5,329 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2014, with a profit of $261 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Group had an accumulated deficit of $57,057 thousand and $51,913 thousand, respectively.

        The Company's ability to continue to operate is dependent upon raising additional funds to finance its ongoing activities.

        During the first quarter of 2014, the Group obtained additional financing in the amount of $1,911 thousand from issuance of 8,841 Class B preferred shares. Furthermore, the interest-bearing convertible loan with a principal of $2,530 thousand has been settled and the investor warrants have been exercised in a single transaction under which 138,010 Class A ordinary shares were issued in exchange for consideration of $5 thousand and cancellation of the interest-bearing convertible loan.

        After the balance sheet date, the company also obtained bridge financings from affiliates of existing shareholders providing for the availability to draw down up to €8,350 thousand and $10,000 thousand, respectively. The matter is described in more detail in note 4.2.

        On the basis of the additional funding obtained, it is Management's view that the Group will be able to continue its activities at least until March 31, 2015 in accordance with Management's plans.

2.2 Share-based payment

        The Group has entered into various share-based payment arrangements through the grant of warrants to its employees. The warrants are conditional upon continued employment, and exercise of some of the replacement warrants are additionally subject to a specified exit event occurring within a specified time frame. The vesting period for replacement warrants is approximately 1 year. The warrants which are not granted in replacement for unvested warrants are conditional upon continued employment of 1-2 years. The Company has estimated the fair value of its warrants by utilizing an average of the volatility of an appropriate peer group of publicly listed biopharmaceutical peer companies.

        No new warrants were granted in the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

F-40



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

2.2 Share-based payment (Continued)

        In the three month period ended March 31, 2014, $185 thousand was recognized as share-based compensation expense, compared to $92 thousand in the three month period ended March 31, 2013 related to share based awards granted in prior periods and subject to certain vesting conditions.

        No warrants were cancelled and no warrants expired during the quarters ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

        The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, warrants during the period:

 
  Warrants granted to:  
 
  Key
Management
Personnel
  Employees
and
Consultants
  Total
Warrants
  WAEP(1)  

Outstanding at January 1, 2013

    33,079     113,019     146,098   $ 18.9  

Granted during the period

    0     0     0     0  

Forfeited during the period

    0     0     0     0  

Expired during the period

          0     0     0  
                   

Outstanding at March 31, 2013

    33,079     113,019     146,098   $ 18.3  
                   
                   

Exercisable at March 31, 2013

   
12,285
   
41,559
   
53,644
       

Outstanding at 1 January 2014

   
33,079
   
106,694
   
139,773
 
$

27.9
 

Granted during the period

    0     0     0     0  

Forfeited during the period

    0     0     0     0  

Expired during the period

    0     0     0     0  
                   

Outstanding at March 31, 2014

    33,079     106,694     139,773   $ 27.9  
                   
                   

Exercisable at March 31, 2014

   
11,807
   
52,227
   
64,034
       

(1)
Movement in WAEP during the period relates to foreign exchange.

        The weighted average remaining contractual life for the warrants outstanding is 1.0 years as of March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2013, the weighted average remaining contractual life for warrants outstanding was 2.1 years.

F-41



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

2.2 Share-based payment (Continued)

        The range of exercise prices for warrants outstanding at the end of the period was the following

 
  Number of warrants  
Exercise price ($ per share)
  March 31,
2014
  March 31,
2013
 

13

    57,892     71,217  

18

    12,350     12,350  

28

    62,531     62,531  

170

    7,000     0  
           

Total

    139,773     146,098  
           
           

        Determination of the initial fair value and subsequent compensation expense for the Group's employee warrants are subject to significant estimation uncertainty. The Company's shares are governed by a shareholders' agreement, which restricts the trading of the shares and provides different liquidation preferences rights among share classes. The share price at the date of grant has up until December 31, 2012 been established by assuming that the Group will be subject to a trade sale at a price which is equivalent to the price paid in the most recent round of financing. In 2013, the Company issued Class B preferred shares with preferential rights. The warrants issued in 2013 give the holders rights to subscribe for Class A ordinary shares, and it is not possible to establish a price at which Class A ordinary shares would have been issued at, had the Company issued Class A ordinary shares at the same time it issued Class B preferred shares. Consequently, from December 31, 2012 and onwards, the share price was established through the estimation of fair value of the Company based on a discounted cash flow (DCF) model, discussed further below.

        The underlying share price applied from and including the year ended December 31, 2012 has been determined by applying a DCF model. The expected future cash flows for the valuation are based on strategic plans for periods through product launch and are based on projections for the following years. Important parameters include the likelihood of product approval and commercialization, timing of product launches, market uptake, underlying prices and implications of various healthcare reforms, reimbursement assumptions, and working capital and growth assumptions subsequent to the budget and strategic plan period. Budget and strategic plans build on specific commercial assessments of the business entities and the relevant products and are subject to significant estimates and judgments on behalf of management.

2.3 General and administrative costs

        As discussed in note 4.2, the Company is in the process of completing its initial public offering (IPO). During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred $1,337 thousand as incremental costs directly associated with the IPO. Those costs are recognized within other assets until the offering takes place. Further, the company incurred other costs related to the preparation of the offering, , which are required to be expensed as incurred, and which are classified as administrative costs in the profit or loss statement.

F-42



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

2.4 Income tax and deferred tax

        The major components of income tax expense for the periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are:

 
  Three month period
ended March 31
 
 
  2014   2013  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Consolidated statement of profit and loss

             

Current income tax:

             

Current income tax benefit

    29     62  

Income tax benefit reported in the statement of profit and loss

    29     62  

        Current income tax benefit arises from refunds received under the joint taxation scheme.

        As of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Group has not recognized any deferred tax assets. Management has concluded that due to the fact that the Company is yet to bring a product to the market, Management is not able to provide any convincing evidence that the Company will create sufficient taxable profit in the future in order to utilize the deferred tax assets.

        The tax uncertainty related to acquisition of rights from Aditech in 2010 described in detail in the Group's 2013 annual financial statements has been resolved without resulting in any tax liability.

2.5 Loss/Profit per share

        The following reflects the net loss/profit and share data used in the basic net loss per share computations:

 
  Three month period
ended March 31
 
 
  2014   2013  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Net (loss)/profit

    -5,329     261  

Less: (loss)/profit attributable to holders of Class B preferred shares

    158     -2  
           

Net (loss)/profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent for basic earnings

    -5,171     259  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares for basic earnings per share

   
1,621
   
1,599
 

Diluted effect of potential ordinary shares

    0     239  

Weighted average number of shares, diluted

   
1,621
   
1,838
 

Net loss/profit per share, basic

    -3.19     0.16  

Net loss/profit per share, diluted

    -3.19     0.14  

        Basic loss/profit per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net loss/profit for the period attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Due to the fact that the Group has incurred losses for the three months ended March 31, 2014, potential shares related to warrants have an anti-dilutive

F-43



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

2.5 Loss/Profit per share (Continued)

effect. Hence, basic and diluted loss per share is the same during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

        As described in note 3.1, before any distribution of dividends is made, the Class B preferred shareholders shall receive a specified amount of preference dividend in case of an Exit event which is an event whereby all or materially all of the value of the Company is realized in consideration for cash or liquid securities.

        Due to the fact that the Class B preferred shares have an absolute dividend preference and not a perpetual cumulative dividend preference, the Group's net profit or loss for each period is allocated pro rata to Class A ordinary shares and Class B preferred shares.

Section 3—Capital Structure and Financial Risk and Related Items

3.1 Equity and capital management

        The Company has issued two classes of share-capital as of March 31, 2014. The following table summarizes the Company's share activity for the three months ending March 31, 2014 and 2013:

 
  Class A
ordinary
shares
  Class B
preferred
shares
 
 
  No.
  No.
 

January 1, 2013

    1,598,530      

Capital increase for cash

        12,250  

Conversion of interest-bearing convertible bonds

        10,136  
           

March 31, 2013

    1,598,530     22,386  

January 1, 2014

        48,010  

Capital increase for cash

        8,841  

Cashless settlement of interest-bearing convertible loans and cashless exercise of warrants

    137,750      

Exercise of warrants for cash

    260      
           

March 31, 2014

    1,736,540     56,851  

        The issuance price per Class B preferred share issued in the three months period ended March 31, 2014 was $216. The proceeds received pursuant to the issuance of 8,841 Class B preferred shares for cash in 2014 amounted to an aggregate of $1,911 thousand. The proceeds received pursuant to the issuance of 12,250 Class B preferred shares issued in the three month period ended March 31, 2013 amounted to an aggregate of $2,541 thousand.

        The issuance price per Class A share in Q1 2014 was $18. The proceeds received pursuant to the issuance of 260 Class A shares for cash in 2014 amounted to an aggregate of $5 thousand.

        Each Class A share and Class B share has a nominal value of $0.18. Each Class A share carries one vote and each Class B share carries 875 votes.

        Before any distribution of dividends is made to any other shareholder of the Company, the Class B preferred shareholders shall receive a preference dividend in case of an Exit event which is an event

F-44



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

3.1 Equity and capital management (Continued)

whereby all or materially all of the value of the Company is realized in consideration for cash or liquid securities. An Exit may be carried out in a variety of ways including, among others:

        The preference dividend is calculated on the basis of the capital paid in by the Class B preferred shareholders, $10,448 thousand and is determined as follows:

        Equity is classified into the following reserves:

        Dividend distribution is based on the separate financial statements of the parent company. We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our shares and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

F-45



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

3.1 Equity and capital management (Continued)

        For the purpose of the Group's capital management, capital includes issued capital, share premium and all other equity reserves attributable to the equity holders of the parent. The primary objective of the Group's capital management is to maximize the shareholder value.

        The board of directors' policy is to maintain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence, and a continuous advancement of the Group's product pipeline and business in general.

        For a further discussion on the adequacy of the Group's current funding and assumptions for going concern, refer to note 2.1.

3.2 Financial Risk Factors

        Historically, the Group has financed its operations through private placements of equity securities, grants from governmental bodies and convertible loans. To date, the Group has not generated any revenues from product sales. Based on the current strategic plans, the Group does not expect to generate significant royalty or product revenues unless and until the Group obtains marketing approval for, and has a successful commercialization of, FP187.

        The Group believes that the net proceeds from the contemplated IPO, together with the bridge financing obtained and as discussed further below, along with the existing cash and cash equivalents, will enable the Group to fund its operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 24 months. Management has based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and the Group could use its capital resources sooner than currently expected.

        As of March 31, 2014, the Group had no borrowings. On March 17, 2014, the convertible loan with a principal of $2,530 thousand granted by current shareholder, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, was settled in a single transaction under which the principal of the convertible bond was cancelled and all the 138,010 outstanding shareholder warrants held by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S (See note 3.3) were exercised for net cash consideration of $5 thousand.

3.3 Financial assets and liabilities

        Financial instruments recognized at fair value are allocated to one of the following valuation hierarchy levels of IFRS 7:

        Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Group does not have financial instruments allocated to this level for any of the periods presented.

        Level 2: Other techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly. The Group does not have financial instruments allocated to this level for any of the periods presented.

        Level 3: Techniques that use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data. The financial instruments that the Group has allocated to this level comprise net settlement obligations to shareholders' warrants.

F-46



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

3.3 Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

        On May 31, 2011, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, one of the Company's shareholders was granted 138,010 warrants without pre-emption rights for the Company's other shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for up to 138,010 Class A ordinary shares at an exercise price of $18 (DKK 100) per share. Alternatively, the warrant holder can elect to exercise the warrant by reducing the number of shares and reducing the exercise price by the reduction in number of shares multiplied by the per share fair value (net share settlement). The warrants were granted for no consideration in connection with a capital increase made by the shareholder on the same date.

        The shareholder warrants are classified as a derivative financial instrument due to the fact that the holder can elect net share settlement and they are recorded within current liabilities on the statement of financial position. The warrants were exercised on March 17, 2014 in a single transaction in which 138,010 A-shares were issued for net cash consideration of $5 thousand and the principal of the convertible loan was cancelled. Fair value as of the exercise date amounted to $26,969 thousand and was transferred to share premium within equity as of that date. Fair value as of December 31, 2013 amounted to $26,124 thousand.

        Fair value is based on unobservable input (level 3). The most significant assumptions applied in determining fair value are:

 
  March 17, 2014   March 31, 2013  

Expected life in years

    0.2     0.8  

Expected volatility (%)

    66     134  

Underlying share price ($)

    215     131  

        The expected volatility is based on peer group data and reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the life of the warrants is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. The peer group consists of listed companies which Management believes are similar to the Company in respect of therapy area and stage of development.

        Underlying share-price is determined as set out in section 2.2 in respect of share-based payments.

 
  2014  

Carrying amount at January 1, 2014

    26,124  

Fair value adjustment recognized in financial costs

    1,004  

Exercise of shareholder warrant

    -26,969  

Exchange differences on translation to presentation currency

    -159  

Carrying amount March 31, 2014

    0  

        Determination of fair value of the net settlement obligation related to shareholder warrants is associated with significant estimation uncertainty due to the fact that the shares of the Company are not traded in an active market. Based on the estimated fair value of the shares as of March 31, 2013, the exercise price of the warrants is significantly lower than the underlying share-price as of this date.

F-47



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

3.3 Financial assets and liabilities (Continued)

Consequently, the share price as of March 31, 2013 has the most significant impact on determination of fair value while expected volatility and expected life of the warrants have only limited impact.

        The underlying share price applied from and including the year ended December 31, 2012 has been determined by applying a DCF model. The expected future cash flows for the valuation is based on strategic plans for period through product launch and are based on projections for the following years. Important parameters including the likelihood of product approval and commercialization, timing of product launches, market uptake, underlying prices and implications of various healthcare reforms, reimbursement assumptions, and working capital and growth assumptions subsequent to the budget and strategic plan period. Budget and strategic plans build on specific commercial assessments of the business entities and the relevant products. For the valuation as of the exercise date, March 17, 2014, a discount rate (WACC) of 11.7% has been applied. The assumptions in respect of expected cash flows remain unchanged from December 31, 2013.

        During 2013, the Group issued Class B preferred shares with liquidation preferences. As of this point in time and onwards, the Class A ordinary shares are valued on a current value basis.

Section 4—Other Disclosures

4.1 Related party disclosures

        As of March 31, 2014, the Company was controlled by NB FP Investment K/S. The ultimate controlling party of the Company is Florian Schönharting who controls NB FP Investment K/S through Tech Growth Invest ApS. Until January 19, 2013, no party controlled the Company.

        The following table provides the total amount of transactions with related parties for the three month periods ending March 31, 2014 and 2013.

 
  2014   2013  
 
  USD '000
  USD '000
 

Interest paid

    192     0  

Purchase of services

    17     15  

        The following table provides the total outstanding balances as of March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively

Amounts owed to related parties

    0     2,613  

Amounts owed by related parties

          6  

        The sales to and purchases from related parties are made at terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions. Outstanding balances at the period-end are unsecured and interest free. There have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables or payables. For the quarter ended March 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Group has not recorded any impairment of receivables relating to amounts owed by related parties.

F-48



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

4.1 Related party disclosures (Continued)

        The Group has not granted any loans, guarantees, or other commitments to or on behalf of any of the members of the board of directors or key management personnel.

        Other than the remuneration including share-based payment relating to key management personnel no other significant transactions have taken place with key management personnel during the quarter ending March 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013.

        As of December 31, 2013, 138,010 warrants were held by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S which had significant influence due to share ownership. The warrants are classified as derivative financial instruments with fair value gains and losses recognized in profit or loss. The warrants were exercised on March 17, 2014 in a single transaction under which the principal of the convertible loan referred to in note 3.1 was cancelled and 138,010 Class A ordinary shares were issued for net cash consideration of $5 thousand. Refer to note 3.3 for details in respect of movements in the carrying amount during the interim period.

        The Class B preferred shares issued on a capital increase in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 as discussed in note 3.1 were subscribed by the controlling party NB FP Investment K/S. The A-shares issued on a capital increase in the quarter ended March 31, 2014 as discussed in note 3.1 were subscribed by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S who has significant influence over the Company.

        The capital increase in 2013 discussed in note 3.1 was subscribed by parties who through share ownership had significant influence over the Company. Of the capital increases in the quarter ended March 31, 2013, 12,250 Class B-preference shares were subscribed by NB FP Investment K/S, which obtained control of the Company on subscribing for those shares. The remaining 10,136 Class B preference shares were subscribed through conversion of an interest-bearing convertible loan by Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S who has significant influence on the Group.

        Aditech Pharma AG is considered to be a related party of the Company due to control over Aditech Pharma AG held by one of the Company's major shareholders, Nordic Biotech K/S.

        In 2004, a private Swedish company, Aditech Pharma AB (collectively with its successor-in-interest, a Swiss company Aditech Pharma AG, or Aditech), controlled by Nordic Biotech Advisors, an affiliate of one of the Company's largest shareholders, began developing and filing patents for, among other things, an innovative delayed and slow release formulation for DMF. In 2005 the Group entered into a patent license agreement with Aditech to license this patent family from Aditech, and in 2010 the Group acquired this patent family from Aditech pursuant to a patent transfer agreement. Under the Group's agreements with Aditech, the Group obtained, among other things, Aditech's patents and associated know-how related to DMF formulations and delivery systems, subject to both diligence obligations and minimum annual research and development expenditure (€1,000 thousand per year) related to the continued development of DMF formulations on the part of the Group (with an option for Aditech to receive back, for no consideration, all of the Group's DMF related assets should it fail to satisfy these obligations), as well as a payment by the Group to Aditech of up to 2% of net sales

F-49



Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) (Continued)

4.1 Related party disclosures (Continued)

generated from the Group's DMF products and processes. Further, the Group's agreement with Aditech gives Aditech a 90-day right of first offer to acquire non-DMF related intellectual property assets that the Group might choose to sell.

4.2 Events after the reporting period

        On May 30, 2014, the Company obtained bridge financing providing for the availability to draw up to €8.4 million from an investor whose underlying participants are also mainly underlying participants of current shareholders, including a company controlled by Florian Schönharting. In addition, underlying participants of the new investor include a member of Key Management and a consultant. Under the bridge financing, the Company has drawn €3.5 million and a drawdown notice has been made for the remaining €4.9 million available. Under the terms of the bridge financing, the investor will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. The loan bears an interest of 10% per annum and falls due on December 31, 2018, unless previously converted into equity. Interest accrues until maturity. The principal together with accrued interest is mandatorily convertible into ordinary shares at the public offering price, less a discount of 15%, if an initial public offering occurs on or before December 31, 2014. If an initial public offering has not been completed by the end of 2014, the holder has the right, but not the obligation, to convert the principal together with accrued interest into a share class with the same distribution preference as the current Class B preferred share class at a fixed price of DKK 1,177.35 per share.

        On August 6, 2014, the Company obtained a bridge financing providing for the availability to draw up to $10 million from BVF Forward Pharma L.P. (an affiliate of BVF Partners LP, which is itself affiliated with certain of our principal shareholders). The entire amount available under the bridge financing has been called, and under the terms thereof, the lender will provide the called amount by the end of August 2014. The loan bears an interest of 10% per annum and falls due on December 31, 2018, unless previously converted into equity. Interest accrues until maturity. The principal together with accrued interest is mandatorily convertible into ordinary shares at the public offering price, less a discount of 15%, if an initial public offering occurs on or before December 31, 2014. If an initial public offering has not been completed by the end of 2014, the holder has the right, but not the obligation, to convert the principal together with accrued interest into a share class with the same distribution preference as the current Class B preferred share class at a fixed price of DKK 1,177.35 per share.

        As described in note 2.1, in 2014, the Group initiated the process of listing its securities on the NASDAQ Global Market through an initial public offering. In connection with such process, the Group has incurred significant costs. Cumulative costs incurred as of March 31, 2014 amounted to $2.6 million, of which the total amount was incurred in the first quarter of 2014. Additional costs will continue to be incurred throughout the initial public offering process.

        In connection with the proposed offering, the Company has received commitments in the form of proxies and undertakings from all of its shareholders to complete the corporate steps required to convert all outstanding Class A and Class B shares into ordinary shares immediately prior to completion of the initial public offering.

F-50


                   shares

GRAPHIC

Ordinary Shares

Prospectus

Leerink Partners

                        , 2014

        We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this Prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell the ADSs in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this Prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this Prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this Prospectus or any sale of the ADSs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this Prospectus.

        No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares or possession or distribution of this Prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this Prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this Prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

        Until                        , 2014, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in the ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



Part II—Information not required in the prospectus

Item 6.    Indemnification of directors and officers

        Our Articles of Association does not currently provide for indemnification of our officers or directors.

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our officers and directors upon or prior to the consummation of this offering.

Item 7.    Recent sales of unregistered securities

Sales of Class A and Class B shares

        On May 31, 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 69,005 Class A shares to NBOF for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 6.9 million.

        On March 8, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 34,673 Class A shares to NBOF for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 5.2 million to NBOF, and an aggregate of 15,460 Class A shares to BML Healthcare I, L.P., for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 2.3 million.

        On July 24, 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 14,860 Class A shares to NBOF for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 2.2 million, and an aggregate of 6,625 Class A shares to BML Healthcare I, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 993,750.

        On January 18, 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,136 Class B shares to NBOF for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 11.9 million.

        On July 3, 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 7,590 Class A shares to Morten Priskorn for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 531,755 or DKK 70.06 per share.

        We and each of our shareholders as of the date hereof is party to an Investment Agreement dated January 19, 2013, pursuant to which NBFPI agreed to subscribe for up to 46,715 Class B shares, at our request, at a subscription price of DKK 1,177.35 per share. On March 13, 2013, July 3, 2013, November 4, 2013 and March 17, 2014, NBFPI subscribed for an aggregate of 12,250, 12,670, 12,954, and 8,841 Class B shares, for an aggregate purchase price of DKK 54,999,905.

        All of the sales described above were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. We have used the proceeds from this offering for research and development and general corporate purposes.

Issuances of Warrants

        The table below summarizes our warrants issued within the past three years. The grant of the warrants and the issuance of Class A shares upon the exercise of options described in the table below were or will be made pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

Date
  Number of
Warrants Granted
  Exercise Price
of Warrants
 

May 31, 2011

    138,010   DKK 100  

September 3, 2012

    48,671   DKK 150  

December 8, 2012

    9,360   DKK 150  

December 18, 2012

    4,500   DKK 150  

June 17, 2013

    17,500   DKK 70.061  

August 22, 2013

    7,000   DKK 920.36  

October 4, 2013

    9,372   DKK 70.061  

October 4, 2013

    37,439   DKK 150  

II-1


Item 8.    Exhibits

(a)
The following documents are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

*

English translation of form of Articles of Association of Forward Pharma A/S.

 

3.2

 

English translation of Articles of Association of Forward Pharma A/S dated July 24, 2014.

 

4.1

*

Form of Registration Rights Agreement.

 

4.2

*

Form of Deposit Agreement.

 

4.3

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.2).

 

4.4

*

Form of New Shareholders' Agreement.

 

4.5

 

Convertible Loan Agreement dated May 30, 2014 between Forward Pharma A/S and NB FP Investment II K/S.

 

4.6

 

Convertible Loan Agreement dated August 6, 2014 between Forward Pharma A/S and BVF Forward Pharma L.P.

 

4.7

*

Form of Stock Lending Agreement among Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, Leerink Partners, The Bank of New York Mellon and Forward Pharma A/S.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Nielsen Nørager, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S, as to the validity of the ordinary shares.

 

8.1

*

Opinion of Deloitte, as to certain tax matters.

 

8.2

*

Opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S, as to U.S. tax matters.

 

10.1

 

Patent License Agreement dated July 1, 2005 between Forward Pharma A/S and Aditech Pharma A/B.

 

10.2

 

Framework Agreement dated July 11, 2014, between Nordic Biotech K/S, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, BML Healthcare I, L.P., NB FP Investment K/S, and NB FP Investment II K/S.

 

10.3

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.

 

10.4

 

Indemnification Agreement with Joel Sendek.

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young P/S.

 

23.2

 

Consent of Nielsen Nørager, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

23.3

 

Consent of Deloitte (included in Exhibit 8.1).

 

23.4

 

Consent of Dechert LLP, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S (included in Exhibit 8.2).

*
To be filed by amendment.
(b)
Financial Statements Schedules

        None.

II-2



Item 9.    Undertakings

        The undersigned hereby undertakes:

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-3



Signatures

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Copenhagen, Denmark on August 8, 2014.

    FORWARD PHARMA A/S
             
             
    By:   /s/ PEDER MØLLER ANDERSEN

        Name:   Peder Møller Andersen
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer

        We, the undersigned members of the board of directors of the Registrant hereby severally constitute and appoint Florian Schönharting, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on August 8, 2014, in the capacities indicated:

Name
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ PEDER MØLLER ANDERSEN

Peder Møller Andersen
  Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

/s/ JOEL SENDEK

Joel Sendek

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

/s/ FLORIAN SCHÖNHARTING

Florian Schönharting

 

Director (Chairman)

/s/ J. KEVIN BUCHI

J. Kevin Buchi

 

Director
/s/ TORSTEN GOESCH

Torsten Goesch
  Director

II-4



Signature of Authorized U.S. Representative of Registrant

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Forward Pharma A/S has signed this registration statement on August 8, 2014.

    FORWARD PHARMA USA, LLC
             
             
    By:   /s/ JOEL SENDEK  
       
 
        Name:   Joel Sendek
        Title:   Chief Financial Officer

II-5



Exhibit index

        The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

*

English translation of form of Articles of Association of Forward Pharma A/S.

 

3.2

 

English translation of Articles of Association of Forward Pharma A/S dated July 24, 2014.

 

4.1

*

Form of Registration Rights Agreement.

 

4.2

*

Form of Deposit Agreement.

 

4.3

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.2).

 

4.4

*

Form of New Shareholders' Agreement.

 

4.5

 

Convertible Loan Agreement dated May 30, 2014, between Forward Pharma A/S and NB FP Investment II K/S.

 

4.6

 

Convertible Loan Agreement dated August 6, 2014 between Forward Pharma A/S and BVF Forward Pharma L.P.

 

4.7

*

Form of Stock Lending Agreement among Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, Leerink Partners, The Bank of New York Mellon and Forward Pharma A/S.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Nielsen Nørager, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S, as to the validity of the ordinary shares.

 

8.1

*

Opinion of Deloitte, as to certain tax matters.

 

8.2

*

Opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S, as to U.S. tax matters.

 

10.1

 

Patent Transfer Agreement dated May 4, 2010 between Forward Pharma A/S and Aditech Pharma AG.

 

10.2

 

Framework Agreement dated July 11, 2014, between Nordic Biotech K/S, Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S, BML Healthcare I, L.P., NB FP Investment K/S, and NB FP Investment II K/S.

 

10.3

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.

 

10.4

 

Indemnification Agreement with Joel Sendek.

 

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries.

 

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young P/S.

 

23.2

 

Consent of Nielsen Nørager, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

23.3

 

Consent of Deloitte (included in Exhibit 8.1).

 

23.4

 

Consent of Dechert LLP, counsel of Forward Pharma A/S (included in Exhibit 8.2).

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-6




QuickLinks

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
THE OFFERING
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
RISK FACTORS
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
TAXATION
UNDERWRITING
EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
Forward Pharma A/S Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated statement of financial position as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated statement of profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated statement of other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Condensed consolidated statement of financial position as of March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and December 31, 2013
Condensed consolidated statement of profit or loss for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
Condensed consolidated statement of other comprehensive loss for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
Condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the three month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 (unaudited)
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
Part II—Information not required in the prospectus
Signatures
Signature of Authorized U.S. Representative of Registrant
Exhibit index

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

Articles of Association

 

Forward Pharma A/S

 

CVR-nr. 28865880

 

(the “Company”)

 

The English part of this parallel document in Danish and English is an unofficial translation of the original Danish text. In the event of disputes or misunderstandings arising from the interpretation of the translation, the Danish language shall prevail.

 

1.

 

The name of the Company is Forward Pharma A/S.

 

2.

 

The registered office of the Company is situated in the municipality of Copenhagen.

 

3.

 

The object of the Company is to develop and market pharmaceuticals.

 

4.

 

The share capital of the Company is DKK 1,800,981, divided into shares of DKK 1.00. The share capital consists of DKK 1,744,130 A-shares and DKK 56,851 B-shares.

 

At the general meeting each A share shall give the right to one vote and each B share shall give the right to 875 votes.

 

4 a.

 

On September 23, 2005, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 32,500 warrants to two directors and one member of the board of management, without pre-emption right for the shareholders of the Company.

 

The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 32,500 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 14. Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants up to nominally DKK 32,500. The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in schedule 1 (amended on November 15, 2005 with retroactive effect) which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company.

 

4 b.

 

On September 18, 2006, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 35,500 warrants

 



 

to one member of the board of management, without pre-emption right for the shareholders of the Company. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 35,500 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 70.0610. Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants up to nominally DKK 35,500. The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in schedule 1 which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company.

 

4 c.

 

On 3 October 2007, the general meeting has passed a resolution with effect from 28 June 2007 to grant 24,250 warrants to the board of directors and the management, without pre-emption right for the shareholders of the Company. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 24,250 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 70.0610. Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants up to nominally DKK 24,250. The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in schedule 1, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company.

 

4 d.

 

On 9 June 2008, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 22,000 warrants to the employees and consultants, without pre-emption right for the shareholders of the Company and with effect from the dates set out in the respective subscription lists. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 22,000 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 70.0610. Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants up to nominally DKK 22,000.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in schedule 1, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company.

 

4 e.

 

On 7 October 2008, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 4,692 warrants to the CEO, without pre-emption right for the shareholders of the Company and with effect from 1 July 2008. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 4,692 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 70.0610. Consequently, the general

 

2



 

meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants up to nominally DKK 4,692. The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in schedule 1, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company.

 

In the event of a Change of Control Event in the Company as defined in the shareholders’ resolution dated 25 April 2008, the terms and conditions therein regarding full and immediate vesting shall be applicable to all warrants granted to the CEO.

 

4 f.

 

On 6 May 2010, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 37,087 warrants to the management, employees and consultants, without pre-emption right for the Company’s shareholders and with effect from varying dates within the period from 1 February 2009 to 12 May 2009 (however in respect of 2,500 warrants from 11 July 2007). The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 37,087 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 70.0610.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in this clause 4 F and in schedule 2, which is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company, and constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting.

 

In the event of a Change of Control Event in the Company as defined in the Shareholders’ Resolution dated 25 April 2008, the terms and conditions therein regarding full and immediate vesting shall be applicable to all warrants granted to the CEO.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 37,087, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 7,006.10, corresponding to DKK 70.0610 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares belonging to the same share class as well as other rights

 

3



 

in the company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a consultant of the company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 2 of the company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

·                  The estimated costs to be borne by the company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

On 3 July 2014, nominally DKK 7,590 A-shares were issued pursuant this provision.

 

4 g.

 

On 15 June 2010, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 10,376 warrants to one member of the board of directors without pre-emption right for the Company’s share-holders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 10,376 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 100.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants up to nominally DKK 10,376. The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the warrants vest linearly and successively over a period of 3 years and 50 % of the warrants shall vest provided that a fixed milestone is achieved on or prior to 31 December 2010.

 

4



 

4 h.

 

On 1 November 2010, the general meeting has with effect from 1 January 2010 passed a resolution to grant 5,000 warrants to a consultant without pre-emption right for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 5,000 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 100.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants up to nominally DKK 5,000. The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants and the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company.

 

4 i.

 

[Deleted]

 

4 j.

 

On 3 September 2012, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 39,311 warrants to a number of the Company’s or its German subsidiary’s employees and consultants without pre-emption right for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 39,311 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 150.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Irrespective of clause 1.4 of schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 April 2012.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, of schedule 3, the warrants shall vest linearly and successively over a period of 18 months. Further, 100 per cent of the warrants shall vest provided that one of the following events (a “Change of Control Event”) is completed on or prior to 30 September 2013:

 

(a)                                 Transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital or voting rights in the Company, or

 

5



 

(b)                                 Transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the Company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the Company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate.

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not include an investment fund or other investment vehicle directly or indirectly controlled by the investors or a material part of the investors of Nordic Biotech K/S.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, if a Change of Control Event has not been completed on or prior to 30 September 2013 the warrants shall — unless otherwise communicated by the Company to the Warrant Holder in writing on or prior to 30 September 2013 — lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(iv)                             Irrespective of clauses 3, 6.1 and 6.5 of schedule 3, the warrants may only be exercised to the extent provided for in clauses 6.2-6.4 of the Terms and/or clause (v) below.

 

(v)                                The Warrant Holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants on the terms provided for in clause 6.4 (ii) of schedule 3.

 

(vi)                             Clause 4 of schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)                                 If the Company terminates the Warrant Holder’s employment or engagement with the Company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants that have not vested at the termination shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the termination.

 

(b)                                 In case of termination of the employment or engagement with the Company by the Company as a consequence of cause on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)                                  In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company without material cause (in Danish: væsentlig misligholdelse) on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

6



 

(d)                                 In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company as a consequence of material cause on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

(e)                                  At the Warrant Holder’s death all warrants that have not vested shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. The Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(f)                                   In case of the Warrant Holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants that have not vested at the retirement or invalidity shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominal DKK 1.00 and nominal 39,311, respectively;

 

·                  The new shares will be divided into A-shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 15,000, corresponding to DKK 150 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new A-shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing A-shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new A shares shall belong to the same A share class as the Company’s existing A shares;

 

·                  The Capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a number of the Company’s and its German subsidiary’s employees and consultants;

 

7



 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in Schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the included employees and consultants wish to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 40.000 + VAT.

 

4 k.

 

On 3 September 2012, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant 9,360 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 9,360 in the Company at a per share price of DKK 150.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Irrespective of clause 1.4 of schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 July 2012.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, of schedule 3, the warrants shall vest linearly and successively over a period of 15 months. Further, 100 per cent of the warrants shall vest provided that one of the following events (a “Change of Control Event”) is completed on or prior to 30 September 2014:

 

(a)                                 Transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital or voting rights in the Company, or

 

8



 

(b)                                 Transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the Company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the Company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate.

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not include an investment fund or other investment vehicle directly or indirectly controlled by the investors or a material part of the investors of Nordic Biotech K/S.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, if a Change of Control Event has not been completed on or prior to 30 September 2014 the warrants shall — unless otherwise communicated by the Company to the Warrant Holder in writing on or prior to 30 September 2014 — lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(iv)                             The Warrant Holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants on the terms provided for in clause 6.4 (ii) of schedule 3.

 

(v)                                Clause 4 of schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)                                 If the Company terminates the Warrant Holder’s employment or engagement with the Company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants that have not vested at the termination shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the termination.

 

(b)                                 In case of termination of the employment or engagement with the Company by the Company as a consequence of cause on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)                                  In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company without material cause (in Danish: væsentlig misligholdelse) on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(d)                                 In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company as a consequence of material cause on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

9



 

(e)                                  At the Warrant Holder’s death all warrants that have not vested shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. The Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(f)                                   In case of the Warrant Holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants that have not vested at the retirement or invalidity shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominal DKK 1.00 and nominal 9,360, respectively;

 

·                  The new shares will be divided into A-shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 15,000, corresponding to DKK 150 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new A-shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing A-shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new A shares shall belong to the same A share class as the Company’s existing A shares;

 

·                  The Capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a number of the Company’s and its German subsidiary’s employees and consultants;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in Schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

10


 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the included employees and consultants wish to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10.000 + VAT.

 

4 L.

 

On 8 December 2012, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 9,360 warrants to one of the Company’s board members without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 9,360 in the Company at a price of DKK 150 per share of DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Irrespective of clause 1.4 of schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 December 2012.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, of schedule 3, the warrants shall vest linearly and successively over a period of 22 months. Further, 100 per cent of the warrants shall vest provided that one of the following events (a “Change of Control Event”) is completed on or prior to 30 September 2014:

 

(a)                                 Transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital and voting rights in the Company, or

 

(b)                                 Transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the Company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the Company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate.

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not

 

11



 

include an investment fund or other investment vehicle managed directly or indirectly by Florian Schönharting.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, if a Change of Control Event has not been completed on or prior to 30 December 2014 the warrants shall — unless otherwise communicated by the Company to the Warrant Holder in writing on or prior to 30 September 2014 — lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(iv)                             The Warrant Holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants on the terms provided for in clause 6.4 (ii) of schedule 3.

 

(v)                                Clause 4 of schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)                                 If the Company terminates the Warrant Holder’s employment or engagement with the Company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants shall vest.

 

(b)                                 In case of termination of the employment or engagement with the Company by the Company as a consequence of cause on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)                                  In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company, all warrants that have not vested, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the termination.

 

(d)                                 At the Warrant Holder’s death all warrants that have not vested shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. The Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(e)                                  In case of the Warrant Holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants that have not vested at the retirement or invalidity shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

12



 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominal DKK 1.00 and nominal 9.360, respectively;

 

·                  The new shares will be divided into A-shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 15,000, corresponding to DKK 150 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new A-shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing A-shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new A-shares shall belong to the same A-share class as the Company’s existing A-shares;

 

·                  The Capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to two consultants of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in Schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the included consultants wish to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10.000 + VAT.

 

4 M.

 

On 18 December 2012, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 4,500 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 4.500 in the Company at a price of DKK 150 per share of DKK 1.

 

13



 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)             Irrespective of clause 1.4 of schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 December 2012.

 

(ii)          Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, of schedule 3, the warrants shall vest linearly and successively over a period of 22 months. Further, 100 per cent of the warrants shall vest provided that one of the following events (a “Change of Control Event”) is completed on or prior to 30 September 2014:

 

(a)              Transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital or voting rights in the Company, or

 

(b)              Transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the Company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the Company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate.

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not include an investment fund or other investment vehicle directly or indirectly controlled by Florian Schönharting.

 

(iii)       Irrespective of anything to the contrary in schedule 3, if a Change of Control Event has not been completed on or prior to 30 September 2014 the warrants shall — unless otherwise communicated by the Company to the Warrant Holder in writing on or prior to 30 September 2014 — lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(iv)      Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the schedule 3, if the Warrant Holder terminates the competition clause imposed on him by the Company on or prior to 30 September 2014 the warrants shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(v)         Irrespective of clauses 3, 6.1 and 6.5 of the schedule 3, the warrants may only be exercised to the extent provided for in clauses 6.2-6.4 of the schedule 3 and/or clause (vi) below.

 

14



 

(vi)      The Warrant Holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants on the terms provided for in clause 6.4 (ii) of the schedule 3.

 

(vii)   Clause 4 of schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)              If the Company terminates the Warrant Holder’s employment or engagement with the Company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants that have not vested at the termination shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the termination.

 

(b)              In case of termination of the employment or engagement with the Company by the Company as a consequence of cause on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)               In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company without material cause (in Danish: væsentlig misligholdelse) on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(d)              In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company as a consequence of material cause on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

(e)               At the Warrant Holder’s death all warrants that have not vested shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. The Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(f)                In case of the Warrant Holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants that have not vested at the retirement or invalidity shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

15



 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominal DKK 1.00 and nominal 4,500, respectively;

 

·                  The new shares will be divided into A-shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 15,000, corresponding to DKK 150 per share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new A-shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing A-shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new A-shares shall belong to the same A-share class as the Company’s existing A-shares;

 

·                  The Capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to two consultants of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in Schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the included consultant wish to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10.000 + VAT.

 

4 N.

 

On 17 June 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 10,500 warrants to one of the company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 10,500 in the company at a price of DKK 70.0610 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

16



 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause (as amended by resolution of the general meeting dated 11 June 2014):

 

(i)            Irrespective of clause 1.4 of schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 June 2013.

 

(ii)         Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, of schedule 3, 7,000 of the warrants shall vest immediately and the remaining 3,500 of the warrants shall vest linearly and successively over a period of 16 months. Further, 100 per cent of the warrants shall vest provided that one of the following events (a “Change of Control Event”) is completed on or prior to 30 September 2014:

 

(a)                      Transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital and voting rights in the company,

 

(b)                      Transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate, or

 

(c)                       Listing on a stock exchange of 10 per cent or more of the company’s share capital (IPO).

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not include an investment fund or other investment vehicle managed directly or indirectly by Florian Schönharting.

 

(iii)      Irrespective of anything to the contrary in schedule 3, if a Change of Control Event has not been completed on or prior to 30 September 2014 the warrants shall — unless otherwise communicated by the company to the warrant holder in writing on or prior to 30 September 2014 — lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(iv)     Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may in no event be exercised prior to 27 June 2013.

 

(v)        Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses 3, 6.1 and 6.5 of schedule 3, the warrants may only be exercised to the extent provided for in clauses 6.2-6.4 of schedule 3

 

17



 

and/or clause (vi) below and only on condition that the warrant holder has not exercised any other warrants previously granted to him by the company.

 

(vi)     Subject to clause (v) above, the Warrant Holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants on the terms provided for in clause 6.4 (ii) of schedule 3, provided however that in case of a Change of Control Event in the form of an IPO, exercise of the warrants shall be postponed to take place within the period from expiry of any applicable the lock-up period up until and including 30 June 2015. During such exercise period, the exercise may only be carried out in accordance with clause 3.1, second and third paragraph, of schedule 3.

 

(vii)           Clause 4 in schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)                                If the company terminates the warrant holder’s engagement with the company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the warrant holder, all warrants that have not vested at the termination shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the termination.

 

(b)                                 In case of termination of the engagement of the warrant holder with the company by the company as a consequence of cause on the part of the warrant holder, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)                                 In case of the warrant holder’s termination of the engagement with the company without material cause (in Danish: væsentlig misligholdelse) on the part of the company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(d)                                In case of the warrant holder’s termination of the engagement with the company as a consequence of material cause on the part of the company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

(e)                                 At the warrant holder’s death all warrants that have not vested shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. The warrant holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the warrant holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the warrant holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(f)                                  In case of the warrant holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants that have not vested at the retirement or invalidity shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants

 

18



 

shall not be affected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

(viii)                       All warrants that have not been exercised by 30 June 2015 shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 10,500, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 7,006.10, corresponding to DKK 70.0610 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a consultant of the company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in Schedule 3 of the company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

19



 

4 O.

 

On 17 June 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 7,000 warrants to one of the company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 7,000 in the company at a price of DKK 70.0610 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause (as amended by resolution of the general meeting dated 11 June 2014):

 

(i)                          Irrespective of clause 1.4 of schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 June 2013.

 

(i)                     Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, in schedule 3, the warrants shall vest immediately.

 

(ii)                  Irrespective of anything to the contrary in schedule 3, if a Change of Control Event has not been completed on or prior to 30 September 2014 the warrants shall — unless otherwise communicated by the company to the warrant holder in writing on or prior to 30 September 2014 — lapse without any further notice and without compensation. A “Change of Control Event” is the completion on or prior to 30 September 2014 of one of the following events:

 

(a)                       Transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital and voting rights in the company,

 

(b)                       Transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate, or

 

(c)                        Listing on a stock exchange of 10 per cent or more of the company’s share capital (IPO).

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not include an investment fund or other investment vehicle managed directly or indirectly by

 

20


 

Florian Schönharting.

 

(iii)               Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may in no event be exercised prior to 27 June 2013.

 

(iv)              Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses 3, 6.1 and 6.5 of schedule 3, the warrants may only be exercised to the extent provided for in clauses 6.2-6.4 of schedule 3 and/or clause (vi) below and only on condition that the warrant holder has not exercised any other warrants previously granted to him by the company.

 

(v)                 Subject to clause (v) above, the Warrant Holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants on the terms provided for in clause 6.4 (ii) of schedule 3, provided however that in case of a Change of Control Event in the form of an IPO, exercise of the warrants shall be postponed to take place within the period from expiry of any applicable the lock-up period up until and including 30 June 2015.During such exercise period, the exercise may only be carried out in accordance with clause 3.1, second and third paragraph, of schedule 3.

 

(vi)              Clause 4 in schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)                                In case of the company’s termination the Warrant Holder’s employment or engagement with the company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the warrant holder, all warrants shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

(b)                                In case of termination of the employment or engagement with the company by the company as a consequence of cause on the part of the warrant holder, all warrants shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)                                 In case of the warrant holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the company without material cause (in Danish: væsentlig misligholdelse) on the part of the company, all warrants shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(d)                                In case of the warrant holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the cmpany as a consequence of material cause on the part of the company, all warrants shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

(e)                                 At the warrant holder’s death, the warrant holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the warrant holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the warrant holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

21



 

(f)                                  In case of the warrant holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants shall remain unaffected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

(vii)                          All warrants that have not been exercised by 30 June 2015 shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 7,000, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 7,006.10, corresponding to DKK 70.0610 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a consultant of the company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 3 of the company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

22



 

4 P.

 

On 22 August 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 7,000 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 7,000 in the Company at a price of DKK 920.36 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Irrespective of clause 1.4 of schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 July 2013.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, of schedule 3, the warrants shall vest linearly and successively over a period of 24 months. Further, 100 per cent of the warrants shall vest provided that one of the following events is completed on or prior to 30 September 2014 (a “Change of Control Event”):

 

(a)                                transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital or voting rights in the Company, or

 

(b)                                transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the Company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the Company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate.

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not include an investment fund or other investment vehicle managed directly or indirectly by Florian Schönharting.

 

(iii)                             The Warrant Holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants.

 

(iv)                             Clause 6.6 of schedule 3 shall apply accordingly in the event of a Change of Control Event.

 

23



 

(v)                                Clause 4 of schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)                                If the Company terminates the Warrant Holder’s employment or engagement with the Company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants that have not vested at the termination shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the termination.

 

(b)                                In case of termination of the employment or engagement with the Company by the Company as a consequence of cause on the part of the Warrant Holder, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)                                 In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company without material cause (in Danish: væsentlig misligholdelse) on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(d)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the Company as a consequence of material cause on the part of the Company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

(e)                                 At the Warrant Holder’s death all warrants that have not vested shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. The Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(f)                                  In case of the Warrant Holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants that have not vested at the retirement or invalidity shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally

 

24



 

DKK 1.00 and nominally 7,000, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 92,036, corresponding to DKK 920.36 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a member of the board of directors of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

4 Q.

 

The board of directors is authorised to increase the share capital by up to nominally DKK 150,000.00 by share issuance in one or more rounds until 1 September 2018 against cash payment of a subscription price set at the market price of B shares from time to time as reasonably assessed by the board of directors on the following conditions:

 

·                  The new shares shall be B shares;

 

25



 

·                  The new shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  Except for shares subscribed for in accordance with the investment agreement dated 19 January 2013 between the shareholders and the company, the existing shareholders shall have a pre-emptive right to subscribe for the new shares;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

4 R.

 

On 4 October 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 2,500 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 2,500 in the Company at a price of DKK 70.0610 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Clauses 1.4, 2, 3.1, 3.2, 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms do not apply.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 October 2013.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall vest on 30 September 2014.

 

(iv)                             Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised during the period from 30 September 2014 to 31 October 2014 (both dates inclusive) and the warrants shall lapse on 1 November 2014 without further notice or compensation.

 

26



 

(v)                                Irrespective of clauses (iii) and (iv) above, in case a general meeting of the Company is convened with the declaration of dividend suggested or approved by the board of directors on the agenda, the Warrant Holder has the option to let some or all of the warrants vest and be exercised prior to the general meeting. The Company gives the Warrant Holder notice of such a general meeting at the same time as notice is given to the shareholders hereof. The Warrant Holder shall notify the Company’s board of directors in writing of the number of warrants, if any, to be exercised within 7 days from the posting of the Company’s notice.

 

(vi)                             Irrespective of clauses (iii) and (iv) above, in case of a sale of 100 per cent of the shares of the Company, the warrants shall vest and may be exercised immediately before the sale. The procedure in clause 6.6 of the Terms shall apply and warrants that are not exercised shall lapse without further notice or compensation.

 

(vii)                          Irrespective of clauses (iv), (v) and (vi) above and of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder at the time of the event that entitles the Warrant Holder to exercise the warrants is not under notice to terminate his engagement with the Company and/or Forward Pharma GmbH, irrespective of whether the notice of termination is delivered by the Warrant Holder or by the Company and/or Forward Pharma GmbH.

 

(viii)                       In case clause (vii) above cannot be enforced according to mandatory statutory provisions, clause (vii) shall apply to the widest possible extent to fulfil the intentions of the clause.

 

(ix)                             Irrespective of clause (vii) above, the following events shall not restrict the right to exercise the warrants:

 

(a)                                 In case of the Warrant Holder’s death, the Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(b)                                 In case of the Warrant Holder’s retirement after reaching the age of 65 or retirement due to invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally

 

27



 

DKK 1.00 and nominally 2,500, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 7.00610, corresponding to DKK 70.0610 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a member of the board of directors of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

4 S.

 

On 4 October 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 9,360 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 9,360 in the Company at a price of DKK 150.00 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral

 

28



 

part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Clauses 1.4, 2, 3.1, 3.2, 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms do not apply.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 October 2013.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall vest on 30 September 2014.

 

(iv)                             Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder has not exercised any other warrants previously granted to him by the Company.

 

(v)                                Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised during the period from 30 September 2014 to 31 October 2014 (both dates inclusive) and the warrants shall lapse on 1 November 2014 without further notice or compensation.

 

(vi)                             Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (f)(iii) and (f)(iv) above, in case a general meeting of the Company is convened with the declaration of dividend suggested or approved by the board of directors on the agenda, the Warrant Holder has the option to let some or all of the warrants vest and be exercised prior to the general meeting. The Company gives the Warrant Holder notice of such a general meeting at the same time as notice is given to the shareholders hereof. The Warrant Holder shall notify the Company’s board of directors in writing of the number of warrants, if any, to be exercised within 7 days from the posting of the Company’s notice.

 

(vii)                          Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (f)(iii) and (v) above, in case of a sale of 100 per cent of the shares of the Company, the warrants shall vest and may be exercised immediately before the sale. The procedure in clause 6.6 of the Terms shall apply and warrants that are not exercised shall lapse without further notice or compensation.

 

(viii)                       Irrespective of clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) above and of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder at the time of the event that entitles the Warrant Holder to exercise the warrants is not under notice to terminate his engagement with the Company and/or Forward Pharma GmbH, irrespective of whether the notice of termination is delivered by the Warrant Holder or by the Company and/or Forward Pharma GmbH.

 

29



 

(ix)                             In case clause (viii) above cannot be enforced according to mandatory statutory provisions, clause (f)(vii) shall apply to the widest possible extent to fulfil the intentions of the clause.

 

(x)                                Irrespective of clause (viii) above, the following events shall not restrict the right to exercise the warrants:

 

(a)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s death, the Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(b)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s retirement after reaching the age of 65 or retirement due to invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 9,360, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 15.000, corresponding to DKK 150.00 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a member of the board of directors of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in

 

30


 

schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

4 T.

 

On 4 October 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 18,719 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 18,719 in the Company at a price of DKK 150.00 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Clauses 1.4, 2, 3.1, 3.2, 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms do not apply.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 October 2013.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall vest on 30 September 2014.

 

(iv)                             Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder has not exercised any of the 18,719 warrants granted to the Warrant Holder on 1 April 2012.

 

(v)                                Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised during the period from 30 September 2014 to 31 October 2014 (both dates inclusive) and the warrants shall lapse on 1 November 2014 without further notice or compensation.

 

31



 

(vi)                             Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (iii) and (v) above, in case a general meeting of the Company is convened with the declaration of dividend suggested or approved by the board of directors on the agenda, the Warrant Holder has the option to let some or all of the warrants vest and be exercised prior to the general meeting. The Company gives the Warrant Holder notice of such a general meeting at the same time as notice is given to the shareholders hereof. The Warrant Holder shall notify the Company’s board of directors in writing of the number of warrants, if any, to be exercised within 7 days from the posting of the Company’s notice.

 

(vii)                          Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (iii) and (v) above, in case of a sale of 100 per cent of the shares of the Company, the warrants shall vest and may be exercised immediately before the sale. The procedure in clause 6.6 of the Terms shall apply and warrants that are not exercised shall lapse without further notice or compensation.

 

(viii)                       Irrespective of clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) above and of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder at the time of the event that entitles the Warrant Holder to exercise the warrants is not under notice to quit his employment or to terminate his engagement with the Company and/or Forward Pharma GmbH, irrespective of whether the notice to quit and/or of termination is delivered by the Warrant Holder or by the Company and/or Forward Pharma GmbH.

 

(ix)                             In case clause (viii) above cannot be enforced according to mandatory statutory provisions, clause (viii) shall apply to the widest possible extent to fulfil the intentions of the clause.

 

(x)                                Irrespective of clause (viii) above, the following events shall not restrict the right to exercise the warrants:

 

(a)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s death, the Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(b)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s retirement after reaching the age of 65 or retirement due to invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

32



 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 18,719, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 15.000, corresponding to DKK 150.00 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a member of the board of directors of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

4 U.

 

On 4 October 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 6,872 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 5,000 in the Company at a price of DKK 70.0610 per share of nominally DKK 1 and for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 1,872 in the Company at a price of DKK

 

33



 

150.00 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Clauses 1.4, 2, 3.1, 3.2, 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms do not apply.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 October 2013.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall vest on 30 September 2014.

 

(iv)                             Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder has not exercised any other warrants previously granted to him by the Company.

 

(v)                                Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised during the period from 30 September 2014 to 31 October 2014 (both dates inclusive) and the warrants shall lapse on 1 November 2014 without further notice or compensation.

 

(vi)                             Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (iii) and (v) above, in case a general meeting of the Company is convened with the declaration of dividend suggested or approved by the board of directors on the agenda, the Warrant Holder has the option to let some or all of the warrants vest and be exercised prior to the general meeting. The Company gives the Warrant Holder notice of such a general meeting at the same time as notice is given to the shareholders hereof. The Warrant Holder shall notify the Company’s board of directors in writing of the number of warrants, if any, to be exercised within 7 days from the posting of the Company’s notice.

 

(vii)                          Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (iii) and (v) above, in case of a sale of 100 per cent of the shares of the Company, the warrants shall vest and may be exercised immediately before the sale. The procedure in clause 6.6 of the Terms shall apply and warrants that are not exercised shall lapse without further notice or compensation.

 

(viii)                       Irrespective of clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) above and of anything to the contrary in the

 

34



 

Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder at the time of the event that entitles the Warrant Holder to exercise the warrants is not under notice to quit his employment with Forward Pharma GmbH, irrespective of whether the notice to quit is delivered by the Warrant Holder or by Forward Pharma GmbH.

 

(ix)                             In case clause (viii) above cannot be enforced according to mandatory statutory provisions, clause (viii) shall apply to the widest possible extent to fulfil the intentions of the clause.

 

(x)                                Irrespective of clause (viii) above, the following events shall not restrict the right to exercise the warrants:

 

(a)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s death, the Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(b)                       In case of the Warrant Holder’s retirement after reaching the age of 65 or retirement due to invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 6,872, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription of 5,000 of the warrants will be made at a subscription rate of 7.00610, corresponding to DKK 70.0610 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00 and subscription of 1,872  of the warrants will be made at a subscription rate of 15.00, corresponding to DKK 150.00 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders,

 

35



 

given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a member of the board of directors of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

4 V.

 

On 4 October 2013, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 9,360 warrants to one of the Company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the Company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 9,360 in the Company at a price of DKK 150.00 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the Company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                                    Clauses 1.4, 2, 3.1, 3.2, 4, 5 and 6 of the Terms do not apply.

 

(ii)                                 Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 October 2013.

 

(iii)                              Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants shall vest on 30 September 2014.

 

(iv)                             Irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised

 

36



 

on the condition that the Warrant Holder has not exercised any of the 9,360 warrants granted to the Warrant Holder by the Company on 1 April 2012.

 

(v)                                Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised during the period from 30 September 2014 to 31 October 2014 (both dates inclusive) and the warrants shall lapse on 1 November 2014 without further notice or compensation.

 

(vi)                             Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (iii) and (v) above, in case a general meeting of the Company is convened with the declaration of dividend suggested or approved by the board of directors on the agenda, the Warrant Holder has the option to let some or all of the warrants vest and be exercised prior to the general meeting. The Company gives the Warrant Holder notice of such a general meeting at the same time as notice is given to the shareholders hereof. The Warrant Holder shall notify the Company’s board of directors in writing of the number of warrants, if any, to be exercised within 7 days from the posting of the Company’s notice.

 

(vii)                         Subject to clause (iv) above and irrespective of clauses (iii) and (v) above, in case of a sale of 100 per cent of the shares of the Company, the warrants shall vest and may be exercised immediately before the sale. The procedure in clause 6.6 of the Terms shall apply and warrants that are not exercised shall lapse without further notice or compensation.

 

(viii)                       Irrespective of clauses (v), (vi) and (vii) above and of anything to the contrary in the Terms, the warrants may only be exercised on the condition that the Warrant Holder at the time of the event that entitles the Warrant Holder to exercise the warrants is not under notice to quit her employment with Forward Pharma GmbH, irrespective of whether the notice to quit is delivered by the Warrant Holder or by Forward Pharma GmbH.

 

(ix)                             In case clause (viii) above cannot be enforced according to mandatory statutory provisions, clause (viii) shall apply to the widest possible extent to fulfil the intentions of the clause.

 

(x)                                Irrespective of clause (viii) above, the following events shall not restrict the right to exercise the warrants:

 

(a)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s death, the Warrant Holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the Warrant Holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the Warrant Holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

37



 

(b)                                In case of the Warrant Holder’s retirement after reaching the age of 65 or retirement due to invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 9,360, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 15.000, corresponding to DKK 150.00 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the Company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a member of the board of directors of the Company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 3 of the Company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the Company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

38



 

4 W.

 

On 11 June 2014, the general meeting has passed a resolution to grant a total of 4,997 warrants to one of the company’s consultants without any pre-emption rights for the company’s shareholders. The warrants entitle the holder to subscribe for A-shares of a nominal value up to DKK 4,997 in the company at a price of DKK 70.0610 per share of nominally DKK 1.

 

The specific terms governing the subscription and exercise of the warrants are set out in schedule 3 to the company’s articles of association, which constitutes the complete resolution of the general meeting and is an integral part of the articles of association of the company. However, the following special terms apply to subscription and exercise of the warrants under this clause:

 

(i)                 Irrespective of clause 1.4 in schedule 3, the warrants shall be deemed granted on 1 May 2014.

 

(ii)              Irrespective of clause 2.1, first and second paragraph, in schedule 3, 3,000 of the warrants shall vest immediately and the remaining 1,997 of the warrants shall vest linearly and successively over a period of 18 months. Further, 100 per cent of the warrants shall vest provided that one of the following events is completed on or prior to 30 September 2014 (a “Change of Control Event”):

 

(a)                                transfer of shares from one or more shareholders to a third party or changes to the share capital, whereby a third party obtains 50 per cent or more of the share capital or voting rights in the company, or

 

(b)                                transfer and/or licencing of all or parts of the assets related to the intellectual property rights of the company to a third party, provided that such intellectual property rights are of major importance in respect of the business and objectives of the company, including intellectual property rights related to drug products comprising dimethylfumarate.

 

For the purposes of the definition of Change of Control Event “third party” shall not include an investment fund or other investment vehicle managed directly or indirectly by Florian Schönharting.

 

(iii)               The warrant holder may in the event of a Change of Control Event exercise all warrants. Clause 6.6 in schedule 3 shall apply accordingly in the event of a Change of Control Event.

 

(iv)              Irrespective of clause 3.1 in schedule 3, vested warrants may only be exercised during the period from the date of the grant to 30 June 2016 (both dates inclusive) and the

 

39



 

warrants shall lapse on 1 July 2016 without further notice or compensation.

 

(v)                 Clause 4 in schedule 3 shall be replaced by the following:

 

(a)                                If the company terminates the warrant holder’s employment or engagement with the company without cause (in Danish: misligholdelse) on the part of the warrant holder, all warrants that have not vested at the termination shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the termination.

 

(b)                                In case of termination of the employment or engagement with the company by the company as a consequence of cause on the part of the warrant holder, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(c)                                 In case of the warrant holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the company without material cause (in Danish: væsentlig misligholdelse) on the part of the company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation.

 

(d)                                In case of the warrant holder’s termination of the employment or engagement with the company as a consequence of material cause on the part of the company, all warrants, whether vested or not, shall remain unaffected by the termination.

 

(e)                                 At the warrant holder’s death all warrants that have not vested shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. The warrant holder’s estate and/or the lawful heirs shall be entitled to assume the warrant holder’s rights and obligation vis-à-vis all vested warrants, provided that the estate and/or the lawful heirs shall comply with the terms for the warrant holder’s warrants and the shares subscribed for pursuant to the warrants in every respect.

 

(f)                                  In case of the warrant holder’s age related retirement or retirement due to invalidity, all warrants that have not vested at the retirement or invalidity shall lapse without any further notice and without compensation. Vested warrants shall not be affected by the retirement or invalidity.

 

Consequently, the general meeting has also passed a resolution regarding the increase of the share capital relating to the warrants on the following terms and conditions:

 

40


 

·                  The minimum and maximum amount by which the share capital may be increased, will be nominally DKK 1.00 and nominally 4,997, respectively;

 

·                  The new A-shares will be divided into shares of nominally DKK 1.00 or multiples hereof;

 

·                  The subscription will be made at a subscription rate of 7,006.10, corresponding to DKK 70.0610 per A-share of nominally DKK 1.00;

 

·                  The new shares will carry dividend rights for the financial year in which subscription is made on equal terms with the existing shares as well as other rights in the company as from the day of subscription;

 

·                  The new shares shall be A-shares;

 

·                  The capital increase shall be made without any pre-emption rights for the existing shareholders, given that subscription is based on the abovementioned warrants issued to a member of the consultants of the company;

 

·                  The pre-emption rights attached to the new shares shall not be subject to any restrictions in the event of future capital increases;

 

·                  The deadline for subscription of the new shares shall be calculated pursuant to the provisions in schedule 3 of the company’s articles of association;

 

·                  The subscription amount for the number of shares which the warrant holder wishes to subscribe for, shall be paid in full no later than on the day of subscription; and

 

·                  The new shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and shall be non-negotiable instruments.

 

The estimated costs to be borne by the company in connection with the capital increase are approximately DKK 10,000 + VAT.

 

4aa

 

In the period until 1 June 2019, the board of directors is authorized, in one or more rounds, without pre-emption rights for the company’s existing shareholders, to issue up to 120,000 warrants, which each entitled the holder to subscribe for one A share of nominally DKK 1.00, to the company’s employees, members of the management, members of the board of directors, and consultants and/or employees, members of the management, members of the board of directors and consultants of its subsidiaries. The board of directors is further authorized to implement the capital increases required for this purpose by up to nominally DKK 120,000 A shares. The subscription rate for the new A shares that may be subscribed for by exercise of

 

41



 

the warrants in question shall be fixed by the board of directors and may be lower than the market price at the issue of warrants.

 

4ab

 

For shares issued pursuant to the authorization in article 4aa the following shall apply:

 

that the new shares shall be A shares;

 

that no partial payment may take place;

 

that the subscription shall be effected without pre-emption rights of the existing shareholders;

 

that the shares shall be subscribed for against payment of cash;

 

that the shares shall be non-negotiable instruments;

 

that the shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and registered in the name of the holder in the company’s register of shareholders; and

 

that the shares in every respect shall carry the same rights as the existing A shares.

 

The board of directors is entitled to make such changes amendments to the articles of association as may be required as a result of the capital increase.

 

4ac

 

In the period until 1 June 2019, the board of directors is authorized to increase the share capital of the Company, in one or more rounds and without pre-emptive subscription rights for the existing shareholders, by up to nominally DKK 120,00 A shares by issuance of A shares to the company’s employees, members of the management, members of the board of directors, and consultants and/or employees, members of the management, members of the board of directors and consultants of its subsidiaries. The new A shares are issued at a price determined by the board of directors, which may be lower than the market price.

 

4ad

 

For shares issued pursuant to the authorization in article 4ac the following shall apply:

 

that no partial payment may take place;

 

that the subscription shall be effected without pre-emption rights of the existing shareholders;

 

that the shares shall be subscribed for against payment of cash;

 

42



 

that the shares shall be non-negotiable instruments;

 

that the shares shall be made out in the name of the holder and registered in the name of the holder in the company’s register of shareholders; and

 

that the shares in every respect shall carry the same rights as the existing A shares.

 

The board of directors is entitled to make such changes amendments to the articles of association as may be required as a result of the capital increase.

 

5.

 

The shares shall be in the name of the holder and shall be listed in the holder’s name in the Company’s register of shareholders.

 

The shares are non-negotiable instruments. No share certificates shall be issued.

 

The entire share capital of the Company, the shareholders and the Company are comprised by a Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

5 a.

 

This section 5 a sets out the respective rights of the shareholders’ to receive (i) dividends and other distributions from the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Danish Companies Act, and (ii) distributions of proceeds in the event of a dissolution of the Company, whether in the form of a solvent or insolvent liquidation, bankruptcy or any other form of dissolution of the Company (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Dividends”):

 

Before any distribution of Dividend is made to any other shareholder of the Company, the B-shareholders shall receive the following Dividends:

 

(i)                 273 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares, if by or before 31 December 2014 (a) an Exit has occurred and (b) Dividends distributed to the B-shareholders on the B-shares amount to at least 273 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares.

 

(ii)              310 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares, if the conditions for the application of sub-clause (i) above have not been met before 1 January 2015 and by or before 30 June 2015 (a) an Exit has occurred and (b) Dividends distributed to the B-shareholders on the B-shares amount to at least 310 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares.

 

43



 

(iii)           328 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares, if the conditions for the application of sub-clauses (i) and (ii) above have not been met before 1 July 2015 and by or before 31 December 2015 (a) an Exit has occurred and (b) Dividends distributed to the B-shareholders on the B-shares amounts to at least 328 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares.

 

(iv)          364 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares, if the conditions for the application of sub-clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above have not been met before 1 January 2016 and by or before 30 June 2016 (a) an Exit has occurred and (b) Dividends distributed to the B-shareholders on the B-shares amount to at least 364 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares.

 

(v)             382 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares, if the conditions for the application of sub-clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above have not been met before 1 July 2016 and by or before 31 December 2016 (a) an Exit has occurred and (b) Dividends distributed to the B-shareholders on the B-shares amounts to at least 382 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares.

 

(vi)          382 per cent of the amount paid in to the Company by the B-shareholders at the subscription of B-shares with the addition of 30 percentage points per commenced calendar year after 31 December 2016 (i.e. the calendar year 2017 being the first calendar year), if the conditions for the application of sub-clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above have not been met before 1 January 2017.

 

If and when the conditions for the application of one of sub-clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above have been met, any amounts subsequently paid in on new B-shares shall entitle the holders of such new B-shares to receive priority Dividends at the percentage rate stated in the so previously applied sub-clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v).

 

For the purposes of this section 5 a, an “Exit” shall mean: An event whereby all or materially all of the value of the Company is realised in consideration for cash or liquid securities. An Exit may be carried out in a variety of ways and shall i.a. include (i) an initial public offering of the shares in the Company; (ii) a trade sale of the shares in the Company’s to a bona fide third party; (iii) the entering into of a partnership or joint venture agreement stipulating a future, unconditioned acquisition by the partner of the Company; (iv) a merger whereby the Company is the discontinuing entity, (v) a sale of the Company’s activities, including a sale of all or a material part of the Company’s assets or all or a material part of the Company’s intellectual

 

44



 

property rights; (vi) licensing of all or a material part of the intellectual property rights of the Company in a way, which can be considered equal to an Exit; or (vii) a combination of the above.

 

Subsequently, all Dividends from the Company shall be distributed to all of the Company’s shareholders, including for the avoidance of doubt the B-shareholders, pro rata their respective nominal shareholdings in the Company.

 

6.

 

General meetings shall be convened at least with 14 days’ notice by registered letter or by e-mail to each individual shareholder.

 

7.

 

The agenda of the ordinary general meeting shall comprise:

 

1.              Election of chairman.

2.              The report of the Board of Directors.

3.              Submission of the annual report with audit report and annual report of the board of directors for adoption.

4.              Decision on the application of profits or covering of losses according to the adopted annual report.

5.              Election of members to the board of directors.

6.              Appointment of auditor.

7.              Any other business.

 

8.

 

The Company shall be directed by a board of directors consisting of 3-5 members elected by the general meeting for one year at a time.

 

9.

 

The Company shall be bound by the joint signatures of all members of the board of directors, or by the joint signatures of two board members or by the joint signatures of the chairman of the board of directors and the CEO.

 

10.

 

The annual accounts of the Company shall be audited by a state-authorised public accountant appointed by the general meeting for a term of one year.

 

The Company’s annual report is prepared in English only.

 

45



 

11.

 

The accounting year of the Company shall be the calendar year.

 

***

 

Amended at the extraordinary general meeting on 24 July 2014.

 

Schedule 1: Terms for Warrants 2005

Schedule 2: Terms for B Warrants 2010

Schedule 3: Revised Terms for Warrants 2010

 

46




Exhibit 4.5

 

 

CONVERTIBLE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

Forward Pharma A/S

 

AND

 

NB FP Investment II K/S

 

DATED 30/5/2014

 

EXECUTION COPY

 



 

CONTENTS

 

1.

Definitions

 

3

2.

The Facility

 

5

3.

Conditions of utilisation

 

5

4.

Drawdown

 

6

5.

Interest

 

7

6.

Repayment, prepayment and cancellation

 

7

7.

Acceleration

 

8

8.

Conversion

 

9

9.

Adjustment of conversion terms

 

10

10.

Costs

 

11

11.

Enforceability

 

12

12.

Governing law and arbitration

 

12

13.

Assignment

 

12

14.

Signatures

 

13

 

2



 

CONVERTIBLE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

ENTERED INTO BETWEEN

 

Forward Pharma A/S

Østergade 24A, 1

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark

Company registration no. 28865880

(the “Company”)

 

AND

 

NB FP Investment II K/S

Østergade 24A, 1

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark

Company registration no.              

(the “Lender”)

 

1.                                                          DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                                  In this Convertible Loan Agreement the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Advance

 

shall mean an advance made by the Lender to the Company under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding from time to time of that advance.

 

 

 

Availability Period

 

shall mean the period from the date of this Convertible Loan Agreement and ending at close of 31 December 2016.

 

3



 

Business Day

 

shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which the banks are open for general banking business in Copenhagen.

 

 

 

Commitment

 

shall mean the amount set out in clause 2.1 to the extent not cancelled or reduced pursuant to the terms of this Convertible Loan Agreement.

 

 

 

Convertible Loan Agreement

 

Shall mean this convertible loan agreement between the Company and the Lender.

 

 

 

Drawdown Notice

 

shall mean a notice from the Company to the Lender pursuant to which the Company is requesting the Lender to disburse an Advance of a specified EUR amount under the Facility.

 

 

 

Drawdown Date

 

shall mean the date on which an Advance under the Facility is or is to be disbursed.

 

 

 

Facility

 

shall mean the facility granted to the Company as set out in clause 2.1 as from time to time cancelled or reduced pursuant to the terms of this Convertible Loan Agreement.

 

IPO

 

shall mean an initial public offering of American Depositary Receipts related to the Company’s shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market, New York.

 

IPO Offer Price

 

shall mean the price at which shares in the Company are subscribed for by the underwriter of the Company immediately prior to the IPO with the addition of any discount granted to the underwriter as a payment of fees pursuant to the underwriting agreement.

 

4



 

Maturity Date

 

shall mean 31 December 2018, or if this is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Agreement

 

shall mean the amended and restated shareholders’ agreement regarding the Company entered into among the shareholders of the Company and the Lender simultaneously with the execution of this Convertible Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                                          THE FACILITY

 

2.1                                                   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Convertible Loan Agreement the Lender makes available to the Company a facility in an aggregate amount of EUR 8,350,000.

 

2.2                                                   The Company may apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility at its sole discretion.

 

3.                                                          CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

3.1                                                 The Company may only deliver a Drawdown Notice under the Facility if and when the following conditions have been met:

 

(i)                                  The Lender confirms to the Company that that the Lender has been duly registered with the Danish Business Authority.

 

5



 

4.                                                          DRAWDOWN

 

4.1                                                   Drawdown of Advances

 

4.1.1                                         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Convertible Loan Agreement, the Company may draw Advances provided that:

 

(i)                                   the Lender shall have received a duly completed and executed Drawdown Notice not later than 10.00 a.m. CET on the twelfth Business Day before the proposed Drawdown Date;

 

(ii)                                the Advance drawn under the Facility shall be (a) denominated in EUR, and (b) in the minimum amount of EUR 100,000; and

 

(iii)                             the aggregate amount of all Advances may not exceed the Commitment.

 

4.2                                                   Disbursement of Advances

 

4.2.1                                         Subject as otherwise provided in this Convertible Loan Agreement, each Advance shall be made available to the Company on the Drawdown Date by paying the same to the following bank account belonging to the Company:

 

Nordea Bank Danmark

Reg.no. 2994

Account no. 5036 472 172

 

4.2.2                                         All outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued interest will constitute a convertible loan, which shall either be:

 

(i)                                    repaid in accordance with clauses 6 and 7 below; or

 

(ii)                                 converted into shares in the Company in accordance with clauses 8 and 9 below.

 

6



 

5.                                                          INTEREST

 

5.1                                                   Interest shall accrue on each outstanding Advance from time to time at a rate of 10 per cent. Interest shall accrue on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months (30/360).

 

6.                                                          REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

6.1                                                   Repayment

 

6.1.1                                         Until the Maturity Date the Facility is non-terminable on the part of the Lender, see, however, clause 7.

 

6.1.2                                         All outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility falls due for payment to the Lender on the Maturity Date together with any accrued interest pursuant to clause 5.

 

6.2                                                   Prepayment

 

6.2.1                                         Until the Maturity Date the Borrower may at any time at its option, after notifying the Lender in writing, repay the whole or any part of an Advance and the whole or any part of the accrued interest on an Advance without premium or penalty.

 

6.3                                                   Cancellation

 

6.3.1                                         Any undrawn part of the Commitment shall be automatically cancelled at the close of business on the last day of the Availability Period.

 

7


 

7.                                                          ACCELERATION

 

7.1                                                   Notwithstanding clause 6, all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued interest, shall fall due for immediate payment in the event that:

 

(i)                                 The Company is unable to pay its debts/becomes insolvent within the meaning of the Danish Insolvency Act, or if the Company certifies that it is unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due, or the Company enters into or negotiates any compromise arrangements with its creditors (save for arrangements with single creditors regarding extension of time for payment), or if the Company files for suspension of payments.

 

(ii)                               An order be made or a resolution be passed for the winding up of the Company other than for solvent liquidation.

 

(iii)                             A distress or execution be levied or issued against any of the property of the Company and not be satisfied within 14 Business Days.

 

(iv)                            The Company commits a material breach of this Convertible Loan Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 14 Business Days of written notice from the Lender requiring such breach to be remedied.

 

(v)                              The general meeting of the Company resolves to wind up the Company by way of solvent liquidation, or resolves to merger or demerger the Company, provided that the Lender, within 14 Business Days after the resolution has been adopted, claims repayment.

 

7.2                                                   If one or more of the events specified in clause 7.1 occurs, then

 

(i)                                  any obligation of the Lender to make any Advance shall be terminated forthwith; and

 

(ii)                               the Commitment shall immediately be cancelled.

 

8



 

8.                                                          CONVERSION

 

8.1                                                 Upon the occurrence of an IPO on or before 31 December 2014, all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest shall be converted into ordinary shares in the Company immediately prior to completion of the IPO at a rate, which equals the IPO Offer Price less 15 per cent.

 

8.2                                                   If an IPO has not been completed on or before 31 December 2014, the Lender is entitled at any time with 10 Business Days prior written notice to the Company (however not by notice received by the Company later than on the Maturity Date, 4.00 p.m. CET), to convert all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest into shares in the Company at a rate of 117,735, i.e. DKK 1,177.35 per share of nominal DKK 1.00. The shares shall belong to a separate share class with a distribution preference as forth in article 5 a. of the articles of association of the Company in relation its current B-shares.

 

8.3                                                   In the event that the general meeting of the Company resolves to wind up the Company by way of solvent liquidation, or resolves to merger or demerger the Company, the Lender may demand that all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest be converted immediately prior to the final implementation of the resolution pursuant to the terms stated in clause 8.2. The board of directors shall cause a notice of the resolution of the general meeting to be forwarded to the Lender well in advance of the general meeting. In such situation the Lenders must claim conversion within 10 Business Days after receipt of notice of the resolution.

 

8.4                                                  A conversion shall comprise all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest. In the event that the conversion rate does not correspond to a whole number of shares, the number must be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares. Any residual amount not so converted is payable in cash at par in connection with the conversion.

 

9



 

9.                                                          ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION TERMS

 

9.1                                                   In the event of changes in the capital situation of the Company, the conversion rate must be adjusted according to the circumstances as set out in clause 9.1.1 - 9.1.4 below.

 

9.1.1                                         In the event that:

 

(i)                                     the Company distributes dividend;

(ii)                                  the share capital of the Company is increased at a price lower than the market price by subscription of shares by existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company;

(iii)                               the Company issues warrants and convertible certificates of debt or the like, whereby shares in the Company can be subscribed for by existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company at a price lower than the market price at the date of issue;

(iv)                              the Company issues any bonus shares to existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company;

(v)                                 a share split is carried out in the Company;

(vi)                              the share capital of the Company is reduced by the Company’s acquisition of its own shares from existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company at a price higher than the market price; or

(vii)                           the Company merges with another company, and cash amounts or other benefits are paid out to the shareholders of the Company in that connection,

 

the conversion rate must be reduced (or at the Lender’s discretion: the number of shares to be subscribed for must be increased) to the extent required to compensate the Lender for the event in question (i.e. put the Lender in the same financial position as if conversion had taken place prior to the event in question).

 

9.1.2                                         In the event that:

 

(i)                                  the share capital of the Company is increased at a price higher than the market price by subscription of shares by existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company;

 

10



 

(ii)                               the share capital of the Company is reduced by the Company’s acquisition of its own shares from existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company at a price lower than the market price; or

(iii)                            the share capital of the Company is reduced to cover a loss,

 

the conversion rate must be increased (or at the Lender’s discretion: the number of shares to be subscribed for must be decreased) to the extent required to adjust for the advantage so obtained by the Lender (i.e. put the Lender in the same financial position as if conversion had taken place prior to the event in question).

 

9.1.3                                         In the event of changes in the Company of a similar kind and with a similar effect for the Lender as stated in clauses 9.1.1 and 9.1.2, including in case of merger or division, the conversion rate and or number of conversion shares must be adjusted in a corresponding manner. If the share capital of the Company is increased or reduced at the market price, no adjustment of the subscription price and/or number of shares will be made.

 

9.1.4                                         If one of the events referred to in clauses 9.1.1 to 9.1.3 occurs, the Company shall calculate the adjustment to be made to the conversion rate and/or the number of conversion shares, as applicable, as soon as possible. The Company’s calculation must be made in accordance with recognised principles. If the calculation presupposes determination of the market value of the Company, such determination must be made on the basis of generally recognised principles.

 

10.                                                   COSTS

 

10.1                                            Costs for the conclusion of this Convertible Loan Agreement and for the eventual conversion, if any, of the outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest into shares shall be paid for by the Company.

 

11



 

11.                                                   ENFORCEABILITY

 

11.1                                            This Convertible Loan Agreement shall be directly enforceable according to the Danish Administration of Justice Act, section 478, without the need of prior court ruling.

 

12.                                                   GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION

 

12.1                                            This Convertible Loan Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Danish law.

 

12.2                                            Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Convertible Loan Agreement, its conclusion, performance, construction or termination shall - if such dispute cannot be settled amicably - be decided with final and binding effect by arbitration in accordance with the rules of procedure of the Danish Institute of Arbitration (Copenhagen Arbitration). The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of three arbitrators. Each party shall appoint one arbitrator and the institute shall appoint the chairman of the arbitral tribunal. Where a dispute shall include more than two parties, all three arbitrators shall be appointed by the institute, except otherwise agreed by all parties to such dispute.

 

12.3                                            The place of arbitration shall be Copenhagen and the language of the arbitration shall be English unless otherwise agreed between the parties. The arbitration, documents relating to the same and the decision of the arbitration shall be kept confidential.

 

13.                                                   ASSIGNMENT

 

13.1                                            Neither party may be entitled to assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Convertible Loan Agreement. Irrespective hereof, the Lender may transfer and assign its rights and obligations under this Convertible Loan Agreement to the extent that this is or would have been deemed to be permitted under the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

12



 

14.                                                   SIGNATURES

 

This Convertible Loan Agreement is signed in two identical copies, one for each of the parties.

 

 

The Lender

For NB FP Investment II K/S:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

 

By: NB FP Investment General Partners ApS

 

 

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

The Company

For Forward Pharma A/S:

 

 

/s/ Peder Møller Andersen

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

Name: Peder Møller Andersen

 

Name: Florian Schönharting

Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

Title: Chairman

 

13



 

Each of the shareholders of the Company hereby agrees and adheres to the terms and conditions of this Convertible Loan Agreement and confirms its obligation to vote in favour of all general meeting resolutions and any other resolutions and procure each of its elected members of the board of directors of the Company to give effect to this Convertible Loan Agreement, including that each of the shareholders waive any and all pre-emption rights and similar rights which otherwise might prevent the issue of shares anticipated under this Convertible Loan Agreement:

 

 

On behalf of Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

 

By: Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS

 

 

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of Nordic Biotech K/S:

 

On behalf of BML Healthcare I, L.P.:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

/s/ Torsten Goesch

By: Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS

 

By:

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

Name: Torsten Goesch

Title: Manager

 

Title: Director

 

 

On behalf of NB FP investment K/S:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

By: NB FP Investment General Partner ApS

 

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

Title: Manager

 

 

14




Exhibit 4.6

 

 

CONVERTIBLE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

Forward Pharma A/S

 

AND

 

BVF Forward Pharma L.P.

 

DATED 6/8/2014

 



 

CONTENTS

 

1.

Definitions

3

2.

The Facility

5

3.

Drawdown

5

4.

Interest

6

5.

Repayment, prepayment and cancellation

6

6.

Acceleration

7

7.

Conversion

8

8.

Adjustment of conversion terms

9

9.

Costs

11

10.

Enforceability

11

11.

Governing law and arbitration

11

12.

Assignment

12

13.

Signatures

12

 

2



 

CONVERTIBLE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

ENTERED INTO BETWEEN

 

Forward Pharma A/S

Østergade 24A, 1

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark

Company registration no. 28865880

(the “Company”)

 

AND

 

BVF Forward Pharma L.P.

900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1100

Chicago, Illinois 60611

USA

(the “Lender”)

 

1.                                                          DEFINITIONS

 

1.1                                                   In this Convertible Loan Agreement the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Advance                                                                                                                       shall mean an advance made by the Lender to the Company under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding from time to time of that advance.

 

Availability Period                                                                    shall mean the period from the date of this Convertible Loan Agreement and ending at close of 31 December 2016.

 

Business Day                                                                                               shall mean a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which the banks are open for general banking business in Copenhagen.

 

3



 

Commitment                                                                                               shall mean the amount set out in clause 2.1 to the extent not cancelled or reduced pursuant to the terms of this Convertible Loan Agreement.

 

Convertible Loan Agreement           Shall mean this convertible loan agreement between the Company and the Lender.

 

Drawdown Notice                                                                       shall mean a notice from the Company to the Lender pursuant to which the Company is requesting the Lender to disburse an Advance of a specified USD amount under the Facility.

 

Drawdown Date                                                                                shall mean the date on which an Advance under the Facility is or is to be disbursed.

 

Facility                                                                                                                                shall mean the facility granted to the Company as set out in clause 2.1 as from time to time cancelled or reduced pursuant to the terms of this Convertible Loan Agreement.

 

IPO                                                                                                                                                   shall mean an initial public offering of American Depositary Receipts related to the Company’s shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market, New York.

 

IPO Offer Price                                                                                      shall mean the price at which shares in the Company are subscribed for by the underwriter of the Company immediately prior to the IPO with the addition of any discount granted to the underwriter as a payment of fees pursuant to the underwriting agreement.

 

Maturity Date                                                                                           shall mean 31 December 2018, or if this is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

4



 

Shareholders’ Agreement                                shall mean the amended and restated shareholders’ agreement regarding the Company entered into among the shareholders of the Company and the Lender simultaneously with the execution of this Convertible Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                                          THE FACILITY

 

2.1                                                   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Convertible Loan Agreement the Lender makes available to the Company a facility in an aggregate amount of USD 10,000,000.

 

2.2                                                   The Company may apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility at its sole discretion.

 

3.                                                          DRAWDOWN

 

3.1                                                   Drawdown of Advances

 

3.1.1                                         Subject to the terms and conditions of this Convertible Loan Agreement, the Company may draw Advances provided that:

 

(i)            the Lender shall have received a duly completed and executed Drawdown Notice not later than 10.00 a.m. PST on the twelfth Business Day before the proposed Drawdown Date;

 

(ii)           the Advance drawn under the Facility shall be (a) denominated in USD, and (b) in the minimum amount of USD 100,000; and

 

(iii)          the aggregate amount of all Advances may not exceed the Commitment.

 

5



 

3.2                                                   Disbursement of Advances

 

3.2.1                                        Subject as otherwise provided in this Convertible Loan Agreement, each Advance shall be made available to the Company on the Drawdown Date by paying the same to the following bank account belonging to the Company:

 

Nordea Bank Danmark

Reg.no. 2994

Account no. 5036 472 172

 

3.2.2                                         All outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued interest will constitute a convertible loan, which shall either be:

 

(i)                                    repaid in accordance with clauses 5 and 6 below; or

 

(ii)                                 converted into shares in the Company in accordance with clauses 7 and 8 below.

 

4.                                                          INTEREST

 

4.1                                                   Interest shall accrue on each outstanding Advance from time to time at a rate of 10 per cent. Interest shall accrue on the basis of a 360 day year consisting of twelve 30 day months (30/360).

 

5.                                                          REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

5.1                                                   Repayment

 

5.1.1                                         Until the Maturity Date the Facility is non-terminable on the part of the Lender, see, however, clause 6.

 

6



 

5.1.2                                         All outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility falls due for payment to the Lender on the Maturity Date together with any accrued interest pursuant to clause 5.

 

5.2                                                   Prepayment

 

5.2.1                                         The Company does not have the right to prepay any part of an Advance prior to the Maturity Date without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

5.3                                                   Cancellation

 

5.3.1                                         Any undrawn part of the Commitment shall be automatically cancelled at the close of business on the last day of the Availability Period.

 

6.                                                          ACCELERATION

 

6.1                                                   Notwithstanding clause 5, all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued interest, shall fall due for immediate payment in the event that:

 

(i)            The Company is unable to pay its debts/becomes insolvent within the meaning of the Danish Insolvency Act, or if the Company certifies that it is unable to pay its debts as and when they fall due, or the Company enters into or negotiates any compromise arrangements with its creditors (save for arrangements with single creditors regarding extension of time for payment), or if the Company files for suspension of payments.

 

(ii)           An order be made or a resolution be passed for the winding up of the Company other than for solvent liquidation.

 

(iii)          A distress or execution be levied or issued against any of the property of the Company and not be satisfied within 14 Business Days.

 

7



 

(iv)          The Company commits a material breach of this Convertible Loan Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within 14 Business Days of written notice from the Lender requiring such breach to be remedied.

 

(v)           The general meeting of the Company resolves to wind up the Company by way of solvent liquidation, or resolves to merger or demerger the Company, provided that the Lender, within 14 Business Days after the resolution has been adopted, claims repayment.

 

6.2                                                   If one or more of the events specified in clause 6.1 occurs, then

 

(i)                                    any obligation of the Lender to make any Advance shall be terminated forthwith; and

 

(ii)                                 the Commitment shall immediately be cancelled.

 

7.                                                          CONVERSION

 

7.1                                                   Upon the occurrence of an IPO on or before 31 December 2014, all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest shall be converted into ordinary shares in the Company, which ordinary shares shall be issued and delivered to the Lender prior to completion of the IPO at a rate, which equals the IPO Offer Price less 15 per cent.

 

7.2                                                   If an IPO has not been completed on or before 31 December 2014, the Lender is entitled at any time with 10 Business Days prior written notice to the Company (however not by notice received by the Company later than on the Maturity Date, 4.00 p.m. CET), to convert all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest into shares in the Company at a rate of 117,735, i.e. DKK 1,177.35 per share of nominal DKK 1.00. The shares shall belong to a separate share class with a distribution preference as forth in article 5 a. of the articles of association of the Company in relation its current B-shares.

 

7.3                                                   In the event that the general meeting of the Company resolves to wind up the Company by way of solvent liquidation, or resolves to merge or demerge the Company,

 

8



 

the Lender may demand that all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest be converted immediately prior to the final implementation of the resolution pursuant to the terms stated in clause 7.2. The board of directors shall cause a notice of the resolution of the general meeting to be forwarded to the Lender well in advance of the general meeting. In such situation the Lenders must claim conversion within 10 Business Days after receipt of notice of the resolution.

 

7.4                                                   A conversion shall comprise all outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest. In the event that the conversion rate does not correspond to a whole number of shares, the number must be rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares. Any residual amount not so converted is payable in cash at par in connection with the conversion. The DKK/USD foreign exchange rate published at the homepage of the Danish National Bank at the date and time of the conversion shall apply to the conversion.

 

8.                                                          ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION TERMS

 

8.1                                                   In the event of changes in the capital situation of the Company, the conversion rate must be adjusted according to the circumstances as set out in clause 8.1.1 - 8.1.4 below.

 

8.1.1                                         In the event that:

 

(i)            the Company distributes dividend;

(ii)           the share capital of the Company is increased at a price lower than the market price by subscription of shares by existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company;

(iii)          the Company issues warrants and convertible certificates of debt or the like, whereby shares in the Company can be subscribed for by existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company at a price lower than the market price at the date of issue;

(iv)          the Company issues any bonus shares to existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company;

(v)           a share split is carried out in the Company;

 

9


 

(vi)          the share capital of the Company is reduced by the Company’s acquisition of its own shares from existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company at a price higher than the market price; or

(vii)         the Company merges with another company, and cash amounts or other benefits are paid out to the shareholders of the Company in that connection,

 

the conversion rate must be reduced (or at the Lender’s discretion: the number of shares to be subscribed for must be increased) to the extent required to compensate the Lender for the event in question (i.e. put the Lender in the same financial position as if conversion had taken place prior to the event in question).

 

8.1.2                                         In the event that:

 

(i)            the share capital of the Company is increased at a price higher than the market price by subscription of shares by existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company;

(ii)           the share capital of the Company is reduced by the Company’s acquisition of its own shares from existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings of shares in the Company at a price lower than the market price; or

(iii)          the share capital of the Company is reduced to cover a loss,

 

the conversion rate must be increased (or at the Lender’s discretion: the number of shares to be subscribed for must be decreased) to the extent required to adjust for the advantage so obtained by the Lender (i.e. put the Lender in the same financial position as if conversion had taken place prior to the event in question).

 

8.1.3                                         In the event of changes in the Company of a similar kind and with a similar effect for the Lender as stated in clauses 8.1.1] and 8.1.2, including in case of merger or division, the conversion rate and or number of conversion shares must be adjusted in a corresponding manner. If the share capital of the Company is increased or reduced at the market price, no adjustment of the subscription price and/or number of shares will be made.

 

8.1.4                                         If one of the events referred to in clauses 8.1.1 to 8.1.3 occurs, the Company shall calculate, and the Lender shall agree to, the adjustment to be made to the conversion rate and/or the number of conversion shares, as applicable, as soon as possible. The Company’s calculation must be made in accordance with recognised principles.

 

10



 

If the calculation presupposes determination of the market value of the Company, such determination must be made on the basis of generally recognised principles.

 

9.                                                          COSTS

 

9.1                                                   Costs for the conclusion of this Convertible Loan Agreement and for the eventual conversion, if any, of the outstanding amounts drawn under the Facility together with accrued unpaid interest into shares shall be paid for by the Company, provided however that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to this clause 9.1 shall not exceed USD 10,000, exclusive of VAT, if any.

 

10.                                                   ENFORCEABILITY

 

10.1                                            This Convertible Loan Agreement shall be directly enforceable according to the Danish Administration of Justice Act, section 478, without the need of prior court ruling.

 

11.                                                   GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION

 

11.1                                            This Convertible Loan Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Danish law.

 

11.2                                            Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Convertible Loan Agreement, its conclusion, performance, construction or termination shall - if such dispute cannot be settled amicably - be decided with final and binding effect by arbitration in accordance with the rules of procedure of the Danish Institute of Arbitration (Copenhagen Arbitration). The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of three arbitrators. Each party shall appoint one arbitrator and the institute shall appoint the chairman of the arbitral tribunal. Where a dispute shall include more than two parties, all three arbitrators shall be appointed by the institute, except otherwise agreed by all parties to such dispute.

 

11



 

11.3                                            The place of arbitration shall be Copenhagen and the language of the arbitration shall be English unless otherwise agreed between the parties. The arbitration, documents relating to the same and the decision of the arbitration shall be kept confidential.

 

12.                                                  ASSIGNMENT

 

12.1                                            Neither party may be entitled to assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Convertible Loan Agreement. Irrespective hereof, the Lender may transfer and assign its rights and obligations under this Convertible Loan Agreement to the extent that this is or would have been deemed to be permitted under the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

13.                                                   SIGNATURES

 

This Convertible Loan Agreement is signed in two identical copies, one for each of the parties.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank]

 

12



 

The Lender

 

 

For BVF Forward Pharma L.P.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Lampert

 

 

By: BVF Partners L.P., General Partner

 

 

By: BVF Inc., General Partner

 

 

Name: Mark Lampert

 

 

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company

 

 

For Forward Pharma A/S:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

/s/ Peder Møller Andersen

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

Name: Peder Møller Andersen

Title: Chairman

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

13



 

Each of the shareholders of the Company hereby agrees and adheres to the terms and conditions of this Convertible Loan Agreement and confirms its obligation to vote in favour of all general meeting resolutions and any other resolutions and procure each of its elected members of the board of directors of the Company to give effect to this Convertible Loan Agreement, including that each of the shareholders waive any and all pre-emption rights and similar rights which otherwise might prevent the issue of shares anticipated under this Convertible Loan Agreement:

 

 

On behalf of Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

 

By: Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS

 

 

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of Nordic Biotech K/S:

 

On behalf of BML Healthcare I, L.P.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

/s/ Michael Forer

By: Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS

 

By: Rosetta Capital, acting as Manager

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

Name: Michael Forer

Title: Manager

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

On behalf of NB FP investment K/S:

 

On behalf of NB FP Investment II K/S:

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

By: NB FP Investment General Partner ApS

 

By: NB FP Investment General Partner ApS

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

Name: Florian Schönharting

Title: Manager

 

Title: Manager

 

14



 

On behalf of Morten Priskorn:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

 

By: NB FP Investment K/S by NB FP Investment General Partner ApS

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

 

Title: Manager

 

 

 

15




Exhibit 10.1

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

PATENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

Aditech Pharma AG

 

AND

 

Forward Pharma A/S

 

Dated May 4, 2010

 



 

CONTENTS

 

1.

Definitions

4

2.

Transfer for the Aditech patent rights

9

3.

Diligent development and commercialization

10

4.

Discontinuation of development and commercialization

11

5.

Consideration

12

6.

Payment and financial provisions

13

7.

Records and reporting of Forward

14

8.

Intellectual property rights

15

9.

Confidentiality

16

10.

Term

16

11.

Termination

16

12.

Consequences of termination

17

13.

Representations and warranties

18

14.

Limitation of liability

19

15.

Indemnification

20

16.

Insurance requirements

21

17.

Force majeure

21

18.

Miscellaneous

22

19.

Law and venue

24

 

SCHEDULES

 

1.1:

The Aditech patent rights

1.9:

The Forward patent rights

 

2



 

PATENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

ENTERED INTO BETWEEN

 

Aditech Pharma AG

c/o Domanda Verwaltungs GmbH

Baarerstrasse 43

CH-6300 Zug

Switzerland

as Transferor, hereinafter referred to as Aditech

 

AND

 

Forward Pharma A/S

Nyhavn 43 B, 2.

DK-1051 Copenhagen K

Denmark

as Transferee, hereinafter referred to as Forward

 

PREAMBLE

 

WHEREAS

 

(a)             Aditech has developed intellectual property pertaining to various formulations and new chemical entities of fumaric acid esters and developed certain know-how related hereto;

 

(b)             Aditech is the owner of the entire right, title and interest in the intellectual property and related know-how and has the exclusive right to transfer such rights;

 

(c)              Aditech wishes to sell and Forward wishes to purchase the said intellectual property rights and know-how;

 

3



 

(d)             This Patent Transfer Agreement replaces the existing Patent License Agreement dated 1 July 2005 between Aditech Pharma AB and Forward and subsequently assigned by Aditech Pharma AB to Aditech.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                                          DEFINITIONS

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, the following terms, when capitalized, shall have the meanings indicated below. Plural forms of the defined terms shall be included within the definitions of the corresponding singular form and vice versa.

 

1.1                                                   Aditech Patent Rights” means the patent rights set out in schedule 1.1, together with all existing and future rights which relate thereto;

 

1.2                                                   Affiliate” means any company, corporation, business, or entity, which is controlled by a Party, which controls a Party, or which is controlled by any person or entity that controls a Party. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” means the beneficial holding of more than 50 percent of the voting rights or the right to appoint more than 50 percent of the members of the board of directors or board of management of the said company, corporation, business or entity, or more than 50 percent or a greater interest in the net assets or profits of a partnership or other business organization without voting securities;

 

1.3                                                   Agreement” means this agreement  including schedules;

 

1.4                                                   Business Day” means any day when banks are generally open for business in Denmark;

 

1.5                                                  Commercialization” means the use, copy, production, manufacture, offer for sale, sale, distribution, import/export of Fumaric Acid Products or the use of Fumaric Acid Processes by Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees;

 

4



 

1.6                                                   Commercialize” means the act of undertaking Commercialization;

 

1.7                                                   Confidential Information” means any and all information disclosed by the disclosing Party to the recipient in oral, visual, written, or electronic form under this Agreement. Confidential Information also means any and all technical or non-technical information obtained in any form by the recipient during observation or examination of the information, which may include, but is not limited to, technical processes, specifications, instrumentations, formulas, assays, manufacturing techniques, sales and marketing information, material or data.

 

However, Confidential Information shall not include:

 

(a)             Information which at the time of disclosure is already in the public domain;

 

(b)              Information which after disclosure becomes part of the public domain and not as a result of violation of this Agreement;

 

(c)               Information which the recipient is able to prove to have been in the possession of prior to disclosure;

 

(d)              Information which is hereafter lawfully disclosed by a Third Party to the recipient, which information such party did not acquire under a still effective obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party;

 

(e)               Information which can be demonstrated as independently developed or acquired by the recipient without reference to or reliance upon Confidential Information, defined in this Agreement, as evidenced by the recipient’s written records; or

 

(f)                Information disclosed to the extent required by law or regulation, provided that the recipient shall give the disclosing Party prompt written notice and sufficient opportunity to object prior to such disclosure;

 

5



 

1.8                                                   Effective Date” means the date of the last signature;

 

1.9                                                   Forward Patent Rights” means the patent rights set out in schedule 1.9, together with all existing and future rights which relate thereto;

 

1.10                                            Forward Records” means books and records kept by Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and include complete and accurate records regarding Commercialization, the manufacture, use and distribution of Fumaric Acid Products or use of Fumaric Acid Processes and all other information necessary to establish compliance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

1.11                                            Fumaric Acid Process” means a process developed - fully or in part - by or on behalf of Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees and relating to a fumaric acid ester;

 

1.12                                            Fumaric Acid Product” means a product developed - fully or in part - by or on behalf of Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees and comprising a fumaric acid ester;

 

1.13                                            Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” means the accounting principles applicable as of the date on which the calculation is made or required to be made, as established by the Danish Commerce and Companies Agency;

 

1.14                                            Improvement” means any and all inventions, discoveries, enhancement and/or improvements relating to Fumaric Acid Products or Fumaric Acid Processes (whether patentable or not) made by or on behalf of Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees  in performance of its work under this Agreement.

 

6



 

1.15                                            Know-How” means all tangible and intangible (a) techniques, techno-logy, practices, trade secrets, inventions (whether or not patentable), methods, knowledge, know-how, skill, experience, test data and results (including pharmacological, toxicological and clinical test data and results), analytical and quality control data, results or descriptions, software and algorithms, insofar as they relate to Fumaric Acid Products or Fumaric Acid Processes, and (b) compounds, compositions of matter, complexes, cells, cell lines, assays, animal models and physical, biological or chemical material, all to the extent not claimed in any patents and not generally available to the public, insofar as they relate to fumaric acid esters;

 

1.16                                            Licensee” means any Third Party which licenses or sublicenses any right of Forward pursuant to this Agreement;

 

1.17                                            Marketing Authorization Approval” means all of the respective government registrations, including drug regulatory approval and other licenses and permits necessary for the production, storage, importation into, and the marketing, sale and distribution of the Fumaric Acid Products or use of the Fumaric Acid Processes;

 

1.18                                            Net End Sales” means the gross revenue invoiced by Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees for all Fumaric Acid Products or Fumaric Acid Processes sold by Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees in arm’s length sales to bona fide independent Third Parties (end-users), and for any and all services related to the Commercialization performed by or on behalf of Forward, its assignees,  its Affiliates and Licensees, less to the extent included in the invoice price and/or related to the invoice:

 

(a)                                ordinary and customary quantity trade and/or cash discounts actually allowed;

 

(b)                                credits, rebates (including government-mandated rebates), refunds and returns, including, but not limited to, wholesaler and retailer  returns, whether for rejected or damaged goods or otherwise, cash, credit and free goods allowances given by reason of charge-backs, retroactive price reductions or billing errors;

 

7



 

(c)                                 freight, shipment, insurance costs and duties paid for and separately identified on the invoice or other documentation maintained in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                bad debt allowances;

 

(e)                                 excise taxes, other consumption taxes, customs duties, tariffs and all other surcharges and other governmental charges payable to governmental authorities actually paid and separately identified on the invoice or other documentation maintained in the ordinary course of business;

 

Net End Sales shall also include the fair market value of all other consideration received by Forward, its assignees,  its Affiliates and Licensees in respect of any grant of rights to make, use, sell or otherwise distribute Fumaric Acid Products or Fumaric Acid  Processes, whether such consideration is in cash, payment in kind, exchange or another form.

 

Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and its Licensees may, at its option, allocate the above deductions from sales of Fumaric Acid Products and Fumaric Acid Processes based upon accruals estimated reasonably and consistent with standard business practices. If Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees elects to utilize such accruals, actual deductions will be calculated and, if applicable, a “true-up” made, on an annual basis.

 

A transfer of Fumaric Acid Products or Fumaric Acid Processes from Forward to an assignee, Affiliate or a Licensee shall not be deemed to be a sale hereunder and shall not be included within any Net End Sales calculation.

 

Fumaric Acid Products or Fumaric Acid Processes supplied by way of sample, or for use in any clinical trial carried out by or on behalf of Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and its Licensees shall not be deemed to be sales, and shall not be included within any Net End Sales calculation;

 

1.19                                            Parties” means Aditech, Forward; and “Party” means either of them;

 

8



 

1.20                                            Patent Rights” means the Aditech Patent Rights and the Forward Patent Rights, any patents issued from the patent applications in schedules 1.1 and 1.9, any patent applications resulting from provisional applications listed in schedules 1.1 and 1.9 any divisional, continuations, continuation-in-part applications and continued prosecution applications (and their relevant international equivalents) of the patent applications listed in schedules 1.1 and 1.9, any patents resulting from reissues, re-examinations or extensions (and their relevant international equivalents) of the patents described in schedule 1.1 and 1.9, any subsequently issued, unexpired patent claim of Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees in respect of inventions, discoveries and/or Improvement made, conceived or purchased by Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees in its performance of its work under this Agreement, any regulatory submissions, supporting preclinical, clinical and regulatory reports and material, Marketing Authorization Approvals and the Know-How;

 

1.21                                            Term” means the term of this Agreement as defined in clause 10;

 

1.22                                            Third Party” means any individual, firm, corporation or other legal entity other than a Party and its respective Affiliates;

 

1.23                                            Third Party Rights” means mortgages, charges, liens, security interest and other Third Party rights or interest.

 

2.                                                          TRANSFER OF THE ADITECH PATENT RIGHTS

 

2.1                                                   Transfer of the Aditech Patent Rights. As of the Effective Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement Aditech shall sell, transfer and assign to Forward the Aditech Patent Rights, free of any Third Party Rights.

 

2.2                                                   On or prior to the Effective Date Aditech shall have signed all required transfer statements to the relevant authorities in respect of the Aditech Patent Rights. Forward shall be responsible for the formalization and completion of the transfer of the Aditech Patent Rights from Aditech to Forward, including in respect of expenses incurred.

 

9



 

2.3                                                   Transfer of Documentation. As soon as possible after the Effective Date, Aditech shall use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently transfer to Forward all relevant documentation related to the Aditech Patent Rights.

 

3.                                                          DILIGENT DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION

 

3.1                                                   Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees shall - as further described in this clause 3 - use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently develop and Commercialize the Patent Rights with the purpose of obtaining Fumaric Acid Products and/or Fumaric Acid Processes suitable for commercial launch in the US and/or Europe and maximizing the revenue of such products and processes.

 

3.2                                                   Forward shall procure that Forward or a party on its behalf shall:

 

3.2.1                                         contribute technical, clinical development and marketing expertise in the development and Commercialization of Fumaric Acid Products and/or Fumaric Acid Processes as described in clause 3.1 as well as funding for such development and Commercialization in an amount of at least EUR 1 million per year;

 

3.2.2                                         is not inactive in the development and Commercialization of Fumaric Acid Products and/or Fumaric Acid Processes for more than 1 year; and

 

3.2.3                                         within two months of Aditech’s request - however not more than twice every calendar year - provide Aditech with a written report describing (i) the progress of research and development in relation to the Fumaric Acid Products and the Fumaric Acid Processes, (ii) the progress in Commercialising the Patent Rights, the Fumaric Acid Products and the Fumaric Acid Processes, and (iii) the development or making of Improvements to the Patent Rights.

 

10


 

4.                                                          DISCONTINUATION OF DEVELOPMENT AND COMMERCIALIZATION

 

4.1                                                   In the event that at any time following the Effective Date, Forward or any other parties on its behalf, including its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees discontinue to use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently develop and Commercialize the Patents Rights as set out in clause 3 Forward shall procure that Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech is granted an option to acquire the Patents Rights without consideration in accordance with clause 4.2.

 

4.2                                                   In the event described in clause 4.1 Forward shall immediately notify Aditech in writing hereof and procure that all such information as Aditech may reasonably require to evaluate the option to acquire the Patent Rights is immediately provided (subject to appropriate confidentiality undertaking). Aditech shall, subject to Aditech having received all information reasonably requested, notify Forward in writing within 90 Business Days from receipt of Forward’s notice whether or not Aditech or a party designated by Aditech want to exercise the option. If Aditech does respond in such time and indicates that Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech does want to exercise the option, then Forward hereby agrees to promptly and at the cost and expense of Forward do or procure the doing of all such acts and/or execute or procure the execution of all such documents in a form satisfactory to Aditech as Aditech may reasonably consider necessary for giving full effect to the transfer of the Patent Rights and securing to Aditech or any entity designated by Aditech the full benefit of the rights, powers and remedies conferred upon them in clauses 4.2 and 4.3.

 

4.3                                                   If Forward offers to sell, and Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech is interested in acquiring, any other intellectual property than the Patent Rights this shall be on terms to be agreed by the Parties in their absolute discretion. If Forward or an entity designated by Aditech and Forward does not enter into an agreement within a period of 90 Business Days for whatever reason then the right of Aditech (or an entity designated by Aditech) to acquire such other intellectual property as may be offered by Forward shall lapse and be of no further effect.

 

11



 

4.4                                                   Provided that Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech exercises an option granted pursuant to clause 4.1, Aditech or the entity designated by Aditech as the case might be, shall be obliged to grant a license to Forward Pharma GmbH to the Patent Rights on the terms and conditions currently applicable under the Patent License Agreement dated 23 May 2007 between Forward and Forward Pharma GmbH subject to and only to the extent that Forward Pharma GmbH without such license would breach the terms and conditions under which Forward Pharma GmbH has received funding from Sächsische Aufbaubank Förderbank and be obliged to repay the funding in full or in part.

 

5.                                                          CONSIDERATION

 

5.1                                                   Up front and milestone consideration. Forward shall not pay any up front or milestone consideration.

 

5.2                                                   Royalty. Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and its Licensees shall pay to Aditech royalties equal to:

 

·                                         1 % until Aditech has received EUR 15,333,333; and

·                                         2 % thereafter

 

of Net End Sales relating to Commercialization of the Patent Rights, the Fumaric Acid Products and the Fumaric Acid Processes during the Term. The obligation to pay such royalties ceases on a country by country basis, product by product on an approved use basis on the later of the following events occurring in each country:

 

(a)    the registrable Patent Rights expiring;

 

(b)    any applicable market exclusivity or data protection or similar expiring;

 

12



 

6.                                                          PAYMENT AND FINANCIAL PROVISIONS

 

6.1                                                   Royalties. Royalties pursuant to clause 5 shall be paid within 6 weeks following each calendar quarter for Net End Sales in such calendar quarter. Each payment shall be accompanied by a written statement in a form reasonably acceptable to Aditech, certified by an authorized officer of Forward, showing Net End Sales, the deductions used to calculate such amount, withholding taxes, if any, required by law to be deducted in respect of such amounts, and applicable currency exchange calculations — all in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. If no royalty is due, Forward shall nevertheless render a statement to reflect such fact provided that a Fumaric Acid Product has been developed and approved in some country. Forward shall also furnish such additional information as Aditech may reasonably request from time to time to assure that the proper royalty amount was paid.

 

6.2                                                   Bank Info. All amounts due to Aditech under this Agreement shall be paid by wire transfer to such bank account as Aditech may direct from time to time. All bank expenses incurred by the remitting Party in making such wire transfer shall be on its own account.

 

Currency. All payments shall be made in EUR, except as expressly otherwise stated in this Agreement. In the event that sales are made in a currency other than EUR, the amount of such sales shall be converted to EUR using the Danish National Bank’s official exchange rates on each of the last business days of each month in the quarter prior to the date of payment. If the laws or regulation of another country prevent the conversion of its currency into EUR for the payment of royalties, Forward will either (a) pay such royalties by depositing the currency of the other country into a bank account designated by Aditech in that country, or (b) if permitted by law, pay such royalties in the currency of the country in question to Aditech’s designee in that country.

 

Withholding of Taxes etc. All amounts to be paid are intended to be net of any deduction, whatsoever, such as tax, duty levy, fee or charge that may be applied to such amount and/or its payments to the Party entitled. Aditech authorizes Forward to withhold such taxes from the payments which are payable to Aditech, if Forward is either required to do so under the applicable laws or directed to do so by an agency of the relevant government.

 

13



 

Upon Aditech’s written request, Forward shall with respect to the laws of Denmark, support Aditech in its legal effort to minimize any such withholding taxes, and provide Aditech with information about and necessary for any documentation needed to reduce withholding to a legal minimum.

 

6.3                                                   Interest. If Forward fails to pay any sum on its due date for payment under this Agreement, Forward shall pay interest on such sum on demand from the due date up to the date of actual payment at a rate equal to London Inter Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 4 percent per annum. The payment of such default interest shall not foreclose or limit Aditech from exercising any other rights it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any payments.

 

7.                                                          RECORDS AND REPORTING OF FORWARD

 

7.1                                                   Forward’s Records. Forward’s records shall be kept at Forward’s principal place of business and will be available for inspection and audit by Aditech’s nominee during the Term and for a period of 18 months following expiration of the Term or termination of the Agreement.

 

Audit of Forward’s Records. Aditech may once each calendar year upon prior written notice to Forward, have the books and records of Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees audited by a nominee, in order to verify that, to the extent applicable, all amounts relating to this Agreement have been correctly calculated. In the event that there has been an error in the calculation or recording, any balance due shall be paid with interest to Aditech within 30 calendar days. To the extent that Aditech have been underpaid due to an error on the books of Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees and such error differs with more than USD 10,000 from the amount that should have been paid and was paid, Aditech shall in addition be paid by Forward reasonable expenses incurred in performing the audit.

 

7.2                                                   Aditech’s Nominee. Aditech’s nominee shall be an independent auditor to whom Forward has no reasonable objection. Aditech’s nominee will be entitled to on 10 calendar days’ written notice, and during normal business hours, to inspect Forward’s records and all other documents and materials in the possession, control or power of Forward or any Licensee relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

14



 

Aditech’s nominee will be permitted to make notes or copies, at its own expense, of Forward’s records and other documents and material necessary for the inspection and audit.

 

7.3                                                   Inspection of Premises. During the Term and for a period of 6 months following the Term and upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours, Forward will permit or obtain permission for Aditech, by its respective agents or employees, to enter and inspect any premises where its Confidential Information, the Patent Rights or Fumaric Acid  Processes are used by Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates or Licensees or Fumaric Acid Products are manufactured or stored, for the purpose of determining whether Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees are complying with the provisions of this Agreement. Any such inspection will be conducted at the expense of Aditech.

 

7.4                                                   Licensees’ Records. Forward will contractually require all its assignees, its Affiliates and Licensees to maintain complete and accurate records of its Commercialization in accordance with Generally Acceptable Accounting Principles, including receipt of consideration relating to the Fumaric Acid Products, Fumaric Acid Processes and the Patent Rights and all other information reasonably necessary to establish compliance with the terms of this Agreement, and to permit access to such records by Aditech, on reasonable notice during the Term and for a period of 6 months following the Term or termination of this Agreement.

 

8.                                                          INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

8.1                                                   If Forward decides not to file, prosecute or maintain any of the Patent Rights in the USA, Germany, France, Great Britain and Italy Forward shall provide Aditech with written notice of such decision, in which case Aditech or an entity appointed by Aditech, at its discretion, may assume ownership of such patent rights and responsibility for filing, prosecuting or maintaining of such patents rights at its own cost or expense in Aditech’s name (or in the name of an entity appointed by Aditech). Should Aditech (or an entity appointed by Aditech) assume ownership of such patent rights, Forward undertakes not to infringe, but at the same time shall no longer be required to pay royalties  in respect of such patent rights.

 

15



 

8.2                                                   No Challenge. During the Term, Aditech undertakes not to, either directly or indirectly challenge the validity of the Patent Rights and will not assist any Third Party to do so.

 

9.                                                          CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1                                                   Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement the recipient of any Confidential Information undertakes from the date of disclosure to treat all received Confidential Information as strictly confidential during the Term and for a term of 5 years thereafter and therefore not to disclose it to any Third Party without the prior written and express consent of the disclosing Party. The recipient shall not use Confidential Information for any purpose other than purposes relating to this Agreement.

 

10.                                                   TERM

 

10.1                                            This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until the expiry of the royalty obligation set forth in clause 5 except for early termination provided for in this Agreement or by separate agreement between the Parties.

 

11.                                                   TERMINATION

 

11.1                                            Aditech. Aditech may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing in the event that:

 

(a)                                Forward seeks liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of itself, is insolvent or Forward makes any general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(b)                                a petition is filed by or against Forward, or any proceeding is initiated by or against Forward, or any proceeding is initiated against Forward as a debtor, under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, unless such petition or proceeding is held to be unfounded;

 

16



 

(c)                                 a receiver, trustee, or any similar officer is appointed to take possession, custody, or control of all or any part of Forward’s assets or property;

 

(d)                                upon the material breach by Forward of any material term or material condition of this Agreement, if such breach continues for 30 calendar days after the receipt of written notice thereof from Aditech;

 

(e)                                 if Forward does not meet the requirements in respect of the development and Commercialization of the Patent Rights pursuant to clause 3.

 

11.2                                            Forward. Forward may immediately terminate this Agreement in writing in the event that development and Commercialization of the Patent Rights, Fumaric Acid Products and Fumaric Acid Processes in the reasonable opinion of Forward are no longer commercially feasible.

 

11.3                                            Termination and Other Remedies. The provisions under which this Agreement may be terminated shall be in addition to any and all other legal remedies which either Party may have for the enforcement of any and all terms hereof, and do not in any way limit any other legal remedy such Party may have.

 

12.                                                   CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

 

12.1                                            Termination. In the event of termination of this Agreement by Aditech or by Forward the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)                                All rights of Forward to the Patent Rights, the Fumaric Products and the Fumaric Processes shall cease immediately and Forward shall without charge grant Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech an option to acquire the Patent Rights without consideration in accordance with the principle set forth in clauses 4.2-4.4. If the option is exercised  Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech shall be the absolute owner of and shall, free of charge, have the sole and exclusive worldwide right to use and Commercialize any and all Patent Rights, Fumaric Acid Products and Fumaric Acid Processes of any kind in any manner.

 

17



 

(b)                                Forward shall not be relieved from any financial obligation to Aditech accruing prior to or after termination or from performing all other provisions of this Agreement expressly agreed to survive termination.

 

(c)                                 Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech shall have the right to retain any sums already paid by Forward hereunder, and Forward shall pay all sums accrued or due hereunder.

 

(d)                                Forward shall provide Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech with any and all written or electronic information, scientific, preclinical, clinical and technical data and documentation related to the Patent Rights, the Fumaric Acid Products and the Fumaric Acid Processes.

 

12.2                                            Inventory. Forward, its assignees, its Affiliate and its Licensees may complete and sell any inventory of Fumaric Acid Products existing as of the effective date of termination of this Agreement, provided that Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and its Licensees are not in material breach of this Agreement and that Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and its Licensees pay to Aditech all applicable consideration relating to the sale of the inventory in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and that all such inventory be completed and sold within 6 months following the effective date of termination of this Agreement.

 

12.3                                            Transfer. If the option pursuant to clause 12.1(a) is exercised Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates and its Licensees will use commercially reasonable efforts to, within 60 calendar days of the effective date of any early termination, assist in the transfer of the manufacturing process(es) of the Fumaric Acid  Products to Aditech or an entity designated by Aditech.

 

13.                                                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

13.1                                            Aditech. Aditech represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge,

 

(a)                                it has the right to sell, transfer and assign the Aditech  Patent Rights set forth in this Agreement;

 

18



 

(b)                                the Aditech Patents Rights do not conflict with rights previously granted to any other Third Party or any agreement to which Aditech is bound; and

 

(c)                                 there is no litigation pending or threatening with respect to the Aditech Patent   Rights.

 

13.2                                            Construction. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as,

 

(a)                                a representation or warranty by Aditech as to the patentability, validity, scope, or usefulness of the Aditech Patent Rights; or

 

(b)                                a representation or warranty by Aditech that anything made, used, sold or other-wise disposed of under this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents or other proprietary rights not included in Aditech Patent Rights; or

 

(c)                                 a representation or warranty by Aditech that the Aditech Patents Rights will produce Fumaric Acid Products of satisfactory quality or fit for the purpose for which Forward intended.

 

14.                                                   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

14.1                                            Consequential Damages etc. In no event will Aditech, its respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees or its Affiliates be liable to Forward, its assignees, its Affiliates or Licensees, for any economic, special, incidental, or indirect, consequential, punitive or exemplary damages or for any loss of data, loss of revenue or earnings, loss of profits or business interruption or for damages or losses of Third Parties, whether or not foreseeable and whether suffered in tort (including negligence), contract or otherwise relating to this Agreement.

 

14.2                                            Forward’s Sole Remedy. Forward agrees that its sole remedy against Aditech for any breach or default of Aditech relating to this Agreement which entitles Forward to any damages or other relief, will be to deduct the amount of such damages from royalties payable to Aditech pursuant to clause 5.

 

19


 

No such deduction may be made without the prior written consent of Aditech or a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal has been taken or the time for appealing has expired.

 

14.3                                                Scope of limitation. Aditech will not have any obligation, duty or liability to Forward, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, other than as expressly provided in this Agreement. The limitations, exclusions and disclaimers in this Agreement will apply irrespective of the nature of the cause of action or demand including, but not limited to, breach of contract, negligence, strict liability, tort or any other legal theory and will survive a fundamental breach or breaches of this Agreement or the failure of the essential purpose of this Agreement unless such liability is due to willful misconduct or the gross negligence of Aditech.

 

15.                                                       INDEMNIFICATION

 

Indemnification of Aditech. Forward shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend Aditech, its shareholders, its offices, inventors, employees, students, and agents, against any and all claims, suits, losses, damages, costs, fees, and expenses resulting from or arising out of exercise of this Agreement.

 

The indemnification includes, but is not limited to, any damages, losses, or liabilities whatsoever with respect to death or injury to any person and damages to any property arising from the possession, use, or operation of the Aditech Patent Rights by Forward or any customers, users, or others affected by the Aditech Patent Rights in any manner whatsoever unless such claims arise from gross negligent misconduct of Aditech. Aditech shall indemnify Forward in a similar manner with respect to any breach of the representations and warranties set forth in clause 13. This indemnification clause shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

15.1                                                Infringement. For the avoidance of doubt, Forward shall indemnify Aditech against any and all liability, loss, damage, cost or expense incurred or suffered by Aditech as a result of any claim that Forward’s activities under the Aditech Patent Rights infringes a Third Party’s proprietary rights.

 

20



 

15.2                                                Confidential Information. For the avoidance of doubt, the recipient shall keep the disclosing Party fully and effectively indemnified against any and all losses, expenses, and damages suffered by the disclosing party arising from any unauthorized disclosure or use of any part of Confidential Information by the recipient including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

 

16.                                                       INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

16.1                                                Forward shall, prior to any manufacture, sale or use of Fumaric Acid Products or use of Fumaric Acid Processes, obtain and maintain at its own cost a policy of general liability insurance including product liability and contractual liability coverage (with “claims-made” coverage), within the limits tied to the risks inherent to the activities to be performed by Forward. Further, Forward shall prior to initiating any clinical trials obtain and maintain a clinical trial insurance.

 

17.                                                       FORCE MAJEURE

 

17.1                                                For the purpose of this Agreement, circumstances beyond the control of a Party which excuse that Party from performance shall include, but shall not be limited to, acts of God, acts, regulations of laws of any government, injunction or judgment of any court, war, civil commotion, destruction of facility or materials by fire, earthquake, storm or other casualty, labor disturbances, epidemic and failure of public utilities or common carrier.

 

17.2                                                Each of the Parties shall be excused from the performance of its obligations and shall not be liable for damages to the other Party in the event that such performance is prevented by circumstances beyond its effective control. Such excuse from performance shall continue as long as the condition responsible for such excuse continues and a 30 calendar day period thereafter.

 

21



 

18.                                                       MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1                                                Assignment - Aditech. Aditech may assign and transfer this Agreement or any of its rights and obligations pursuant to this Agreement without the prior written consent of Forward.

 

18.2                                                Assignment/License - Forward. Subject to the assignee, the Affilliate or the Licensee in question undertaking and having the capacity to undertake to be bound by any and all limitations and obligations of Forward under this Agreement Forward may assign and transfer this Agreement, or any of its rights and obligations pursuant to this Agreement, including by granting licenses to the Patent Rights, Fumaric Acid Products and Fumaric Acid Processes, without the prior written consent of Aditech, provided, however, that Forward shall be liable for the assignee’s, the Affilliate’s or the Licensee’s fulfillment of Forward’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

18.3                                                Ambiguity. The Parties agree that each of them has participated in the drafting of the provisions of this Agreement and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting Party will not apply to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement.

 

18.4                                                Time. Any time period not ending on a Business Day is automatically extended to 17.00 hours on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

18.5                                                Relationship. The relationship between the Parties constituted by this Agreement is intended and is to be construed as that of independent contracting parties only and not that of partnership, joint venture, agency or any other association. Nothing contained in this Agreement will constitute any Party as having the authority to bind the other in any manner.

 

18.6                                                Successors. This Agreement binds the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the respective Parties and cannot be changed except by written agreement signed by both Parties.

 

18.7                                                Survival. The following terms of this Agreement will survive its expiration or termination: clauses 7, 9, 12.2, 12.3, 15, 18.13 and 19.

 

22



 

18.8                                                Amendments. No modification of, or amendment to, this Agreement will be valid or binding unless in writing and duly executed by the Parties.

 

18.9                                                Further Assurances. The Parties will, from time to time, execute and deliver all such further documents and instruments and do such acts and things as any Party may reasonably require to effectively carrying out the intent of this Agreement.

 

18.10                                         Severability. If an arbitration or court or other lawful authority of competent jurisdiction declares any provision or part of any provision of this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect with respect to all other provisions and all rights and remedies accrued under such other provisions.

 

18.11                                         No Waiver. The failure of any Party to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement, or any right with respect thereto, or to exercise any election herein provided, shall in no way be considered to be a waiver of such provision, right or election, or in any way affect the validity of this Agreement. The exercise by any Party of any right or election under the terms or covenants herein shall not preclude or prejudice any Party from exercising the same or any other right it may have under this Agreement, irrespective of any previous action or proceeding taken by the Parties hereunder.

 

18.12                                         Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the Patent Rights and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between the Parties with respect to the Patent Rights. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the Parties other than as expressly set out in this Agreement.

 

18.13                                         Notice. Any demand, notice or other communication to be given in connection with this Agreement will be given in writing and will be given by personal delivery or by electronic means of communication addressed to the recipient as follows:

 

23



 

To Aditech:

 

ADITECH PHARMA AG

c/o Domanda Verwaltungs GmbH

Baarerstrasse 43

CH-6300 Zug

Switzerland

Attention: Christian Hansen

Facsimile No.: +45 – 70 20 12 64

 

and to Forward:

 

FORWARD PHARMA A/S

Nyhavn 43 B, 2.

DK-1051 Copenhagen K

Denmark

Attention: Henrik Nilsson

Facsimile No.: +45 – 33 44 42 44

 

or to such other address, individual or electronic communication number as may be designated by notice given by either Party to the other. Any demand, notice or other communication given by personal delivery will be conclusively deemed to have been given on the day of actual delivery thereof and, if given by electronic communication, on the day of transmittal thereof if given during the normal business hours of the recipient on a Business Day on the Business Day during which such business hours next occur if not given during such hours on any day.

 

18.14                                         The Parties recognize that Forward may be a subsequent assignor or licensor of the Patent Rights for further development and Commercialization to a Third Party, and the Parties hereby agree to work in good faith to adjust this Agreement to enable such assignment or licensing, however without creating any obligation on either Party to do so.

 

19.                                                       LAW AND VENUE

 

19.1                                                Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Kingdom of Denmark without giving effect to conflict of law principles.

 

24



 

19.2                                                Dispute Resolution. In the event of controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or in connection with any provision of this Agreement, including breach hereof, the Parties hereto shall try to settle the problem amicably between themselves. Should the Parties hereto fail to agree, the matter in dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration in Copenhagen in accordance with the rules of procedure of the Danish Institute of Arbitration (Copenhagen Arbitration). The Arbitration shall be composed of 3 arbitrators. Each Party appoints an arbitrator and the institute appoints the Chairman of the Arbitration Tribunal. If a Party has not appointed an arbitrator within 30 days of having requested or received, respectively, notice of the arbitration, the institute appoints such arbitrator. The language of the arbitration shall be English.

 

19.3                                                Attorney’s Fees. The substantially prevailing Party in arbitration or in any judicial or administrative action or proceeding arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be entitled to reimbursement from the other Party for its reasonable costs and attorney’s fees, including without limitation, the hourly charges routinely charged by the person providing the services, the time of legal assistants, secretarial and clerical overtime, and fees and expenses of experts retained by counsel.

 

19.4                                                Continued Performance. During the currency of any dispute, arbitration or court proceeding authorized by this clause 19, the Parties will continue to perform their undisputed obligations pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, pending final resolution of the dispute; provided, however, that a Party may suspend performance of its undisputed obligations during any period in which the other Party fails or refuses to perform its undisputed obligations. Nothing in this clause 19 is intended to relieve Forward from its obligation to pay the consideration pursuant to clause 5.

 

***

 

25



 

Signature page for Patent Tranfer Agreement between Aditech Pharma AG and Forward Pharma A/S.

 

The Parties have executed this Agreement in two original copies, of which the Parties have received one each.

 

Zug 5/4 2010

Copenhagen 4/30 2010

 

 

 

 

For and on behalf of

For and on behalf of

 

 

Aditech Pharma AG

Forward Pharma A/S

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

Michael Forer

Hans Schambye

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

Christian Hansen

Christian Hansen

 

26




Exhibit 10.2

 

 

FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

FORWARD PHARMA A/S

 

BETWEEN

 

Nordic Biotech K/S

 

Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S

 

BML Healthcare I, L.P.

 

NB FP Investment K/S

 

NB FP Investment II K/S

 

AND

 

Forward Pharma A/S

 

DATED 11/7/2014

 



 

CONTENTS

 

1.

Definitions

7

2.

Purpose and general provisions

10

3.

Timeline

11

4.

Shareholder items

12

5.

Board items

17

6.

Over-Allotment Option

21

7.

General power of attorney

21

8.

Confidentiality

22

9.

Assignment

23

10.

Costs and expenses

23

11.

Governing law and arbitration

23

12.

Miscellaneous

24

 

2



 

APPENDICES

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix 3.1:

 

Step-plan

 

 

 

Appendix 4.1.1:

 

Minutes of general meeting (increase of share capital pursuant to the Investment Agreement)

 

 

 

Appendix 4.2.1:

 

Minutes of general meeting (conversion of Bridge Loan and exercise of BNOPP Warrant)

 

 

 

Appendix 4.3.1 (a):

 

2014 omnibus equity incentive compensation plan

 

 

 

Appendix 4.3.1 (b):

 

Draft minutes of general meeting (authorisation of the Board to issue warrants and shares to employees etc. and adoption of 2014 omnibus equity compensation plan)

 

 

 

Appendix 4.4.1:

 

Draft minutes of general meeting (authorisations of the Board to issue new shares to be subscribed for at the IPO and in case of exercise of the Over-Allotment Option)

 

 

 

Appendix 4.5.1 (a):

 

Draft minutes of general meeting (amendments to the Articles of Association, including among others conversion of Bridge Loan II and elimination of share classes)

 

 

 

Appendix 4.5.1 (b):

 

Draft articles of association following the general meeting referred to in clause 4.5.1

 

 

 

Appendix 4.5.1 (c):

 

Example illustrating the implementation of items (i)-(v) in clause 4.5.1

 

 

 

Appendix 4.5.2:

 

Proxies from the Shareholders to Jakob Mosegaard Larsen, attorney-at-law, in relation to the general meeting referred to in clause 4.5.1

 

 

 

Appendix 4.5.4:

 

Example of the application of conversion principle

 

3



 

Appendix 5.1.1:

 

Draft minutes of Board meeting (employment of CEO and CFO, adoption of 2014 omnibus equity compensation plan, and issuance of warrants and grant of rights to deferred shares)

 

 

 

Appendix 5.2.1(a):

 

Draft rules of procedures for the Board, including guidelines for the executive management

 

 

 

Appendix 5.2.1(b):

 

Draft internal rules on trading securities issued by the Company

 

 

 

Appendix 5.2.1(c):

 

Draft internal rules on dissemination of inside information

 

 

 

Appendix 5.2.1(d):

 

Draft list of insiders

 

 

 

Appendix 5.2.1(e):

 

Draft indemnification agreement

 

 

 

Appendix 5.2.1(f):

 

D&O and POSI insurance terms

 

 

 

Appendix 5.2.1(g):

 

Draft minutes of Board meeting (adoption of internal rules and execution/authorization of execution of certain agreements)

 

 

 

Appendix 5.3.1(a):

 

Draft Underwriting Agreement

 

 

 

Appendix 5.3.1(b):

 

Draft Deposit Agreement

 

 

 

Appendix 5.3.1(c):

 

Draft minutes of Board meeting (exercise of authorisation to issue new shares to be subscribed for at the IPO and approval of certain documents)

 

 

 

Appendix 5.4.1:

 

Draft minutes of Board meeting (approval of IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and allocation of American Depositary Shares)

 

 

 

Appendix 5.5.1:

 

Post-IPO Articles of Association

 

 

 

Appendix 5.6.1:

 

Draft letter to warrant holders (information about the revised articles of association of the Company)

 

4



 

Appendix 9.1

 

Lock-up agreements

 

5



 

FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

 

ENTERED INTO BETWEEN

 

Nordic Biotech K/S

Company registration no. 26290724

Østergade 24A, first floor

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark

(“NB”)

 

Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S

Company registration no. 31262488

Østergade 24A, first floor

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark

(“NBOPP”)

 

NB FP Investment K/S

Company registration no. 34902038

Østergade 24A, first floor

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark

(“NBFPI”)

 

NB FP Investment II K/S

Company registration no. 35867899

Østergade 24A, first floor

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark

(“NBFPI2”)

 

6



 

BML Healthcare I, L.P.

c/o Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400

Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware

United States

(“BML”)

 

AND

 

Forward Pharma A/S

Company registration no. 28865880

Østergade 24A, first floor

1100 Copenhagen K

Denmark.

(“Company”)

 

1.             DEFINITIONS

 

1.1          In this Agreement the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

 

American Depositary Shares

 

American depositary shares created under the Deposit Agreement representing rights with respect to shares in the Company deposited with the Depositary under the Deposit Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Agreement

 

This framework agreement, including appendices.

 

 

 

 

 

Articles of Association

 

The articles of association of the Company dated 20 June 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

Board

 

The board of directors of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

Bridge Loan

 

The convertible loan provided by NBOPP to the Company pursuant to the Loan Note.

 

7


 

 

Bridge Loan II

 

The convertible loan provided by NBFPI2 to the Company pursuant to the Loan Note II.

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit Agreement

 

The deposit agreement contemplated to be completed between, among others, the Company and the Depositary (as depositary) as set out in clause 5.3.1.

 

 

 

 

 

Depositary

 

Bank of New York Mellon.

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Agreement

 

The investment agreement entered into between the Shareholders (other than NBFPI2) and the Company, dated 19 January 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

IPO

 

Has the meaning set out in clause 2.1.

 

 

 

 

 

IPO Offer Price

 

The price at which American Depositary Shares are sold by the Underwriters to eligible investors at the IPO.

 

 

 

 

 

IPO Subscription Price

 

The IPO Offer Price minus the underwriting discount/commission of the Underwriters (excluding any subscription of shares (to be delivered in the form of American Depositary Shares) pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option).

 

 

 

 

 

Loan Note

 

The convertible loan note entered into between the Company and NBOPP in October 2013 with a principal amount of DKK 13,775,000.

 

 

 

 

 

Loan Note II

 

The convertible loan note dated 30 May 2014 entered into between the Company and NBFPI2 with a principal amount of EUR 8,350,000.

 

8



 

 

NBOPP Warrant

 

NBOPP’s right to subscribe for up to 138.010 class A shares in the Company in accordance with clause 2.2 of the shareholders agreement entered into between the Shareholders (other than NBFPI2) and the Company, dated 19 January 2013.

 

 

 

 

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

An over-allotment option to be granted by the Company to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement to subscribe for (or have the Depositary subscribe for) additional new shares (to be delivered in the form of American Depositary Shares) in a number equal to up to 15 per cent of the initial offering size. The Over-Allotment Option may be exercised fully or in part, on multiple occasions within 30 calendar days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement. The exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment Option shall take place at the IPO Subscription Price.

 

 

 

 

 

Parties

 

The Shareholders, NBFPI2, the Company, and the members of the Board, collectively.

 

 

 

 

 

Post-IPO Articles of Association

 

The articles of association expected to come in force immediately upon closing and settlement of the IPO.

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders

 

NB, NBOPP, NBFPI, BML and (automatically upon conversion of the Bridge Loan II into shares in the Company) NBFPI2, collectively.

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Agreement

 

The shareholders’ agreement dated 30 May 2014 entered into between NB, NBOPP, NBFPI, NBFPI2 and BML regarding the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriters

 

Leerink Partners LLC and each of the other underwriters named in schedule A to the Underwriting Agreement, collectively.

 

9



 

 

Underwriting Agreement

 

The underwriting agreement to be completed between the Company and the Underwriters as set out in clause 5.3.1.

 

2.             PURPOSE AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

2.1          The Company is preparing an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, New York (the “IPO”). As part of said preparation a series of steps, implying among others the adoption of changes to the Company’s capital structure and Articles of Association must be completed.

 

2.2          It is the purpose of this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions which shall apply to the implementation of the steps referred to in clause 2.1. The Agreement shall be binding not only to the Shareholders but also to the Company and the members of the Board. The members of the Board shall confirm their own and the Company’s adherence to the Agreement by co-signing the Agreement.

 

2.3          Each of the Shareholders shall vote in favour of all general meeting resolutions and any other resolutions and procure each of its elected members of the Board to give effect to this Agreement, including that each of the Shareholders waive any and all pre-emption rights and similar rights which otherwise might prevent any issue of shares contemplated under this Agreement. Correspondingly, the members of the Board and the Company shall give full effect to this Agreement.

 

2.4          Each of the Parties shall at its own cost, on being reasonably required to do so by any of the other Parties, perform, or procure the performance of, all further acts, and execute and deliver, or procure the execution and delivery, of all documents which the requesting Party may reasonably consider necessary or desirable for giving full effect to this Agreement or for securing the full benefit of the rights, powers and remedies given to the Parties under this Agreement.

 

10



 

3.             TIMELINE

 

3.1          The high level timetable below outlines indicative dates for the implementation of the steps referred to in clause 2.1, while a more detailed, indicative step-plan is attached to this Agreement as appendix 3.1:

 

 

Item

 

Date

 

Clause

 

Capital increase pursuant to the Investment Agreement

 

13 March 2014

 

4.1

 

Conversion of the Bridge Loan and exercise of the NBOPP Warrant

 

17 March 2014

 

4.2.1

 

Conclusion of lock-up agreements by the Share-holders, members of the Board and the executive management

 

8 April 2014

 

9.1

 

Conclusion of Loan Note II

 

30 May 2014

 

4.2.2

 

Authorisation of the Board to issue warrants and shares to employees etc.

 

July 2014

 

4.3

 

Employment of CEO and CFO, adoption of compensation plan and issuance of warrants

 

July 2014

 

5.1

 

Authorisation of the Board to issue new shares (to be delivered in the form of American Depositary Shares) to be subscribed for at the IPO and in case of exercise of the Over-Allotment Option

 

July 2014

 

4.4

 

Adoption of internal rules and guidelines and execution/authorization of execution of certain agreements

 

July/August 2014

 

5.2

 

Exercise of authorisation to issue new shares to be subscribed for at the IPO (in the form of American Depositary Shares) and approval of certain documents

 

July/August 2014

 

5.3

 

Amendments to the Articles of Association, including conversion of Bridge Loan II and elimination of share classes

 

August 2014

 

4.5.1

 

Determination of binding IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and allocation of American Depositary Shares

 

August 2014

 

5.4

 

11



 

 

Termination of the Shareholders Agreement

 

August 2014

 

4.6

 

Dispatch of letter to warrant holders

 

August/September 2014

 

5.6

 

4.             SHAREHOLDER ITEMS

 

4.1          Capital increase pursuant to the Investment Agreement

 

4.1.1       On 13 March 2014 NBFPI has subscribed for a total of 8,841 B shares in the Company against payment of DKK 10,408,951 as set out in the minutes of extraordinary general meeting in the Company attached hereto as appendix 4.1.1 and in accordance with the Investment Agreement.

 

4.1.2       Following the subscription of shares, payment of the subscription price and registration of the capital increase with the Danish Business Authority, which occurred on 27 March 2014, in accordance with clause 4.1.1 above, no further subscription of shares may take place pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

 

4.2          Bridge loans and exercise of the NBOPP Warrant

 

4.2.1       On 17 March 2014 NBOPP has converted the Bridge Loan to share capital in the Company in accordance with clause 3.3 of the Loan Note and as set out in the minutes of extraordinary general meeting in the Company attached hereto as appendix 4.2.1. As appears from the minutes, the conversion of the principal amount, DKK 13,775,000, entitled NBOPP to subscribe for 137,750 class A shares. The remaining 260 class A shares, which NBOPP was entitled to subscribe for under the NBOPP Warrant, were subscribed for by cash contribution. At the date of the conversion, the Company paid the accrued, unpaid interest on the Bridge Loan to NBOPP, in the amount of DKK 1,048,430.

 

4.2.2       On 30 May 2014 the Company and NBFPI2 have entered into a convertible loan agreement (Loan Note II) regarding NBFPI2’s grant of a convertible loan facility to the Company in the principal amount of EUR 8,350,000, convertible into ordinary

 

12



 

shares in the Company upon the occurrence of an IPO on or before 31 December 2014. The Loan Note II has been approved by all Shareholders.

 

4.3          Authorisation of the Board to issue warrants and shares to employees etc. and approval of compensation plan

 

4.3.1       In July 2014 (or at such other point in time as decided by the Board) an extraordinary general meeting shall be held in the Company on which it is resolved to adopt the draft 2014 omnibus equity incentive compensation plan attached hereto as appendix 4.3.1 (a) and authorise the Board in two separate authorizations to

 

(i)            issue up to 120,000 warrants, each warrant entitling the holder to subscribe for up to, and including, nominally DKK 120,000 A shares, to employees, members of the Board, members of the management, and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries; and

 

(ii)           issue and up to nominally DKK 120,000 A shares to employees, members of the Board, members of the management, and consultants of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.

 

A copy of the draft minutes of the extraordinary general meeting is attached hereto as appendix 4.3.1 (b).

 

4.4          Authorisation of the Board to issue new shares to be subscribed for at the IPO

 

4.4.1       In July 2014 (or at such other point in time as decided by the Board) an extraordinary general meeting shall be held in the Company on which it is resolved to authorise the Board in two separate authorizations to

 

(i)            issue new shares without pre-emption rights for existing shareholders and to be subscribed for by the Depositary at the request of the Underwriters at the IPO (and delivered to the Underwriters in the form of American Depositary Shares); and

 

13



 

(ii)           issue new shares without pre-emption rights for existing shareholders and to be subscribed for by the Depositary at the request of the Underwriters (and delivered to the Underwriters in the form of American Depositary Shares) pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option provided by the Company to the Underwriter, cf. clause 6,

 

in accordance with the draft minutes attached hereto as appendix 4.4.1.

 

4.4.2       The authorization provided to the Board pursuant to clause 4.4.1(i) may and shall be used by the Board only to issue shares to be subscribed for by the Depositary at the request of the Underwriters (and delivered to the Underwriters in the form of American Depositary Shares) at the IPO, whereas the authorization provided to the Board pursuant to clause 4.4.1(ii) may and shall be used by the Board only to issue shares to be subscribed for by the Depositary at the request of the Underwriters (and delivered to the Underwriters in the form of American Depositary Shares) pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option provided by the Company to the Underwriters, cf. clause 6. The authorizations may not be used for any other purposes.

 

4.5          Amendments to the Articles of Association, including conversion of Bridge Loan II and elimination of share classes

 

4.5.1       Immediately prior to the Board’s approval of the IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and the allocation of American Depositary Shares to eligible investors (which shall be subject to satisfaction of the conditions for admission to trading set by the NASDAQ Global Market, New York, and the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement), an extraordinary general meeting shall be held in the Company on which it is, among others, resolved to

 

(i)            issue class A bonus shares to the class B shareholders;

 

(ii)           convert all shares in the Company to one share class;

 

(iii)          convert any bridge financing obtained by the Company, including the Bridge Loan II, into shares in the Company with a discount of up to 15 per cent relative to the IPO Offer Price;

 

14



 

(iv)          issue bonus shares to all Shareholders to such extent that the undiluted nominal share capital of the Company will amount to DKK 3,333,333 (or such other amount as decided by the Board), excluding, however, any shares that may be issued pursuant to exercise of warrants;

 

(v)           carry out a split of the shares to the effect that each share of nominally DKK 1.00 is split into 20 shares of nominally DKK 0.05 (or such other number of shares as decided by the Board) after which there will be 66,666,660 shares in the Company of nominally DKK 0.05 (or such other number of shares as decided by the Board);

 

(vi)          cancel the Board’s authorization to issue up to 150,000 class B shares pursuant to article 4Q of the Articles of Association;

 

(vii)         authorise the Board to resolve to distribute extraordinary dividends;

 

(viii)        authorise the Board to have the Company acquire its own shares (directly or through acquisition of American Depositary Shares which are then surrendered to the Depository enabling the Company to take delivery of the underlying shares represented by the American Depository Shares, which can then be cancelled at a general meeting);

 

(ix)          authorise the Board to issue new shares without pre-emption rights for existing shareholders at a price determined by the Board and which may be lower than the market price; and

 

(x)           make certain other changes to the Articles of Association,

 

all in accordance with the draft minutes attached hereto as appendix 4.5.1(a) and the draft articles of association attached hereto as appendix 4.5.1(b).

 

The Board shall cause the resolutions set out in the attached minutes (appendix 4.5.1(a)) and the attached articles of association (appendix 4.5.1(b)) to be registered with the Danish Business Authority as soon as possible after the holding of the general meeting.

 

15


 

An example illustrating the implementation of items (i)-(v) above is attached hereto as appendix 4.5.1(c).

 

4.5.2       The Shareholders have signed the proxies attached hereto as appendix 4.5.2, which authorize Jakob Mosegaard Larsen, attorney-at-law, (with a right of substitution) to attend and vote on their behalf on the extraordinary general meeting in the Company referred to in clause 4.5.1 above in accordance with the draft minutes also referred to in clause 4.5.1 above and attached hereto as appendix 4.5.1(a).

 

4.5.3       The Parties agree that the extraordinary general meeting in the Company referred to in clause 4.5.1 shall only be filed with the Danish Business Authority after and subject to the Board’s approval of the number of shares to be issued, the IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and the allocation of American Depositary Shares to eligible investors, cf. clause 5.4. If such approval and allocation do not occur, no filing with the Danish Business Authority shall take place and all decisions made at the extraordinary general meeting in the Company referred to in clause 4.5.1 shall be null and void, to the extent permissible under Danish law.

 

4.5.4       The issue of class A bonus shares to the class B shareholders and conversion of all shares in the Company to one share class referred to in sub-clause 4.5.1(i) and (ii) above shall be implemented under the observance of the following principle: The class B shares in the Company shall be converted to class A shares (common shares) in the Company by application of a ratio which reflects a preference payment on the class B shares of (1.375*2.73) = 3.75375 times the money paid in on the class B shares.

 

An example of the application of said principle (including fictive numbers chosen for illustration purposes only) is attached hereto as appendix 4.5.4.

 

4.6          Termination of Shareholders Agreement

 

4.6.1       Upon the Board’s approval of the number of shares to be issued, the IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and the allocation of American Depositary Shares to eligible investors, and satisfaction of the conditions for admission to trading set by the NASDAQ Global Market, New York, the Shareholders Agreement shall

 

16



 

automatically terminate without further notice or other action required by the Shareholders, provided however that the Shareholders and all warrant holders shall continue to be bound be the lock-up provision set forth in clause 7.2 of the Shareholders Agreement, except to the extent separate lock-up undertakings (attached hereto as appendix 8.1) applies to such Shareholders and warrant holders, in which case such separate lock-up undertakings shall replace the lock-up provisions set forth in clause 7.2 of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

5.             BOARD ITEMS

 

5.1          Employment of CEO/CFO and adoption of compensation plan

 

5.1.1       In July 2014 (or at such other point in time as decided by the Board) a board meeting shall be held in the Company on which it is resolved to

 

(i)            approve employments of a CEO and CFO and to conclude employment agreements with the CEO and CFO;

 

(ii)           adopt the draft 2014 omnibus equity incentive compensation plan attached hereto as appendix 4.3.1 (a); and

 

(iii)          issue warrants and grant a right to deferred shares under the omnibus equity incentive compensation plan to each of the CEO and CFO based on the authorisation of the Board in clause 4.3.1 and to conclude pertaining Award Agreements (as defined in the omnibus incentive compensation plan) with each of the CEO and CFO.

 

A copy of the draft minutes of the board meeting is attached hereto as appendix 5.1.1.

 

17



 

5.2          Adoption of internal rules and guidelines and execution of certain agreements

 

5.2.1       In July 2014 (or at such other point in time as decided by the Board) a board meeting shall be held in the Company on which it is resolved to

 

(i)            adopt the draft rules of procedures for the Board, including guidelines for the executive management, attached hereto as appendix 5.2.1 (a);

 

(ii)           adopt the draft internal rules to prevent the misuse of inside information attached hereto as appendices 5.2.1(b),(c) and (d);

 

(iii)          approve and execute the indemnification agreements with all members of the Board and the executive management substantially in the form attached hereto as appendix 5.2.1(e); and

 

(iv)          approve the taking out oft prospectus liability insurance and D&O insurance substantially in the form attached hereto as appendix 5.2.1(f),

 

all in accordance with the draft minutes attached hereto as appendix 5.2.1(g).

 

5.2.2       It is noted that

 

·              the rules of procedures for the Board, including guidelines for the executive management, and the service agreement referred to in clause 5.2.1 above, will only enter into force subject to and with effect from the Board’s approval of the number of shares to be issued, the IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and the allocation of American Depositary Shares to eligible investors, and satisfaction of the conditions for admission to trading set by the NASDAQ Global Market, New York;

 

·              the internal rules of procedures to prevent the misuse of inside information referred to in clause 5.2.1 above, will only enter into force subject to and with effect from the date where the Company has submitted its final application for admission to trade on NASDAQ Global Market; and

 

18



 

·              the indemnification agreements, the prospectus liability insurance and the D&O insurance referred to in clause 5.2.1 above will only enter into force subject to the Board’s approval of the number of shares to be issued, the IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and the allocation of American Depositary Shares to eligible investors, and satisfaction of the conditions for admission to trading set by the NASDAQ Global Market, New York and the conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, but with retroactive effect from the first public filing of the prospectus.

 

5.2.3       The Shareholders hereby expressly confirm that indemnification agreements (substantially in the form attached hereto as appendix 5.2.1 (e)) shall be concluded between the Company and the members of the Board and the management board in accordance with clause 5.2.1 and waive any and all objects in relation the Board’s competence to act on behalf of the Company in accordance with clause 5.2.1.

 

5.3          Exercise of authorisation to issue new shares to be subscribed for at the IPO and approval of certain documents

 

5.3.1       In July/August 2014 (or at such other point in time as decided by the Board) a board meeting shall be held in the Company on which it is resolved to

 

(i)            exercise the authorization granted to the Board to issue new shares without pre-emption rights for existing shareholders and to be subscribed for by the Underwriters or the Depositary at the request of the Underwriters (and delivered to the Underwriters in the form of American Depositary Shares) at the IPO;

 

(ii)           approve the F-1 Registration Statement (including filing range and number of American Depositary Shares offered) in final form, the filing hereof with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, and any other offering materials;

 

(iii)          approve and authorize the execution of the listing agreement to be concluded between the Company and NASDAQ;

 

19



 

(iv)          approve and authorize the execution of the transfer agreement to be concluded with Computershare or Danske Bank, if any;

 

(v)           approve and authorize the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as appendix 5.3.1(a);

 

(vi)          approve and authorize the execution of a deposit agreement with BNY Mellon regarding deposits of shares and issue of American Depositary Shares, substantially in the form attached hereto as appendix 5.3.1(b); and

 

(vii)         approve and/or execute all other documents necessary or desirable in relation to the foregoing,

 

all in accordance with the draft minutes attached hereto as appendix 5.3.1(c).

 

5.4          Determination of the number of shares to be issued, binding IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and the allocation of American Depositary Shares

 

5.4.1       Upon completion of the subscription/book building period a board meeting shall be held in the Company on which the number of shares to be issued, the IPO Subscription Price and IPO Offer Price and the allocation of American Depositary Shares to eligible investors are approved in accordance with the draft minutes attached hereto as appendix 5.4.1. It is noted, that the Underwriters or the Depositary at the request of the Underwriters will subscribe for all of the shares in the Company offered in connection with the IPO and that the Depositary will deliver American Depositary Shares to the Underwriters, which will be allocated to the investors, all subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and the Deposit Agreement.

 

5.5          Registration of Capital Increase and update of register of shareholders

 

5.5.1       Upon closing of the IPO scheduled to take place on T+3, the Board shall cause the capital increase and the new Post-IPO Articles of Association substantially in the form attached hereto as appendix 5.5.1, to be registered with the Danish Business

 

20



 

Authority as soon as the Company has received confirmation that the amount to be paid to the Company as payment for the shares subscribed for at the IPO has been credited and deposited in full on the agreed subscription bank account in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and the Deposit Agreement. Further, the Board shall sign an updated copy of the register of shareholders of the Company reflecting the capital increase.

 

5.6          Letter to warrant holders

 

5.6.1       Following the adoption and registration with the Danish Business Authority of the amended articles of association attached hereto as appendix 4.5.1 (b), the Board shall procure that a letter, substantially in the form attached hereto as appendix 5.6.1, is sent to each person holding warrants to subscribe for shares in the Company informing such person about the amendments made to the warrant terms (by the amendment of the articles of association) and that such amendments are merely of a formal nature and do not imply any changes to the substance of the warrant terms.

 

6.             OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION

 

6.1          The Underwriter will, in the Underwriting Agreement, be granted an option to subscribe for or have the Depositary subscribe for additional new shares (to be delivered by the Depositary in the form of American Depositary Shares) in a number equal to up to 15% of the initial offering size (the “Over-Allotment Option”). The Over-Allotment Option may be exercised fully or in part, on multiple occasions within 30 calendar days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement. The exercise of the Over-Allotment Option shall be made as an issue of new shares pursuant to an authorization to the Board as set out in clause 4.3 at the IPO Subscription Price.

 

7.             GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

7.1          The Parties hereby irrevocably authorize Florian Schönharting (acting alone and with a right of substitution), in his sole discretion, to on behalf of each of the Parties (a) complete and make all such amendments as Florian Schönharting may reasonably

 

21



 

consider required or appropriate to the IPO structure, appendices to this Agreement prior to the Parties’ execution of said appendices, or otherwise and (b) perform, or procure the performance of, all further acts, and execute and deliver, or procure the execution and delivery, of all additional documents, certificates, notices, requests or other communications on behalf of each of the Parties (including but not limited to all appendices to this Agreement), which Florian Schönharting, in his sole discretion, may reasonably consider required or appropriate for giving full effect to this Agreement or for securing the full benefit of the rights, powers and remedies given to the Parties under this Agreement and the completion of the IPO.

 

7.2          In case of material breach of this Agreement by any of the Shareholders, Florian Schönharting (with a right of substitution) shall automatically be constituted the agent for such breaching Shareholder with respect to such Shareholder’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, and each of the Shareholders hereby appoint Florian Schönharting (acting alone and with a right of substitution) as their true and lawful attorney to execute any documents on their behalf required in connection with this Agreement if any of them should become a breaching shareholder and undertake to ratify whatever Florian Schönharting (with a right of substitution) shall lawfully do pursuant to such power of attorney.

 

7.3          The Shareholders hereby waive any and all objects in relation the Board’s competence to act on behalf of the Company in any decision by the Board as contemplated by this Agreement and the attached draft minutes of board resolutions.

 

8.             CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1          The Parties agree that the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including its existence and the negotiations relating hereto, shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by the Parties to any third party except if such disclosure takes place with the consent of the other Parties or as set forth below in this clause 8.

 

8.2          Irrespective of clause 8.1, the Company may disclose such parts of the Agreement (including any appendices hereto) as it deems necessary or appropriate in any

 

22



 

documentation to be filed by the Company to authorities and/or the NASDAQ Global Market in connection with the preparation and completion of the IPO.

 

8.3          Further, irrespective of of clause 8.1, any Party may disclose any information comprised by clause 8.1, (a) if and to the extent required by law or for the purpose of any judicial proceedings between the Parties; (b) if and to the extent required by any securities exchange or regulatory or governmental body to which that Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, whether or not the requirement for information has the force of law; and (c) to its professional advisers, investment committees, investors, board members, auditors and bankers.

 

9.             ASSIGNMENT

 

9.1          Irrespective of clause 7 in the Shareholders Agreement none of the shareholders shall be entitled to transfer or assign any part of their shareholdings in the Company prior to the IPO (or such point in time where the Parties have decided to discontinue the process towards the IPO). Following the IPO, any transfer of shares by the Shareholders shall take place in accordance with lock-up agreements attached hereto as appendix 9.1 and attached to the Underwriting Agreement.

 

9.2          None of the Shareholders shall be entitled to assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.          COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

10.1        The Company shall pay all fees and expenses to Nielsen Nørager Law Firm LLP with respect to the drafting, negotiation and execution of this Agreement and all other documentation and actions prepared or taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

11.          GOVERNING LAW AND ARBITRATION

 

11.1        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Danish law.

 

23



 

11.2        Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, its conclusion, performance, construction or termination shall - if such dispute cannot be settled amicably - be decided with final and binding effect by arbitration in accordance with the rules of procedure of the Danish Institute of Arbitration (Copenhagen Arbitration). The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of three arbitrators. Each party shall appoint one arbitrator and the institute shall appoint the chairman of the arbitral tribunal. Where a dispute shall include more than two parties, all three arbitrators shall be appointed by the institute, except otherwise agreed by all parties to such dispute.

 

11.3        The place of arbitration shall be Copenhagen and the language of the arbitration shall be English unless otherwise agreed between the parties. The arbitration, documents relating to the same and the decision of the arbitration shall be kept confidential.

 

12.          MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1        Severability

 

12.1.1     If at any time any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under the laws of any jurisdiction, this shall not affect or impair:

 

(i)            the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement or

 

(ii)           the legality, validity or enforceability under the laws of any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

If a provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable or if an illegal or unenforceable provision affects the entire nature of this Agreement, each of the Parties shall use its best endeavours to promptly negotiate a legally valid replacement provision.

 

24



 

12.2        Entire Agreement

 

12.2.1     This Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement. Neither Party has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set out or referred to in this Agreement.

 

12.3        No Third-Party Beneficiaries

 

12.3.1     With the exception of the Parties to this Agreement, no other person has a right to claim a beneficial interest in this Agreement or in any rights occurring by virtue of this Agreement.

 

12.4        Legal Relationship

 

12.4.1     Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a partnership or an agency partnership between the Parties.

 

-o0o-

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK, SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

25


 

11/7/2014

 

For Nordic Biotech K/S by Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

Florian Schönharting

 

 

For Nordic Biotech Opportunity Fund K/S by Nordic Biotech General Partner ApS:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

Florian Schönharting

 

For BML Healthcare I, L.P.:

 

 

/s/ Torsten Goesch

 

By:

 

Name:

Torsten Goesch

 

Title:

Director

 

 

For NB FP Investment K/S by NB FP Investment General Partner ApS:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

Florian Schönharting

 

 

 

26



 

For NB FP Investment K/S II by NB FP Investment General Partner ApS:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

Florian Schönharting

 

 

The members of the Board hereby confirm their own and the Company’s adherence to the Agreement:

 

 

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

/s/ Torsten Goesch

Florian Schönharting

 

Torsten Goesch

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Buchi

 

 

Kevin Buchi

 

 

 

27



 

APPENDIX 5.2.1(a) - Draft rules of procedures for the Board, including guidelines for the executive management

 

RULES OF PROCEDURE

FOR THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF FORWARD PHARMA A/S

 

DATED [·] 2014

 



 

RULES OF PROCEDURE

FOR

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF FORWARD PHARMA A/S

(Company registration no. (CVR) 28865880)

 

1                      THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: COMPOSITION, CONSTITUTION, ETC

 

1.1            Pursuant to Article 9.2 of the Articles of Association, the Board of Directors shall consist of 3-6 members elected by the shareholders. Each such board member shall be elected at the annual shareholders’ meeting of the company and shall be elected for a term of office of one year. Directors may be re-elected.

 

Only persons younger than 70 years at the time of election can be elected to the Board of Directors.

 

In addition to the Board members elected by the shareholders, the employees of the Company may be entitled to elect one or more members to the Board of Directors under mandatory principles of Danish law on employee and group representation. Currently, the employees are not entitled to elect any members to the Board of Directors.

 

Prior to any election, including re-election, of members to the Board of Directors by the shareholders, information about each board candidate’s managerial posts held in other commercial enterprises, excluding wholly-owned and/or controlled subsidiaries. Similar information is disclosed in the annual report of the company.

 

1.2            The chairman shall serve as the liaison between the other members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Management, and shall act as the spokesperson for the Board of Directors.

 

In case of the chairman’s permanent absence the Board of Directors shall elect a new chairman until the next shareholders’ meeting.

 

1.4            Pursuant to Article 12.1 of the Articles of Association, the company shall be bound (i) by the joint signatures of the Chairman and a member of the Board of Directors, (ii) by the joint signatures of the Chairman and a member of the Executive Management, or (iii) by the joint signatures of all the members of Board of Directors.

 

2



 

2                      BOARD MEETINGS

 

2.1            Number and notice of meetings

 

The Board of Directors shall meet when deemed necessary by the chairman and upon request of a board member, a member of the Executive Management or the auditors.

 

The Board of Directors shall endeavour to hold 4-6 ordinary board meetings each year. To the extent possible a meeting schedule for the ordinary board meetings in a given calendar year must be scheduled one year ahead of the commencement of the calendar year in question.

 

Meetings shall normally be convened with at least one week’s prior notice together with an agenda for the meeting. The notice must be forwarded by delivery and/or by electronic mail to all board members. Any written material relating to the agenda items shall, to the extent possible, be forwarded to the members together with the notice convening the meeting.

 

Under special circumstances, a board resolution may be passed by voting by phone, by writing or electronically. In such cases the proposed resolution shall be forwarded to all board members and the chairman shall subsequently seek to obtain a written or oral statement from all board members and arrange for the recording of the resolution in the minute book. Further, an agenda and written materials related thereto may, in special circumstances, be forwarded to board members at any time prior to the meeting.

 

2.2            Other persons participating in board meetings

 

Unless otherwise resolved by the Board of Directors from time to time, any member of the Executive Management shall be entitled to attend and speak at board meetings.

 

The Board of Directors may appoint a secretary. Unless otherwise decided by the Board of Directors, the secretary shall attend all board meetings, take minutes of such meetings and attend to all such other matters resting with such person pursuant to these Rules of Procedure or assigned to such person by the Board of Directors or by the chairman.

 

3



 

The auditors are obligated to attend the board meeting at which the annual reports of the company are being presented. The auditors shall inter alia make a statement on whether the annual accounts, together with any consolidated annual accounts, in their opinion give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities, the financial position and the result of the company. At the same meeting, the auditors shall provide a statement on whether the annual report contains a reliable outline of the development of the company’s financial activities and situation, and whether it generally complies with the requirements of the Danish Financial Statements Act (in Danish: årsregnskabsloven).

 

The auditors shall be entitled to attend board meetings for the discussion of an agenda item that have specifically been included on the agenda on the request of the auditors, and each board member shall be entitled to request the presence of the auditors at any board meeting.

 

2.3            Agenda

 

Normally, the agenda of each board meeting shall include at least the following items:

 

1.                                      Presentation of the minute book with minutes of the most recent board meeting for approval and signature.

 

2.                                      Presentation of the audit book for review and signature where relevant, and decision on any entries made since the latest board meeting.

 

3.                                      Account by Executive Management of the business of the company since the latest board meeting, material business transactions which have occurred or are expected, expectations to the remaining part of the financial year and special risks, if any. The review may be wholly or partly in writing.

 

4.                                      Decisions on specific transactions requiring the approval of the Board of Directors.

 

5.                                      Any other business.

 

2.4            In addition, the agenda must include items on the approval of budgets and accounts, including quarterly accounts, in accordance with clauses 8.1-8.3. In connection with these meetings the Audit Committee shall also make a statement to the Board of Directors.

 

2.5            At the board meeting where the Board of Directors considers the annual report, the agenda must include the following additional items:

 

4



 

1.                                      Decision on Executive Management’s account of whether the company’s and the group’s capital resources are at an appropriate level as compared to operations.

 

2.                                      Decision on the agenda of the annual shareholders’ meeting, including election of board members, appointment of auditor and election of chairman of said meeting.

 

3.                                      Evaluation and decision of whether the company should establish a function handling internal audit.

 

2.6            Furthermore, the following items must be included on the board agenda sometime during the year:

 

1.                                      Account by Executive Management of the overall insurance situation of the company as well as the group containing a description of the overall principles for the insurance coverage within each individual insurance area, supplemented by a statement from Executive Management and an independent insurance broker to the effect that the insurance coverage is deemed sufficient and adequate.

 

2.                                      A review, if appropriate, of the Rules of Procedure for the Board of Directors.

 

3.                                      A review, if appropriate, of the guidelines of the Board of Directors for Executive Management’s management of the company and the group.

 

4.                                      The overall goals, strategies, action plans and policies on stakeholder responsibility of the company, including whether the necessary competences and financial resources are available for the company to achieve its strategic objectives.

 

5.                                      Identification and analysis of the most important business risks associated with the realization of the company’s strategy and overall goals as well as the risks associated with financial reporting.

 

6.                                      Decision on whether the company’s capital and share structure continue to be in the interests of the shareholders and the company.

 

7.                                      The company’s general management and organization.

 

8.                                      Performance evaluation, including evaluation of the competencies represented in the Board of Directors, the number of members of the Board of directors and the independence of the members of the Board of Directors.

 

2.7            Quorum, etc.

 

The chairman shall preside at board meetings and shall ensure implementation of resolutions passed.

 

5


 

The Board of Directors forms a quorum when more than half of its members are present. However, resolutions cannot be passed unless all the board members, as far as possible, have been given access to participate in the transaction of the business.

 

Resolutions are passed by a simple majority of votes. In case of a parity of votes, the chairman shall have the casting vote.

 

2.8            Conflicts of interest

 

The Board of Directors shall approve any agreements made between a board member or a member of Executive Management and the company or one of its subsidiaries as well as any agreements entered into between the company or its subsidiaries and a third party in which a board member or a member of Executive Management is deemed to have an interest which may be contrary to the interests of the company or its subsidiaries.

 

A board member or a member of Executive Management shall not be entitled to be present during discussions of issues where, on the one part, said board member or member of Executive Management and, on the other part, the company or its subsidiaries are counterparts, nor in the consideration of any other issue in connection with which the board member or the member of Executive Management, in the opinion of the other board members, is deemed to have interests which may be contrary to the interests of the company. Prior to the transaction of such business, the affected member of the Board of Directors/Executive Management shall be given the opportunity to render a short, written statement on the subject matter.

 

2.9            The minute book

 

The Board of Directors shall keep minutes of its meetings and any resolutions passed at board meetings (the minute book). The minutes shall be presented for approval and be signed at the following board meeting. See also clause 10.2 below.

 

Where a board member or a member of Executive Management disagrees with the resolution passed, such board member or member of Executive Management shall be entitled to have his or her opinion recorded in the minute book.

 

To the extent possible, draft of minutes of a board meeting shall be forwarded to the board members not later than 8 days after said board meeting.

 

6



 

2.10     Confidentiality

 

The discussions of the Board of Directors are confidential and each board member is bound to observe professional secrecy to any information received in his or her capacity as a board member unless such information is to become public on the decision of the Board of Directors. Any person attending board meetings shall be subject to the same secrecy obligation. Violation of this secrecy obligation shall be under liability to pay damages and under the penalty of applicable law.

 

Each individual board member is responsible for treating as confidential and storing safely all material received in his or her capacity as a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Upon the resignation or retirement of a board member, said member shall return to the chairman all material received in his or her capacity as a board member, and still in the possession of such member. Alternatively, the retiring board member shall effectively destroy the said material, including electronically erasure, and provide a written statement to the company that such destruction has taken place.

 

In the event of a board member’s death, his or her estate shall observe the obligation to return documents to the chairman or to destruct the documents.

 

3                      MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1            The Board of Directors

 

The Board of Directors is in charge of the overall and strategic management of the affairs of the company and the group.

 

The Board of Directors shall ensure

 

(a)           a proper organization of the operations of the company and the group;

 

(b)           that the company is managed properly and in compliance with the Danish Companies Act, the Articles of Association of the company as well as applicable law on securities trading, including any regulation issued hereunder, and any other legislation;

 

7



 

(c)           that the bookkeeping and the asset management are controlled satisfactorily as compared to company needs;

 

(d)           that required procedures for risk management and internal controls are established;

 

(e)           that the Board of Directors regularly receives reporting about the financial situation of the company; and

 

(f)            that Executive Management performs its task in a competent manner and according to the guidelines of the Board of Directors.

 

The Board of Directors shall consider whether the capital resources of the company are at an appropriate level at all times compared to the operations and the financial situation of the company and the group, including that there is sufficient liquidity to meet the company’s current and future obligations as they fall due.

 

Upon recommendation by Executive Management, the Board of Directors shall specify the overall goals, strategies, policies and action plans of the company and the group.

 

3.2            Executive Management

 

All references to these Rules of Procedure apply to “Executive Management” registered with the Danish Business Authority unless otherwise explicitly stated.

 

The Board of Directors shall employ a chief executive officer (CEO) to head Executive Management. The Board of Directors may also employ additional members of Executive Management.

 

Executive Management is in charge of the day-to-day operations of the company. Executive Management shall comply with the guidelines and instructions which the Board of Directors has set up. The day-to-day operations do not include transactions which, by company and group standards, are unusual or of major importance. Executive Management is only authorized to undertake such transactions upon special authorization from the Board of Directors, except where such approval by the Board of Directors cannot be awaited without a major drawback to the business activities of the company. In such case, the Board of Directors must be notified as soon as possible of

 

8



 

the transaction that has been made.

 

Executive Management shall ensure that the bookkeeping of the company is conducted under applicable rules of law and that the asset management is carried out in accordance herewith and in an adequate manner.

 

Furthermore, Executive Management shall ensure that the capital resources of the company are at an appropriate level at all times, including that there is sufficient liquidity to meet the company’s current and future obligations as they fall due. Executive Management is in this way at all times obligated to consider the financial situation and to ensure that the current capital resources are at an appropriate level.

 

Executive Management shall continuously notify the Board of Directors of significant risk factors, including strategic, organizational, business, and other risk factors of a significant nature.

 

The Board of Directors shall lay down the general guidelines for Executive Management’s management of the company and the group. The present guidelines are attached hereto as Schedule 1.

 

Executive Management may appoint one or more subordinated managers, including managers in subsidiaries, who are not members of Executive Management and who are not registered as such with the Danish Business Authority. Executive Management shall inform the Board of Directors of any such appointments.

 

Such managers are not subject to any special rights or obligations under these Rules of Procedure, including Schedule 1.

 

3.3            Supervision by the Board of Directors of Executive Management’s operations of the company and its subsidiaries

 

The Board of Directors primarily supervises and follows the company’s development and progress through the reporting from Executive Management, including financial statements and other interim reports as well as through discussions with the members of Executive Management at board meetings.

 

The chairman shall on behalf of the Board of Directors oversee the performance of Executive Management in particular, including Executive Management’s compliance

 

9



 

with the guidelines included in Schedule 1, and shall at least once every year at a board meeting give a review of the conclusions of his or her supervising activities. Whenever required, the chairman shall discuss the supervisory task and its contents with the other board members.

 

The board of directors shall determine the terms of employment of the members of Executive Management.

 

Executive Management supervises the management of the company’s subsidiaries.

 

3.4            Committees set up by the Board of Directors

 

The Board of Directors may in certain cases set up ad hoc committees which shall attend to some of the tasks of the Board of Directors on behalf of the Board of Directors and subject to a duty of reporting to the Board of Directors. When setting up or appointing such committee, specific terms of reference shall be prepared for the competence and authority of such committee.

 

The Company will have an audit committee, the composition of which will be in compliance with the requirements of the NASDAQ rules. The audit committee shall be responsible for:

 

(a)                                 making recommendations on the appointment and retention of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm which will audit our consolidated financial statements, overseeing the independent registered accounting firm’s work and advising on the determination of the independent registered accounting firm’s compensation;

 

(b)                                 reviewing in advance all audit services and non-audit services to be provided to the Company by its independent registered accounting firm;

 

(c)                                  recommending procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing or compliance matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submission by the Company’s employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

(d)                                 reviewing and discussing with management and the Company’s independent registered accounting firm the results of the annual audit;

 

(e)                                  conferring with management and the Company’s independent registered accounting firm about the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal accounting controls, the objectivity of its financial reporting and its

 

10



 

accounting policies and practices;

 

(f)                                   overseeing regulatory compliance and related matters; and

 

(g)                                  reviewing related party transaction matters.

 

5                      REMUNERATION

 

5.1            Remuneration Policies

 

The chairman must regularly evaluate and propose to the Board of Directors remuneration policies for members of the Board of Directors and Executive Management in the company. Furthermore, the chairmanship shall regularly evaluate and propose to the Board of Directors guidelines for incentive pay for members of the Board of Directors and Executive Management.

 

5.2            Board remuneration

 

In the calendar year preceding the annual shareholders’ meeting, the chairman shall present to the Board of Directors a proposal for remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors.

 

Payment of the remuneration to the members of the Board of Directors can be contingent upon final approval at the annual shareholders’ meeting where the annual accounts — in accordance with which payments are made — are approved. This means that approval is retroactive and that repayment will be necessary in case of rejection at the annual shareholders’ meeting.

 

6                      NOMINATION OF MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

6.1            It is evaluated annually whether elected members of the Board of Directors shall be nominated for re-election.

 

The chairman provides to the Board of Directors for their consideration candidates for election to the Board of Directors.

 

7                      COMPANY ORGANIZATION, ETC

 

7.1            Upon the recommendation of Executive Management, the Board of Directors shall approve the overall organizational chart of the company as well as any amendments

 

11


 

thereof.

 

7.2            Furthermore, the Board of Directors shall approve the general guidelines prepared by Executive Management for the company’s finance and accounting function(s), IT organization and internal controls as well as any changes thereof.

 

7.3            The Board of Directors annually carries out a self-evaluation of the Board’s efforts and achievements as a single body and an evaluation of each member, and its efforts and skills.

 

Furthermore, the Board of Directors annually evaluates Executive Management’s achievements and results, and the cooperation between Executive Management and the Board of Directors.

 

The evaluation is facilitated by the chairman.

 

It is recommended that members of the Board of Directors maintain and improve skills and competencies relevant to them as directors.

 

A member of the Board of Directors must without delay notify the chairman of any event, situation or circumstance that may affect that member’s skills and independence. Changes in a board members’ main employment or accession — or termination — of membership of other boards must always be reported.

 

8                      BUDGET AND FINANCIAL RECORDS

 

8.1            Budget

 

Not later than at the board meeting taking place each December, Executive Management shall present to the Board of Directors for approval a budget for the next financial year. The budget shall include planned operations, liquidity and balance sheet development plans, the investments of the year and the development in the financial resources of the group.

 

8.2            Quarterly Accounts

 

At a board meeting not later than 45 days after the expiry of the first, second and third quarter, respectively, Executive Management shall, if so required by applicable

 

12



 

law, present the quarterly accounts for approval.

 

The quarterly accounts shall be prepared in accordance with the standards governing the presentation of annual accounts and include a profit and loss account for the quarter in question (year to date) and comparative figures to the corresponding period in the preceding year. The accounts shall also be compared to the approved budget and include an estimate of the year’s result as well as the financial resources of the company and the group.

 

In its statement, Executive Management shall describe and explain the most important deviations as compared to the approved budget and state whether the company and the group may be deemed exposed to special risks that have not been included in the budget.

 

8.3            Annual accounts

 

At a board meeting to be held not later than the month of February, Executive Management shall present a draft of the annual accounts for approval. The auditors of the company shall attend such meeting.

 

The Board of Directors shall ensure that the annual accounts and the consolidated annual accounts give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities, the financial position and the result of the company and the group.

 

The annual accounts and the consolidated annual accounts shall be signed by the Board of Directors, Executive Management and endorsed by the auditors.

 

In the event that a board member or a member of Executive Management objects to the annual accounts or the consolidated annual accounts, if any, and wishes to inform the shareholders of his or her objection, notification to this effect must be made in the annual accounts and a statement to the same effect shall be made in the annual report.

 

9                      AUDITING

 

Pursuant to the Articles of Association, the annual shareholders’ meeting shall appoint one auditor every year which shall be a state-authorized public accountant.

 

13



 

To the extent possible, audit of the company’s subsidiaries shall be performed by the auditor of the company or by foreign auditors in cooperation with said auditor.

 

The auditor shall conduct its audit of the annual accounts and the consolidated annual accounts in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall perform a detailed examination of the financial records and procedures of the company and the group.

 

The Board of Directors and Executive Management shall provide the auditor with any documents or information which in the opinion of the auditor may be of importance in the assessment of the financial position of the company and the group.

 

Executive Management shall ensure that the management of each of the company’s subsidiaries are assigned a similar duty.

 

At least once every year (in connection with the adoption of the annual accounts), the auditor of the company shall participate in a meeting with the Board of Directors of the company, including the Audit Committee, without the Executive Management being present.

 

The auditor agreement and associated auditors’ fee are agreed between the company’s Board of Directors and the auditor(s) on the basis of recommendation by the Audit Committee.

 

10               BOOKS, RECORDS AND REGISTERS

 

10.1     Register of shareholders

 

The company’s register of shareholders is kept by [name and address], company registration number [·], which is appointed by the company as keeper of the register of shareholders, see article 2.4 of the Articles of Association of the company.

 

10.2     Minute books

 

The Board of Directors shall keep minutes of all its meetings and each page shall be numbered consecutively and entered in the minute book. A similar minute book shall be kept of the shareholder meetings of the company.

 

14



 

10.3     Audit book

 

The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall ensure that copies of all recordings made in the audit book are forwarded immediately to all of the board members for discussion purposes and consideration at the next board meeting.

 

10.4     Register of major shareholders

 

The Board of Directors shall ensure the keeping of a register of shareholders holding shares representing five per cent or more of the voting share capital, or shares representing a nominal value of five per cent or more of the share capital.

 

Any notification of changes in the ownership structure to the effect that 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 90 or 100 per cent thresholds or thresholds of one-third or two-thirds of the voting rights or of the share capital are reached or no longer reached, shall immediately be recorded in the register (see Section 55 of the Danish Companies Act).

 

The register shall state the date of the acquisition or disposal of the shares, the number of shares held, the full name and the address of the shareholder, or in the event of undertakings, the name, company registration number and registered office of the shareholder. Furthermore the register shall state the nominal value as well as information about voting rights of the shares.

 

The annual report shall state the parties listed in the register and the dates of the registrations.

 

10.5     Guidelines on avoiding insider trading, etc.

 

In guidelines to the Board of Directors, Executive Management and the other employees of the company, the Board of Directors shall establish rules governing such persons’ trade in shares and other securities and related financial instruments issued by the company and dissemination of inside information.

 

These guidelines shall establish rules pertaining to:

 

1.                                      the prohibition of participating in speculative transactions regarding shares, etc. in the company

 

2.                                      the prohibition of trading in company shares, etc. outside restricted periods of

 

15



 

time and if the person in question is in possession of internal knowledge which is likely to affect the price formation of the company’s securities, as well as

 

3.                                      preventing internal knowledge from becoming accessible to others than those needing the information.

 

The existing guidelines are attached as Schedule 2 A-B.

 

10.7     Keeping registers, records and books

 

The Executive Management shall on behalf of the Board of Directors keep the registers, etc. mentioned under clauses 10.2-10.5. Further, the Executive Management shall ensure the proper keeping of the register of shareholders.

 

11               COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE COMPANY

 

11.1     The Board of Directors shall lay down general guidelines for the disclosure of information on the affairs of the company and its subsidiaries to the company’s employees, shareholders, the public, and NASDAQ.

 

11.2     The Board of Directors shall ensure that disclosure of information on material matters relating to the company and its subsidiaries, and information that may affect the price of the shares, etc. issued by the company, is made in accordance with applicable laws and regulations including the U.S. securities laws.

 

11.3     The Board of Directors shall ensure compliance at all times by the company and its subsidiaries of the applicable U.S. securities laws, applicable NASDAQ rules and the reporting rules in Section 58, cf. Section 55 and 56, of the Danish Companies Act (once Section 58 of the Danish Companies Act has entered into force).

 

12               AMENDMENTS TO THESE RULES OF PROCEDURE

 

12.1     Any proposal to amend these Rules of Procedure shall be subject to a simple majority vote by the Board of Directors in favor of such proposed amendment.

 

Adopted at the board meeting held on [·], subject to and with effect from the Board of Directors’ approval of the offer price and the allocation of offer shares to eligible investors in connection with the initial public offering of the company’s shares on the NASDAQ Stock

 

16



 

Market, and satisfaction of the conditions for admission to trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

 

Members of the board of directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Florian Schönharting, chairman

 

Torsten Goesch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John Kevin Buchi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members of the Executive Management:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

17



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

GUIDELINES

FOR THE EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT OF FORWARD PHARMA A/S

 

DATED [·] 2014

 



 

1.                   PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTIONS

 

1.1            The purpose of these Guidelines is to lay down the rules of procedure for the work in Forward Pharma A/S (“the Company”) carried out by the Executive Management of the Company. The Executive Management comprises all managers of the Company who are notified as such to the Danish Business Authority (in Danish: “Erhvervsstyrelsen”).

 

1.2            In accordance with the specific and general Executive Management instructions issued by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive Management shall attend to the day-to-day management of the overall activities of the Company, to the coordination of the day-to-day management of the Group in general and to other tasks entrusted to management by legislation and the Executive Management Guidelines of the Board of Directors. When exercising its responsibilities and carrying out its tasks, the Executive Management shall also observe these guidelines and any other general and/or specific directions given by the Board of Directors.

 

1.3            The Executive Management is responsible to the Board of Directors for managing the Company in accordance with the legislation in force at any time, the Articles of Association, these Executive Management Guidelines and any further specific and/or general Executive Management instructions given by the Board of Directors.

 

1.4            The day-to-day management does not include transactions of an unusual kind or of great importance as seen in relation to the situation of the Company. The Executive Management is only authorized to undertake such transactions upon special prior authorization from the Board of Directors, except where such approval by the Board of Directors cannot be awaited without a major drawback to the business activities of the Company and/or of the Subsidiary. In such case, the Board of Directors must be notified as soon as possible of the transaction that has been made.

 

1.5            The following transactions, but not limited hereto, shall be considered transactions of an unusual kind or of great importance to the Company for above-said purposes:

 

·                                          Material changes to the organization of the Company,

 

19



 

·                                          The appointment of members of the board of directors of subsidiaries and the employment of executive managers of subsidiaries,

 

·                                          The conclusion of agreements of significant importance or which fall outside the scope of the general line of business of the Company,

 

·                                          The purchase, sale or pledging (in Danish: “pantsætning”) of real estate,

 

·                                          The establishment, discontinuation, purchase or sale of subsidiaries, except for the restructuring of existing businesses, as well as the execution of amendments to the capital value (in Danish: “kapitalændringer”) or amendments of the articles of association of subsidiaries,

 

·                                          Singular investments exceeding the approved budget by DKK 100,000,

 

·                                          Taking up loans or disposing of securities, pledges or surety (in Danish: “kaution”),

 

·                                          Material amendments to the existing audit principles followed in the annual reports of the Company and/or its subsidiaries,

 

·                                          Presents aimed at charity purposes,

 

·                                          Similar extraordinary transactions, which are likely to obligate the Company in an equivalent manner as above-said illustrative list of transactions.

 

1.6            The Executive Management shall continuously notify the Board of Directors of significant risk factors, including strategic, organizational, business, and other risk factors of a significant nature. Furthermore, the Executive Management shall ensure that the capital resources of the Company and of its subsidiaries are at an appropriate level at all times, implying inter alia that there is sufficient liquidity to meet the Company’s and/or the subsidiaries’ current and future financial obligations as they fall due.

 

1.7            The Board of Directors shall approve and sanction any costs incurred by the members

 

20



 

of the Executive Management themselves, including e.g. travelling costs etc.

 

2.                   COMPOSITION OF THE EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT AND ITS INTERNAL DIVI-SION OF WORK

 

2.1            The Executive Management is composed of one or more managers employed by the Board of Directors. One of the managers is to be employed as the CEO (in Danish: “administrerende direktør”).

 

2.2            The individual Executive Management members are responsible for the activities of the Company, but in such a manner that each individual manager holds special responsibility for the field attended to by said manager following any specific agreement with the Board of Directors. Generally, the tasks are to be distributed internally within the Executive Management by the CEO.

 

2.3            On behalf of the Executive Management, the CEO shall ensure regular contact with the Board of Directors, through its Chairman. The CEO is obliged to ensure the performance of any tasks imposed on the Executive Management by the Board of Directors, through its Chairman.

 

2.4            The Executive Management shall provide the Board of Directors with a written recommendation on the overall strategy of the Company. Within the framework fixed by the Board of Directors, the Executive Management shall ensure the achievement of the objectives set for the Company by the Board of Directors.

 

2.5            No later than one (1) month before the expiry of the fiscal year (in Danish: “regnskabsår”) of the Company, the Executive Management shall provide the Board of Directors with a draft budget for the subsequent fiscal year for its approval. The budget shall be divided into respectively a result, balance and investment budget as well as a cash budget, along with the enclosure of the recommendation of the Executive Management with respect to the financing of the cash budget.

 

2.6            The CEO is the chief spokesperson of the Company, both internally and externally, in matters of a general nature pertaining to the Company. All communication with

 

21



 

Company shareholders and the public in matters of an extraordinary or overall nature must however be handled by the Board of Directors, represented by its Chairman.

 

2.7            Any member of the Executive Management may request the submission of individual issues to the Board of Directors, through the CEO.

 

2.8            The Executive Management shall inform the Company’s elected auditor of any such information, which the auditor deems necessary for the purposes of the auditing of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.

 

3.                   MEETINGS OF THE EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

 

3.1            The Executive Management shall meet according to a plan made by the CEO. Additional meetings will be held whenever necessary.

 

3.2            The Executive Management meetings are to be summoned and chaired by the CEO. The CEO shall ensure that brief minutes of the Executive Management meetings are entered in the record of proceedings. Minutes and other reports must be signed by all the Executive Management members.

 

3.3            A manager disagreeing with an Executive Management decision is entitled to have his or her opinion entered into the minutes.

 

3.4            If the Executive Management members have failed to agree on a matter deemed by one or more of the members to be of material importance, such members and the CEO shall notify the Chairman of the Board of Directors thereof immediately.

 

4.                   SUBSIDIARIES

 

4.1            All matters concerning employees of a subsidiary are subject to the directions of the board of directors and management of such company. Employment and dismissal of the management of a subsidiary must however always be approved by the Executive Management and Board of Directors of the Company.

 

22



 

4.2            The Executive Management shall appoint the chairman and other directors for the subsidiaries. However, the Executive Management must clear any changes to such appointments with the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

 

4.3            Endeavours shall be made with a view to having the Executive Management members appointed as chairman of the board of directors of any such subsidiaries and, if possible, of affiliated companies. Furthermore, the Executive Management shall endeavour to have at least one more member of the Executive Management or another Company executive appointed director of such company. Finally, endeavours shall be made with a view to appointing supplementary experts for the board of directors of such subsidiaries to the extent necessary.

 

4.4            In addition to the managerial responsibility, the Executive Management is responsible for controlling the subsidiaries, and to the widest extent possible also the affiliated companies.

 

4.5            The Executive Management shall endeavour to develop the subsidiaries and their cooperation with the Company so that the Group companies will supplement, reinforce and complete each other when deemed necessary for the long-term Group development.

 

4.6            Subsidiaries are in general to be operated as independent undertakings in accordance with the policies laid down for each subsidiary. To the requisite extent the management of subsidiaries must be given the opportunity to act at its own initiative and consequently the right to dispose.

 

5.                   BOARD MEETINGS

 

5.1            The Executive Management shall participate in Board meetings.

 

5.2            Matters are to be presented at Board meetings by the Chairman, the CEO or a manager as determined by the Chairman and the CEO.

 

5.3            A manager may not take part in the consideration of issues concerning an agreement between the Company and such manager or concerning any proceedings against the

 

23



 

manager. The same applies to issues concerning an agreement between the Company and any third party or proceedings against such third party if the manager has a material interest in such third party which may be contrary to the interests of the Company.

 

5.4            In case of the emergence of such issue, the manager may submit a memorandum on the matter to the Board of Directors, but shall otherwise leave the meeting until the Board of Directors has decided the matter.

 

 

Adopted at the Executive Management meeting on [·].

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Executive Management:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

24



 

Submitted and approved at the Board meeting in the Company on [·].

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the Board of Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Florian Schönharting (chairman)

 

 

 


 

APPENDIX 5.2.1(b) - Draft internal rules on trading securities issued by the Company

 

INTERNAL RULES

 

ON THE MANAGEMENT’S AND OTHER EMPLOYEES’  TRANSACTIONS WITH SECURITIES ISSUED BY FORWARD PHARMA A/S

 



 

CONTENTS

 

1.

Purpose

3

2.

Inside Information

3

3.

Insider List

5

4.

Trade In Securities Issued By The Company

8

5.

Prohibition Against Speculation

9

6.

prohibition against insider trading

9

7.

Prohibition Against Price Manipulation

9

8.

Suspicion Of Violations

10

9.

Annual Update

11

10.

Effective Date, Etc.

11

 

2



 

PREAMBLE

 

Forward Pharma A/S (the “Company” and, together with its subsidiaries, the “Group”) has applied to have American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), representing ordinary shares of the Company, listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. These internal rules apply to these ADSs as well as financial instruments attached to the ADSs, including warrants, convertible debentures and similar securities.

 

These internal rules have been established to provide for compliance with Section 37 of the Danish Securities Trading Act (in Danish: værdipapirhandelsloven) and the United States securities laws, as applied to the Company, and cover:

 

(i)                                     the dissemination of inside information for the purpose of preventing inside information from becoming available to others than those needing such information; and

 

(ii)                                  management’s and other employees’ transactions with securities issued by the Company.

 

1.                                      PURPOSE

 

1.1                               This set of internal rules governs Group’s officers and directors and its other employees, consultants and contractors, as well as members of their immediate families and households, for the purpose of ensuring that the prohibition against insider trading, price manipulation and speculation is not violated.

 

2.                                      INSIDE INFORMATION

 

2.1                               “Inside information” means information, which

 

·                                          is of a precise nature, meaning information that

 

(a)                                 indicates a set of circumstances which exists, or may reasonably be expected to come into existence, or an event which has occurred or may reasonably be expected to do so, and

 

3



 

(b)                                 is specific enough to enable a conclusion to be drawn as to the possible effect of that set of circumstances or event on the market price of the relevant securities;

 

·                                          has not been made public; and

 

·                                          relates to (a) the Company, (b) the Company’s securities, or (b) market conditions which, if it were made public, would be likely to have a significant effect on the market price of one or more securities.

 

2.2                               Information shall be considered as published once, for the market, there has been general and relevant dissemination hereof, which will include that it must be widely disseminated in a manner making it generally available to investors through a report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or through media such as Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or the Associated Press. The circulation of rumours, even if accurate and reported in the media, does not constitute effective public dissemination.

 

2.3                               Information shall not be regarded as published until two business days after the day on which the relevant information is disseminated to the public. Consequently, information shall be treated as inside information until that time.

 

2.4                               Non-published information, to the extent the information is of a precise nature and may be expected to have significant impact on the market price, regarding the matters listed below (including considerations and negotiations relating thereto) shall always be considered inside information:

 

·                                          considerable profit or loss on single transactions;

·                                          conclusion or termination/cancellation of major co-operation agreements or contracts;

·                                          major investments;

·                                          material new products;

·                                          legal proceedings taken out by or against the Company and/or the Group in the event that the outcome hereof is considered to have material impact;

·                                          major, new markets or lapse of the same;

·                                          purchase or sale of major fixed assets, including real estate;

 

4



 

·                                          major expansion, changes or limitations to the activities of the Company and/or the Group;

·                                          business cycle fluctuations of significant importance to the Company and/or the Group;

·                                          liquidation, suspension of payments, bankruptcy petition, etc.;

·                                          proposals for merging with another company;

·                                          proposals for material amendments of the articles of association;

·                                          transfer of a controlling interest in the Company and/or the Group, which the board or management is involved in or has knowledge of.

 

In addition, any non-published information regarding the following matters comprised by the Company’s specific and/or continuous duty of disclosure must always be regarded as inside information until it has been made public:

 

·                                          substantial changes in earnings or liquidity;

·                                          interim results and balances, including interim financial reports and budgets, and tax affairs;

·                                          changes to the management and audit;

·                                          the establishment or material changes to incentive schemes.

 

Finally, all other information that, considering the nature and contents of such information, is considered as confidential or which by the management of the Company is declared to be confidential, shall be considered inside information.

 

3.                                      INSIDER LIST

 

3.1                               The Company shall prepare and, on a continuous basis, update a list (the Insider List) of all persons working for the Group and who regularly or in isolated circumstances have access to inside information directly or indirectly relating to the Group.

 

3.2                               The Insider List shall include both physical and legal persons who work for the Group and who have access to inside information. The Insider List shall also include substantial shareholders in the Company, to the extent such shareholders are not subject to their own insider trading policy.

 

5



 

3.3                               The following employees shall always be included on the Insider List:

 

(i)                                     members of the board of directors of the Company;

(ii)                                  executive officers of the Company; and

(iii)                               other managers and senior employees with direct reference to the board of directors, internal auditors and deputy internal auditors.

 

3.4                               A person must be included on the list even if the person has only had access to inside information in isolated cases. This may e.g. be relevant with respect to persons who are involved with the Company in connection with merger and take-over offers, substantial acquisitions/asset disposals, product development or likewise.

 

3.5                               The Insider List shall, as a minimum, contain the following information on the persons having or having had access to inside information:

 

(i)                                     the identity in the form of:

 

(a)                                 name and civil registration number (CPR-no.) for physical persons having a Danish civil registration number;

 

(b)                                 name, address and date of birth for physical persons not having a Danish civil registration number; and

 

(c)                                  name, address and company registration number for legal persons.

 

(ii)                                  the reason why the person in question is stated on the Insider List; and

 

(iii)                               the date of the insertion or update of information regarding the persons in question.

 

3.6                               The Insider List shall be updated immediately when

 

(i)                                     changes occur as to the reason why the person is included on the Insider List;

 

(ii)                                  a new person is added to the Insider List; or

 

6



 

(iii)                               a person already on the Insider List no longer has access to inside information.

 

3.7                               The duty to update the Insider List implies that a person shall only appear on the list for as long as such person has access to inside information. Consequently, persons only having had access to inside information in isolated circumstances shall be removed from the list, when the information, which such persons have had access to, has been published. Persons with regular access to inside information shall be stated on the list for as long as such persons have regular access to inside information.

 

3.8                               In the event that a person has become an insider outside of normal office hours, the Insider List must be updated the next business day.

 

3.9                               Persons included on the Insider List shall without undue delay be informed (a) that they have been included on the list; (b) of the legal obligations pertaining with possession of inside information; and (c) of the legal sanctions associated with any abuse and unauthorized disclosure of inside information.

 

Persons included on the list shall be informed that unauthorized disclosure of inside information is punishable under Danish law by fine or up to 1 year and 6 months imprisonment. Abuse of inside information is punishable by fine or up to 1 year and 6 months imprisonment. In case of intentional and aggravated abuse or in case of repeated offences, the punishment may increase to 6 years imprisonment. Additionally, penalties under U.S. securities laws for the unauthorized disclosure of inside information are severe and can subject the disclosing party to civil and/or criminal penalties, including treble damages, imprisonment of up to 20 years and criminal fines of up to $5 million per violation and civil fines of up to three times the gain or loss avoided, regardless of whether the relevant person benefited.

 

Unauthorized disclosure or abuse will also imply a violation of the conditions of employment, if any, with the Company and may lead to immediate termination and suspension of employment. The Company may also be obliged to report the matter to the police.

 

7



 

3.10                        The management board is responsible for preparing the Company’s Insider List. The board of directors may appoint a trusted employee to handle the day-to-day updating. The Insider List must state the full name and address of such person.

 

3.11                        The Insider List shall be kept for no less than five (5) years after preparation or updating of the list.

 

3.12                        It is the responsibility of the Company’s chief financial officer to ensure compliance with established procedures.

 

4.                                      TRADE IN SECURITIES ISSUED BY THE COMPANY

 

4.1                               Persons who are included on the Insider List may only purchase and sell securities of the Company, and financial instruments attached thereto, during a period of four (4) weeks from the date of publishing of the Company’s annual report or interim financial report.

 

4.2                               Purchase, sale or subscription of shares etc. may not take place outside the 4-week period, unless the chairman of the board of directors has approved the transaction in advance. Such approval may only be granted in special circumstances, e.g. with respect to subscription of employee-owned shares; exercising of subscription rights; share options or similar, where the right may only be exercised within a fixed dead-line, which the rights holder has no influence on.

 

4.3                               The request to the chairman of the board of directors pursuant to clause 4.2 shall be specific and include the reason for the request. Purchase and sale outside the 4-weeks period may under no circumstances take place within three (3) weeks prior to publication of an interim financial report.

 

4.4                               It shall be emphasized that, in addition to the above, the prohibition against insider trading in clause 6 always applies - regardless of whether or not permission from the chairman of the board of directors pursuant to clause 4.2 has been granted.

 

8



 

5.                                      PROHIBITION AGAINST SPECULATION

 

5.1                               Pursuant to Section 113 of the Danish Companies Act (in Danish: selskabsloven), members of the board of directors and the management board may not engage in speculative transactions involving shares in the Company or in other companies in the Group.

 

6.                                      PROHIBITION AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

 

6.1                               The purchase, sale and recommendation to purchase or sell shares in the Company and of financial instruments attached to these shares, including warrants, convertible debentures and similar securities, may not be performed by any person while in possession of inside information.

 

6.2                               The prohibition against insider trading set out in clause 6.1 applies

 

(i)                                     to all persons with inside information, regardless of whether or not these persons are included on the Insider List;

 

(ii)                                  at all times and regardless of whether or not the Company’s management and/or employees would otherwise have been allowed to perform such transactions, including within the 4-weeks period mentioned in item 6.1.

 

7.                                      PROHIBITION AGAINST PRICE MANIPULATION

 

7.1                               Pursuant to Section 39 of Danish Securities Trading Act, price manipulation or attempts hereof may not take place. Pursuant to Section 38 of the Danish Securities Trading Act “Price manipulation” shall mean acts covered by nos. (i)-(iv) which are likely to influence the price of the securities in a direction deviating from their value on the market through:

 

(i)                                     dissemination of information through the media or other methods likely to give false or misleading signals as to the supply of, demand for, or price of securities;

 

(ii)                                  transactions or orders to trade likely to give false or misleading signals as to the supply of, demand for or price of securities;

 

9



 

(iii)                               transactions or orders to trade which employ fictitious devices or any other form of deception or contrivance; or

 

(iv)                              transactions or orders to trade through which secure, by a person, or persons acting in collaboration, the price of one or several securities at an abnormal or artificial level.

 

Price manipulation may, for example, include

 

(i)                                     sending out an expression of opinion through the media regarding a security or an issuer of a security after having previously acquired a certain amount of the relevant security if, at a later time, profit is gained from the impact of the opinions voiced on the price of the security, and if t he conflict of interest is not disclosed to the public in a proper and effective manner no later than at the time said expression of opinion is sent out;

 

(ii)                                  the buying or selling of securities at the close of the market with the effect of misleading investors acting on the basis of closing prices; or

 

(iii)                               conduct by a person, or persons acting in collaboration, to secure a dominant position over the supply of or demand for a security which has the effect of fixing, directly or indirectly, purchase or sale prices of the security at an abnormal or artificial level or creating other unfair trading conditions for the transaction.

 

8.                                      SUSPICION OF VIOLATIONS

 

8.1                               If the Company’s officers — regardless of the context — suspects that these internal rules have been violated, including violation of the prohibition against insider trading, the management shall immediately inform the chairman of the board of directors hereof.

 

8.2                               It is emphasized that a violation of these internal rules may constitute a punishable offence and may seriously harm the Company. Regardless of the Company’s wish to protect its employees, the Company may in the event of a violation of these internal rules be obliged to report the violating person(s) to the police and to terminate the employment with immediate effect.

 

10


 

9.                                      ANNUAL UPDATE

 

9.1                               The board of directors shall on a regular basis and at least once a year, review and reconsider the contents of these internal rules.

 

10.                               EFFECTIVE DATE, ETC.

 

10.1                        These internal rules are effective as per [date].

 

10.2                        Immediately upon the adoption of these internal rules, a copy shall be handed out to each person included on the Insider List.

 

10.3                        A copy of these internal rules will upon be handed over to the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority upon its request.

 

 

 

Board of Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

11



 

APPENDIX 5.2.1(c) - Draft internal rules on dissemination of inside information

 

INTERNAL RULES

ON DISSEMINATION OF INSIDE INFORMATION

 



 

CONTENTS

 

1.

Purpose

3

2.

Inside Information

3

3.

Insider List

5

4.

Observing Confidentiality - Responsibilities

8

5.

Disclosure of Inside Information

9

6.

Suspicion of Violation

10

7.

Obligation To Publish Information Upon Unlawful Disclosure

10

8.

Annual Update

10

9.

Effective Date, Etc.

10

 

2



 

PREAMBLE

 

Forward Pharma A/S (the “Company” and, together with its subsidiaries, the “Group”) has applied to have American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), representing ordinary shares of the Company, listed on the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

These internal rules have been established to provide for compliance with Section 37 of the Danish Securities Trading Act (in Danish: værdipapirhandelsloven) and the United States securities laws, as applied to the Company, and cover:

 

(i)                                     the dissemination of inside information for the purpose of preventing inside information from becoming available to others than those needing such in- formation; and

 

(ii)                                  management’s and other employees’ transactions with securities issued by the Company.

 

1.                                      PURPOSE

 

1.1                               The main purpose of this set of internal rules is to prevent inside information from becoming available to others than those specifically needing such information.

 

2.                                      INSIDE INFORMATION

 

2.1                               “Inside information” means information, which

 

·                                          is of a precise nature, meaning information that

 

(a)                                 indicates a set of circumstances which exists, or may reasonably be expected to come into existence, or an event which has occurred or may reasonably be expected to do so, and

 

(b)                                 is specific enough to enable a conclusion to be drawn as to the possible effect of that set of circumstances or event on the market price of the relevant securities;

 

3



 

·                                          has not been made public; and

 

·                                          relates to (a) the Company, (b) the Company’s securities, or (b) market conditions which, if it were made public, would be likely to have a significant effect on the market price of one or more securities.

 

2.2                               Information shall be considered as published once, for the market, there has been general and relevant dissemination hereof, which will include that it must be widely disseminated in a manner making it generally available to investors through a report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or through media such as Dow Jones, Reuters Economic Services, The Wall Street Journal or the Associated Press. The circulation of rumours, even if accurate and reported in the media, does not constitute effective public dissemination.

 

2.3                               Information shall not be regarded as published until two business days after the day on which the relevant information is disseminated to the public. Consequently, information shall be treated as inside information until that time.

 

2.4                               Non-published information, to the extent the information is of a precise nature and may be expected to have significant impact on the market price, regarding the matters listed below (including considerations and negotiations relating thereto) shall always be considered inside information:

 

·                                          considerable profit or loss on single transactions;

·                                          conclusion or termination/cancellation of major co-operation agreements or contracts;

·                                          major investments;

·                                          material new products;

·                                          legal proceedings taken out by or against the Company and/or the Group in the event that the outcome hereof is considered to have material impact;

·                                          major, new markets or lapse of the same;

·                                          purchase or sale of major fixed assets, including real estate;

·                                          major expansion, changes or limitations to the activities of the Company and/or the Group;

·                                          business cycle fluctuations of significant importance to the Company and/or the Group;

 

4



 

·                                          liquidation, suspension of payments, bankruptcy petition, etc.;

·                                          proposals for merging with another company;

·                                          proposals for material amendments of the articles of association;

·                                          transfer of a controlling interest in the Company and/or the Group, which the board or management is involved in or has knowledge of.

 

In addition, any non-published information regarding the following matters comprised by the Company’s specific and/or continuous duty of disclosure must always be regarded as inside information until it has been made public:

 

·                                          substantial changes in earnings or liquidity;

·                                          interim results and balances, including interim financial reports and budgets, and tax affairs;

·                                          changes to the management and audit;

·                                          the establishment material changes to incentive schemes.

 

Finally, all other information that, considering the nature and contents of such information, is considered as confidential or which by the management of the Company is declared to be confidential, shall be considered inside information.

 

3.                                      INSIDER LIST

 

3.1                               The Company shall prepare and, on a continuous basis, update a list (the Insider List) of all persons working for the Group and who regularly or in isolated circumstances have access to inside information directly or indirectly relating to the Group.

 

3.2                               The Insider List shall include both physical and legal persons who work for the Group and who have access to inside information. The Insider List shall also include substantial shareholders in the Company, to the extent such shareholders are not subject to their own insider trading policy.

 

3.3                               The following employees shall always be included on the Insider List:

 

(i)                                     members of the board of directors of the Company;

(ii)                                  executive officers of the Company; and

 

5



 

(iii)                               other managers and senior employees with direct reference to the board of directors, internal auditors and deputy internal auditors.

 

3.4                               A person must be included on the list even if the person has only had access to inside information in isolated cases. This may e.g. be relevant with respect to persons who are involved with the Company in connection with merger and take-over offers, substantial acquisitions/asset disposals, product development or likewise.

 

3.5                               The Insider List shall, as a minimum, contain the following information on the persons having or having had access to inside information:

 

(i)                                     the identity in the form of:

 

(a)                                 name and civil registration number (CPR-no.) for physical persons having a Danish civil registration number;

(b)                                 name, address and date of birth for physical persons not having a Danish civil registration number; and

(c)                                  name, address and company registration number for legal persons.

 

(ii)                                  the reason why the person in question is stated on the Insider List; and

 

(iii)                               the date of the insertion or update of information regarding the persons in question.

 

3.6                               The Insider List shall be updated immediately when

 

(i)                                     changes occur as to the reason why the person is included on the Insider List;

 

(ii)                                  a new person is added to the Insider List; or

 

(iii)                               a person already on the Insider List no longer has access to inside information.

 

3.7                               The duty to update the Insider List implies that a person shall only appear on the list for as long as such person has access to inside information. Consequently, persons

 

6



 

only having had access to inside information in isolated circumstances shall be removed from the list, when the information, which such persons have had access to, has been published. Persons with regular access to inside information shall be stated on the list for as long as such persons have regular access to inside information.

 

3.8                               In the event that a person has become an insider outside of normal office hours, the Insider List must be updated the next business day.

 

3.9                               Persons included on the Insider List shall without undue delay be informed (a) that they have been included on the list; (b) of the legal obligations pertaining with possession of inside information; and (c) of the legal sanctions associated with any abuse and unauthorized disclosure of inside information.

 

Persons included on the list shall be informed that unauthorized disclosure of inside information is punishable under Danish law by fine or up to 1 year and 6 months imprisonment. Abuse of inside information is punishable by fine or up to 1 year and 6 months imprisonment. In case of intentional and aggravated abuse or in case of repeated offences, the punishment may increase to 6 years imprisonment. Additionally, penalties under U.S. securities laws for the unauthorized disclosure of inside information are severe and can subject the disclosing party to civil and/or criminal penalties, including treble damages, imprisonment of up to 20 years and criminal fines of up to $5 million per violation and civil fines of up to three times the gain or loss avoided, regardless of whether the relevant person benefited.

 

Unauthorized disclosure or abuse will also imply a violation of the conditions of employment, if any, with the Company and may lead to immediate termination and suspension of employment. The Company may also be obliged to report the matter to the police.

 

3.10                        The management board is responsible for preparing the Company’s Insider List. The board of directors may appoint a trusted employee to handle the day-to-day updating. The Insider List must state the full name and address of such person.

 

3.11                        The Insider List shall be kept for no less than five (5) years after preparation or updating of the list.

 

7



 

3.12                        It is the responsibility of the Company’s chief financial officer to ensure compliance with established procedures.

 

4.                                      OBSERVING CONFIDENTIALITY - RESPONSIBILITIES

 

4.1                               All of the Company’s employees are obliged to treat inside information confidential. It is the responsibility of the chief financial officer to emphasize the importance hereof to the Company’s employees.

 

4.2                               Inside information shall, internally as well as externally, be kept with as few persons as possible.

 

4.3                               The Company’s board of directors and officers shall, when working on cases containing inside information, ensure that this information is disclosed to only those employees, external advisors etc., which specifically need to receive this information.

 

4.4                               It is moreover the responsibility of the Company’s officers to ensure confidential treatment of inside information, including by way of preparing further guidelines, to the effect that

 

·                                          special attention is observed in connection with copying and transmissions, including when using e-mails;

·                                          access to inside information in data rooms, including storage of text, is ensured and limited to the relevant persons by use of passwords or similar;

·                                          careful shredding takes place and that confidential material is not left at places accessible for unauthorized persons;

·                                          transmissions of confidential faxes, letters and e-mails are coordinated in a manner so that only the right recipient will receive the transmission; and

·                                          confidential matters and information are disclosed under a code name or on anonymous terms.

 

8



 

5.                                      DISCLOSURE OF INSIDE INFORMATION

 

5.1                               Any person with inside information may not disclose such information to any other person unless such disclosure is made within the normal course of the exercise of his employment, profession or duties and that the recipient has a specific, professional need of the information.

 

5.2                               Any employee participating in the Company’s investor meetings shall in particular be aware that no information is being disclosed on the meetings, which may affect the market price, as this may be considered an unlawful disclosure of inside information.

 

5.3                               The recipient of inside information shall expressly be made aware that inside information is involved, which may not be disclosed to others.

 

5.4                               An employee in possession of inside information and having the need to disclose this information (in full or in part) to others, either inside or outside of the Company, shall in case of doubt present the matter to the management board. The employee shall, unless it will constitute a disclosure of inside information, inform the chief financial officer or, in his absence, another member of the management about the disclosure, which has taken place, including stating which persons who have received the inside information.

 

5.5                               The chief executive officer shall ensure that employees, external advisors and business partners having access to inside information undertake a non-disclosure and confidentiality obligation substantially in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, or that external advisors declare that they are comprised by a set of professional rules being as strict as these present rules. Otherwise, the Company will be obliged to publish the inside information as a whole at the time of the disclosure to the third party.

 

5.6                               Unless otherwise specifically resolved by the board of directors, only the chairman of the Company’s board of directors and the chief executive officer shall be entitled to speak on behalf of the Company and the Group about matters, which may have an impact on the market price of the Company’s shares and other securities.

 

9


 

6.                                      SUSPICION OF VIOLATION

 

6.1                               It is emphasized that these internal rules has been prepared for the purpose of preventing inside information from becoming available to others than those needing such information. Violations of these rules may constitute a punishable offence and may seriously harm the Company. Regardless of the Company’s wish to protect its employees, the Company may in the event of a violation of these internal rules be obliged to report the violating person(s) to the police and to terminate the employment with immediate effect.

 

7.                                      OBLIGATION TO PUBLISH INFORMATION UPON UNLAWFUL DISCLOSURE

 

7.1                               If established that inside information has been unlawfully disclosed, the chief financial officer shall ensure that the inside information, as a whole, is immediately published in accordance with clause 2.2 above. This obligation does, however, not apply if the receiving third party is subject to professional secrecy according to law, regulatory requirements, articles of association or contract, and if the recipient in connection with the disclosure was informed that the information is inside information and that the recipient thus is subject to the prohibition against disclosure of inside information.

 

8.                                      ANNUAL UPDATE

 

8.1                               The board of directors shall on a regular basis and at least once a year, review and reconsider the contents of these internal rules.

 

9.                                      EFFECTIVE DATE, ETC.

 

9.1                               These internal rules are effective as per [date].

 

9.2                               A copy of these internal rules will upon be handed over to and the Danish Financial Supervisory Authority upon their request.

 

10



 

Board of Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

11



 

Schedule 1 — Non-Disclosure and Confidentiality Undertaking

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

To:

Forward Pharma A/S

 

Østergade 24 A 1

 

1100 Copenhagen K

 

Denmark

 

Company registration no: 28865880

 

NON-DISCLOSURE AND CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

 

The undersigned hereby confirms (i) having received a copy of Forward Pharma A/S’ Internal Rules on dissemination of inside information for the purpose of preventing inside information from becoming available to others than those needing such information; and (ii) undertakes to observe and comply with these internal rules.

 

[Place], [Date]

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

Position:

 

Address:

 

 

12




Exhibit 10.3

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this        day of [·], 2014, by and between Forward Pharma A/S, a Danish corporation (the “Company,” which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity (as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company), and [·] (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is preparing an initial public offering of American Depositary Shares representing shares in the Company on the NASDAQ Stock Market, New York (the “IPO”);

 

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses;

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual protections assuring Indemnitee of full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to or revocation of the Memorandum or Articles or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its board of directors (the “Board of Directors”)); and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in becoming or continuing as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions.

 

(a)           “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director and/or officer of the Company, or (ii)  as a director and/or officer of any other Entity at the request of the Company.  For purposes of subsection (ii) of this Section 1(a), if Indemnitee is serving or has served as a director and/or officer of a Subsidiary (as defined below), the Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company. If Indemnitee is an employee of the Company, Corporate Status shall not include actions taken by Indemnitee in any capacity other than as a director and/or officer.

 

(b)           “Entity” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

 

(c)           “Expenses” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation,

 



 

reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 10 and 11(c) of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services, and other disbursements and expenses. Expenses shall also include fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any appeal relating from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement including without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any security bond or its equivalent.

 

(d)           “Indemnifiable Expenses,” “Indemnifiable Liabilities” and “Indemnifiable Amounts” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 2(a) below.

 

(e)           “Liabilities” shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

 

(f)            “Proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

 

(g)           “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company has control. Control means the power to exercise decisive influence over a subsidiary’s financial and operating decisions owns as set out in Section 7 of the Danish Companies Act (in Danish: selskabsloven) (the “Danish Companies Act”).

 

(h)           “to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the fullest extent permitted by the provisions and general principles of Danish law, including the Danish Companies Act; and (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the Danish Companies Act adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its directors and/or officers.

 

2.             Agreement to Indemnify.  The Company agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law as follows:

 

(a)           Proceedings.  Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 3(a) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities actually and reasonably incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection

 

2



 

with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “Indemnifiable Expenses” and “Indemnifiable Liabilities,” respectively, and collectively as “Indemnifiable Amounts”).

 

(b)           Affiliated Stockholder.  If (i) the Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more venture capital or private equity funds or other entities that has invested, directly or indirectly, in the Company (an “Affiliated Stockholder”), and (ii) the Affiliated Stockholder is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding relating to or arising by reason of the Affiliated Stockholder’s position as a direct or indirect stockholder of, or lender to, the Company, or the Affiliated Stockholder’s appointment of or affiliation with the Indemnitee or any other director or officer, including any allegation of inappropriate control or influence over the Company or its Board members, officers, equity holders or debt holders, then the Affiliated Stockholder will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses and Liabilities to the same extent as the Indemnitee, and the terms of this Agreement as they relate to procedures for indemnification of the Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of the Affiliated Stockholder.

 

3.             Exceptions to Indemnification.  Subject to Section 19 below, Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 2(a) above in all circumstances and with respect to each and every specific claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification has arisen to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law, except as follows:

 

(a)           Proceedings.  If indemnification is requested under Section 2(a) and it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee failed to act (i) in good faith or (ii) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder to the extent that they arise out of such claim, issue or matter.

 

(b)           Insurance Proceeds.  To the extent payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy maintained at the expense of the Company in respect of Indemnifiable Amounts in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder except in respect of any excess of such Indemnifiable Amounts beyond the amount of payment under such insurance.

 

4.             Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts.  Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 2 of this Agreement and the basis for the claim.  The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such request.  At the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to Indemnitee and necessary to establish that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

5.             Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision,

 

3



 

to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, by reason of settlement, judgment, order or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter, provided always that any settlement of Proceedings, claims, issues and matters shall be approved by the Company in writing advance. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no liability or obligation pursuant to this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee for any Indemnifiable Liabilities arising from any settlement of the Indemnitee reached without the Company’s prior written approval.

 

6.             Effect of Certain Resolutions.  Neither the settlement nor termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.  In addition, the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s action was unlawful.

 

7.             Agreement to Advance Expenses; Undertaking.  The Company shall advance to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding in which Indemnitee is involved by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  To the extent required by Danish law, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any and all of the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses.  This undertaking is an unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee.

 

8.             Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses.  Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 7 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

4



 

9.             Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

10.          Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)           Right to Petition Court.  In the event that Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Sections 2 and 4 above or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 7 and 8 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may file a writ with the court set out in Section 21 to order for enforcement the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)           Expenses.  The Company agrees to reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Expenses in connection with any Proceeding reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith, whether or not Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in connection with any such action, except to the extent that it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that such reimbursement would be unlawful.

 

(c)           Failure to Act Not a Defense.  The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 10(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

 

11.          Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.

 

(a)           Notice by Indemnitee.  Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Indemnifiable Expenses unless and to the extent the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding is adversely prejudiced thereby.

 

(b)           Defense by Company.  Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 11(b) and of Section 11(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within three weeks of the Company’s receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section

 

5



 

11(a) above.  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee or (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding on the terms and principles set out in this Agreement.  This Section 11(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above or pursuant to Section 18 below.

 

(c)           Indemnitee’s Right to Counsel.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11(b) above, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, at the Indemnitee’s option Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s reasonable choice, at the expense of the Company, to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

 

12.          Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company hereby represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows:

 

(a)           Authority.  The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

 

(b)           Enforceability.  This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

13.          Insurance.  The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of director and officer liability insurance with a reputable insurance company with Indemnitee as insured party.  For so long as Indemnitee shall have Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in all policies of director and officer liability insurance in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s officers and directors.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

 

14.          No Duplication of Payments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in

 

6



 

connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy or otherwise of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee as a result of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Entity other than the Company shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other Entity.

 

15.          Contract Rights Not Exclusive.  The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Memorandum or Articles, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee’s serving as a director of the Company.

 

16.          Successors.  This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.  This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

 

17.          Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

 

18.          Indemnitee as Plaintiff.  Except as provided in Section 10(b) of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Subsidiary, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless the Board of Directors has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or the Company provides indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.  This Section shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

 

19.          Modifications and Waivers; Counterparts.  No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by

 

7



 

facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

20.          General Notices.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged during normal business hours, and if not, the next business day after transmission, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

(i)

If to Indemnitee, to:

 

 

 

[·]

 

[·]

 

[·]

 

 

(ii)

If to the Company, to:

 

 

 

Forward Pharma A/S

 

Østergade 24A, 1.s.

 

1100 Copenhagen K

 

Denmark

 

Attn: Chairman of board of director

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

 

22.          Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Denmark without regard to its rules of conflict of laws.  Each of the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Copenhagen City Court (in Danish: Københavns Byret) (the “Copenhagen City Court”) for any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any litigation relating thereto except in such courts), waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such litigation in the Copenhagen City Court.

 

23.          Joinders.  Subsidiaries of the Company may from time to time join this Agreement by signing a joinder in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.  The Company and all Subsidiaries that have joined this Agreement shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

 

24.          Assignment. Except as otherwise set forth herein, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned by any party hereto, without the prior written consent of all of the other parties hereto.

 

8



 

25.          Entire Agreement.  Without limitation to the Memorandum and the Articles, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

26.          Effective Date. This Agreement is conditional upon the Company’s board of directors approving the IPO offer price and the issuance of American Depositary Shares to eligible investors, and satisfaction of the conditions for admission to trading set by NASDAQ Global Market, New York. Where these conditions for the Agreement have all been fully satisfied the Agreement shall enter into force with retroactive effect from the date of the first public filing of the prospectus.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FORWARD PHARMA A/S:

 

 

 

 

 

Florian Schönharting

 

 

 

 

 

Kevin Buchi

 

 

 

 

 

Torsten Goesch

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINDERS

 

The undersigned hereby join in the obligations of Forward Pharma A/S under this Indemnification Agreement as provided in Section 23 above on this        day of           , 20          .

 

 

[

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 29th day of July, 2014, by and between Forward Pharma A/S, a Danish limited liability company (the “Company,” which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity (as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company), and Joel Sendek (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is preparing an initial public offering of its shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market, New York (the “IPO”);

 

WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses;

 

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual protections assuring Indemnitee of full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to or revocation of the Memorandum or Articles or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its board of directors (the “Board of Directors”)); and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in becoming or continuing as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions.

 

(a)           “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director and/or officer of the Company, or (ii) as a director and/or officer of any other Entity at the request of the Company.  For purposes of subsection (ii) of this Section 1(a), if Indemnitee is serving or has served as a director and/or officer of a Subsidiary (as defined below), the Indemnitee shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.

 

(b)           “Entity” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

 

(c)           “Expenses” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 10 and 11(c) of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs,

 



 

telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services, and other disbursements and expenses. Expenses shall also include fees, costs and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any appeal from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement including without limitation, the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any security bond or its equivalent.

 

(d)           “Indemnifiable Expenses,” “Indemnifiable Liabilities” and “Indemnifiable Amounts” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 2(a) below.

 

(e)           “Liabilities” shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

 

(f)            “Proceeding” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

 

(g)           “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company has control. Control means the power to exercise decisive influence over an Entity’s financial and operating decisions as set out in Section 7 of the Danish Companies Act (in Danish: selskabsloven) (the “Danish Companies Act”).

 

(h)           “to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the fullest extent permitted by the provisions and general principles of Danish law, including the Danish Companies Act; and (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the Danish Companies Act adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its directors and/or officers.

 

2.             Agreement to Indemnify.  The Company agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law as follows:

 

(a)           Proceedings.  Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 3(a) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or the Indemnitee’s Covered Conduct, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities actually and reasonably incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “Indemnifiable Expenses” and “Indemnifiable Liabilities,” respectively, and collectively as “Indemnifiable Amounts”).  For purposes of this Agreement, “Covered Conduct” shall mean any act or failure to act of the Indemnitee during the Covered Period that arises out of, relates primarily to, or is the result of (x) the Indemnitee’s discussions and/or negotiations with the Company or any of its officers or directors occurring during the Covered Period regarding (i) the

 

2



 

Company, (ii) the Company’s business plans and prospects, (iii) the employment of the Indemnitee as an executive officer of the Company, (iv)  the terms of the proposed employment of the Indemnitee, and/or (v) the Indemnitee’s separation from service with the Indemnitee’s current employer, and/or (y) any confidential information provided by the Company to the Indemnitee on or after May 3, 2014 and/or the possession of that information by Indemnitee, and any judgments Indemnitee may have drawn therefrom and/or any act or omission Indemnitee may have taken as a result of (or despite) possessing such information.  For purposes of this Section 2(a), “Covered Period” means the period beginning on May 3, 2014 and ending on the earlier  of (A) the date on which the Indemnitee’s employment by the Company commences and (B) the date that is ninety (90) days following the date hereof.

 

3.             Exceptions to Indemnification.  Subject to Section 20 below, Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 2(a) above in all circumstances and with respect to each and every specific claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification has arisen to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law, except as follows:

 

(a)           Proceedings.  If indemnification is requested under Section 2(a) and it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee failed to act (i) in good faith or (ii) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder to the extent that they arise out of such claim, issue or matter.

 

(b)           Insurance Proceeds.  To the extent payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under a valid and collectible insurance policy maintained at the expense of the Company in respect of Indemnifiable Amounts in connection with such specific claim, issue or matter, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder except in respect of any excess of such Indemnifiable Amounts beyond the amount of payment under such insurance.

 

4.             Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts.  Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 2 of this Agreement and the basis for the claim.  The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such request.  At the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall furnish such documentation and information as are reasonably available to Indemnitee and necessary to establish that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.

 

5.             Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and/or Covered Conduct, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection

 

3



 

therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter but not as to other claims, issues or matters.  For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, by reason of settlement, judgment, order or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter, provided always that any settlement of Proceedings, claims, issues and matters shall be approved by the Company in writing advance. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall have no liability or obligation pursuant to this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee for any Indemnifiable Liabilities arising from any settlement of the Indemnitee reached without the Company’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

6.             Effect of Certain Resolutions.  Neither the settlement nor termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder.  In addition, the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s action was unlawful.

 

7.             Agreement to Advance Expenses; Undertaking.  The Company shall advance to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding in which Indemnitee is involved by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and/or Covered Conduct within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a written statement from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free.  Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.  To the extent required by Danish law, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any and all of the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses.  This undertaking is an unlimited general obligation of Indemnitee.

 

8.             Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses.  Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 7 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses.

 

9.             Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status or Covered Conduct, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be

 

4



 

indemnified to the fullest extent permissible by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

10.          Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)           Right to Petition Court.  In the event that Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Sections 2 and 4 above or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 7 and 8 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may file a writ with the court set out in Section 22 to order for enforcement the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

(b)           Expenses.  The Company agrees to reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Expenses in connection with any Proceeding reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith, whether or not Indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in connection with any such action, except to the extent that it has been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction that such reimbursement would be unlawful.

 

(c)           Failure to Act Not a Defense.  The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 10(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

 

11.          Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.

 

(a)           Notice by Indemnitee.  Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to receive payments of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancements of Indemnifiable Expenses unless and to the extent the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby.

 

(b)           Defense by Company.  Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 11(b) and of Section 11(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within three weeks of the Company’s receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 11(a) above.  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee or (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term

 

5



 

thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding on the terms and principles set out in this Agreement.  This Section 11(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above or pursuant to Section 19 below.

 

(c)           Indemnitee’s Right to Counsel.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11(b) above, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and/or Covered Conduct, at the Indemnitee’s option Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s reasonable choice, at the expense of the Company, to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.

 

12.          Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company hereby represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows:

 

(a)           Authority.  The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

 

(b)           Enforceability.  This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

13.          Insurance.  The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of director and officer liability insurance with a reputable insurance company with Indemnitee as insured party.  For so long as Indemnitee shall have Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in all policies of director and officer liability insurance in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s officers and directors.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

 

14.          No Duplication of Payments.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy or otherwise of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses

 

6



 

hereunder to Indemnitee as a result of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and/or Covered Conduct with an Entity other than the Company shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other Entity.

 

15.          Contract Rights Not Exclusive.  The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Memorandum or Articles, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee’s serving as a director of the Company.

 

16.          Successors.  This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.  This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

 

17.          Change in Law.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status or in his Covered Conduct prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

18.          Severability.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

 

19.          Indemnitee as Plaintiff.  Except as provided in Section 10(b) of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Subsidiary, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless the Board of Directors has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or the Company provides indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.  This Section shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

 

20.          Modifications and Waivers; Counterparts.  Except as provided in Section 17 above with respect to changes in Danish law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company or to receive advancements, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties

 

7



 

hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

21.          General Notices.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged during normal business hours, and if not, the next business day after transmission, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

 

(i)

If to Indemnitee, to:

 

 

 

Joel Sendek

 

199 Hirst Road

 

Briarcliff Manor, NY 10510

 

Facsimile: [·]

 

 

(ii)

If to the Company, to:

 

 

 

Forward Pharma A/S

 

Østergade 24A, 1.s.

 

1100 Copenhagen K

 

Denmark

 

Attn: Chairman of the Board

 

Facsimile: +45 33 44 42 44

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

 

22.          Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Service of Process.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Denmark without regard to its rules of conflict of laws.  Each of the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Copenhagen City Court (in Danish: Københavns Byret) (the “Copenhagen City Court”) for any litigation arising out of or relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (and agrees not to commence any litigation relating thereto except in such courts), waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such litigation in the Copenhagen City Court.

 

23.          Joinders.  Subsidiaries of the Company may from time to time join this Agreement by signing a joinder in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.  The Company and all Subsidiaries that have joined this Agreement shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

 

8



 

24.          Assignment. Except as otherwise set forth herein, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned by any party hereto, without the prior written consent of all of the other parties hereto.

 

25.          Entire Agreement.  Without limitation to the Memorandum and the Articles, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

26.          Effective Date. This Agreement is conditional upon the Indemnitee’s commencement of service as an officer or director of the Company; and where these conditions for the Agreement have all been fully satisfied the Agreement shall enter into force with retroactive effect from July 29, 2014.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s obligations to indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to Covered Conduct shall commence effective on the date hereof.

 

27.          Survival.  This agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of Indemnitee’s employment with the Company, for whatever reason, and shall be unaffected by any such termination.  In the event that Indemnitee’s termination of employment with the Company should occur as a result of Indemnitee’s death, Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs and assigns.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

/s/ Joel Sendek

 

Name: Joel Sendek

 

 

 

 

 

FORWARD PHARMA A/S

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Florian Schönharting

 

 

 

Name: Florian Schönharting

 

 

 

Title: Chairman

 

 

[Signature Page to Fund Indemnification Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINDERS

 

The undersigned hereby join in the obligations of Forward Pharma A/S under this Indemnification Agreement as provided in Section 23 above on this        day of           , 20[    ].

 

 

[

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[

]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Joinder to Indemnification Agreement]

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of Forward Pharma A/S

 

Forward Pharma GmbH

 

Forward Pharma USA, LLC

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 8, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of Forward Pharma A/S dated August 8, 2014.

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young Denmark P/S

 

Copenhagen, Denmark

 

August 8, 2014